} Au m ‘ nif ; avid ie ¥ pate i Wit wi ead hey Seite PEER ane HE i) ie Ny it i Mitt Als pais & On + ‘Ves nihil : 5 ae “en i < sf SE x. ef! Gj eT 15) Rea 5 MS ee Ces i oR WeGtbson-lavi wr pay ix 4, ee = iy & Roh M4 Peele TPN O:P > EAE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA quia, tuedi junpibsi Vol. XXXIV January-April, 1935 Part 1 CONTENTS Page FURTHER NOTES ON THE DESERT SNAILS OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA—George Willett - - - = = «= = o A NEW VARIETY OF OPUNTIA ERINACEA—M. B. Dunkle - - A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA (Cont.)—A. C. Davis - BUTTERFLIES OF YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK—John S. Garth EARLY STAGES OF PAPILIO POLYDAMAS LUCAYUS —John A. Comstock and Florence M. Grimshawe <= <= «= «= s oe NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF TWO BUTTERFLIES AND ONE MOTH—J. A. Comstock and C. M. Dammers <- = «= SALVADORA GRAHAMIAE VIRGULTEA, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE PATCH-NOSED SNAKE—Chas. M. Bogert = = =e Issued May 15, 1935 S LSS) = = ages oo 2 Southern California Academy of Sciences @® ®@ OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS INGR EEE AR RY: EK > SAR GR Nice oo ees ae TO sale eal Poke ee President DR VEORD ‘A. ‘CARPENTER, 223s see ee ee eee lst Vice-President MReaHEODORE. PAY NE 23 eee 2nd Vice-President Min SELOWARD) Rey Ee (ete ener see cone eee eee Secretary Mr: Harry K. SARGENT (2..-ceele ee ee Treasurer Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. WILLIAM A. BRYAN Mr. Harry K. SarGENT Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. Hitt e @®@ ADVISORY BOARD Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BuRLEwW Dr. MELVILLE DOZIER Dr. CHARLES VAN BERGEN Dr. D. L. TASKER ®@ ® ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING Chairman Secretary BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary FINANCE COMMITTEE Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knopr Mr. Howarp R. HILi COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. JouN A. Comstock e® °® OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los ANGELES Museum, EXPOSITION Park, Los ANGELES, CAL. 1939 “ = MAY 24 NEW YO£K BOTANICAL GARBEN FURTHER NOTES ON THE DESERT SNAILS OF RIVERSIDE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA By G. WILLETT During a recent trip to the desert of Riverside County, the writer and his wife visited three mountain ranges new to their experience, and succeeded in securing small series of Micrari- ontas in each of them. The Coxcomb and McCoy Mountains are volcanic ranges, their slopes covered with lava rock in which no snails were found, In both regions, however, heavy rains have torn gullies through the surface lava and into granite and sand- stone, and in rock slides along the sides of these gullies specimens were secured. In the Granite Range, which, as the name indicates, is made up mostly of granite, snails were taken in the usual lo- cality, rock slides on the mountain slopes. The shell taken in the Coxcombs, near the southern end of the range, is so nearly identical with Micrarionta rowelli wni- fasciata W illett, from Newberry Springs, San Bernardino County, that it seems advisable to refer it to that form. Specimens taken in the other two ranges, however, differ from previously known races in various ways, and are here named and described, as follows MICRARIONTA GRANITENSIS, new species. Description: Shell almost circular, rather small; aperture slightly wider than high; pillar of inner lip encroaching some- what on the umbilicus; papillation on nuclear whorls as in I. rowel, Color light horn, with narrow chestnut band on the perphery of the last whorl. From M. rowelli unifasciata, its nearest neighbor on the west, this form differs principally in larger size and rounder outline. In these characters is similar to M. rowelli bakerensis Pilsbry and Lowe, but differs from that form in narrower chest- nut band, thinner lip, rounder (higher) aperture, and smaller umbilicus. Type: No. 1043, Los Angeles Museum, collected by Ora A. Willett, at the northwest end of the Granite Mountains, River- side County, California, March 5, 1935. In addition to the type (a dead shell), five living, immature specimens and ten dead ones were secured at the same time and place. This locality is about one mile southeast of the road running from Desert Center to Rice. Measurements of type: Diam., 14.8 mm.; alt., 8.5 mm.; number of whorls, 4%. MicrARIONTA MCCOIANA, new species. Description: Shell small, fragile, depressed; aperture nearly circular, the inner lip encroaching slightly on the umbilicus; papillation on early whorls as in VW. rowelli. Early whorls light brown in color; last whorl white, irregularly clouded with light amber; most specimens show an extremely narrow, light brown band on the periphery, but this is absent in a few examples. Similar in size and shape to M. r. unifasciata, but more de- pressed, with more descending last whorl, and much lighter in color. In color, much like MW. r. desertorum Pilsbry and Ferriss, but smaller, more fragile, and lacking the heavily reflected lip of that form; also most specimens of mccoiana show the thin peripherical brown line which is absent in the majority of des- ertorum. Type: No. 1044, Los Angeles Museum, collected by G. Wil- lett, with thirty additional specimens, at McCoy Well, McCoy Mountains, Riverside County, California, March 6, 1935. The type and one immature specimen were living when found, the others dead and more or less faded. Measurements of type: Diam., 12.8 mm.; alt., 7 mm.; num- ber of whorls, 47% 5: Both the above may be races of M. rowelli, but further in- vestigation 1s necessary before this can be demonstrated satis- factorily. Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, California March 14, 1935 bo A NEW VARIETY OF OPUNTIA ERINACEA ENGELMANN By M. B. DUNKLE This new cactus is found outside the reported range of O. erinacea Engelmann which is commonly given as the Mohave Desert and eastward. This new variety is found on the flanks and foothills of Santa Rosa Mountain in Riverside County. There is considerable variation in the new form in the form and coloration of the joints, the color of the flower, and the length and abundance of spines. It is marked particularly by the absence or shortness of spines on the lower half of the joints. Opuntia erinacea Engelmann, variety paucispina Dunkle new variety. Main stems prostrate with younger joints erect, main stems greatly thickened and closely invested with enlarged glo- chids; joints narrowly elliptical to obovate, rarely orbicular, indistinctly tuberculate, light green or rarely purplish-tinged, up to 15 cm. long; areoles approximate, less than 1 cm. apart, glochids yellow to olive-brown ; spines few or none on the basal half of the joint, above one to four ina cluster,.2 10 75 mm: long, acicular, white or light brown, reflexed or spreading. longer spines on upper margin of joint, usually one spine in a cluster greatly exceeding the “others: flowers bright yellow to salmon yel- low, 3 to 5 cm. long; fruit subglobose, dry, white, 15 to 20 mm. in diameter, with several to many white reflexed spines up to 15 mm. long. Caules prostrati; articuli erecti, elliptici vel obovati, quot- cumque 15 cm. longi; spinae paucae vel nullae in infera dimidia parte articuli, in supera parte | ad 4 in fascicule, albae, aciculi- formes, plerumque una spina in fasciculo praelongior reliquio; flores flavi vel lutei, quotcumque 6 cm. diametro; fructi globosi, sicci, cum spinis reflextis, quotcumque 2 cm. diametro. Granitic sand in chaparral from 4,000 to 5,000 feet, Santa Rosa Mountain and foothills. The type specimen is Dunkle No. 4236, from Ribbonwood at the head of Palm Springs Canyon. A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA By A. C. Davis U. 8S. Dept. of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine Continued from Vol. XXXIII, No. 3, p. 130 CHARACTERS, METHODS, AND TERMS The characters upon which the species of Pleocoma are sep- arated are fairly numerous. Among the most important are the number of joints in the antennal club, the hairiness of the prono- tum and the scutellum, and the sculpture of various parts of the body. A few species, such as P. staff and P. hoppingi, have char- acters that set them apart from the others immediately, but the worker in the group must depend chiefly upon an aggregate of minor characters, rather than upon one or two diagnostic ones. With the exception of the number of joints in the antennal club and the hairiness of the pronotum and scutellum, there are few characters that are not subject to great variation. The parts of the head used in classification are illustrated in Figure 1, A and B. FIGURE 1 Pleocoma badia fall: A—One-half of dorsal view of head. B—Outline of profile of head: 7, apex of clypeus; 2, emargination of clypeus; 3, ccular canthus; 4. eye; 5, horn of vertex; 6. clypeus. : 13 14 We I6 \7 joo (i , 18 20 22 23 ‘- v re =" 6 PLATE 1 Pleocoma: Antennae of males—/, badia Fall; 2, staff Schaufuss var. dubitabilis Davis; 3, puncticollis Rivers; 4, australis Fall; 5, Davis; 6, hoppingi Fall; 7, rickseckeri Horn; 8, uwlkei Horn; remota Davis; 10, conjungens Horn; 11, fimbriata Le Conte; 12, hirticollis Schaufuss; 13, edwardsii Le Conte; 14, Le Conte; 15, shastensis Van Dyke. Antennae of females—16, rick- seckeri Horn; 17, badia Fall; 18, hoppingi Fall; 19, staff Schau- fuss var. dubitabilis Davis; 20. fimbriata Le Conte; 2/7, behrensii Le Conte; 22, australis Fall; 23, hirticollis Schaufuss from Horn); 24, ocular canthus of P. hoppingi Fall, male. | 5 The sketches of the antennae (Pl. 1) are not drawn to scale, but are in correct proportion, most of them having been drawn with the camera lucida. Of necessity they are diagrammatic, as the antennae are so bent and the lamellae so overlap one another that a drawing of them as they actually are would mean very little. For this reason, in the accompanying sketches, the joints are brought as nearly into one plane as possible and drawn from the dorsal aspect, so that comparison may be made. Measure- ments of the antennae were made, either directly from the speci- men with a pair of very fine calipers and a finely divided milli- meter scale, or with a micrometer eyepiece in a binocular micro- scope. Measurements of parts other than the antennae were made directly, with the calipers. The proportions of the pronota and elytra were made with the specimen so tipped that the margins of the parts to be measured were as nearly as possible on a hori- zontal plane all around. The length of the elytron was measured from the anterior margin at the point where it extends beneath the scutellum to the apex. In speaking of the antennae the terms “length” and “width”’ are reversed when referring to the joints forming the club, 1. e., joints produced into projections or lamellae the relative lengths of which it is necessary to compare. In these cases “length” means the length of the joint and projection or lamella together, across the long axis of the antennae. It might be well to state here that in the past some writers, in speaking of the antennal club in this genus, have considered the extent of projection of the lamellae anteriorly as the index of length, overlooking the fact that the joints are not even at their bases. Thus, for example, the ninth joint may project be- yond the tenth at the apex, and is noted as “longer than the tenth,” whereas actually the base of the tenth joint may project farther posteriorly than that of the ninth, the joint and lamella being dis- tinctly longer than the ninth. In the present paper the measure- meats of these joints from base to apex are compared. Total length was measured from the tip of one of the clypeal horns to the apex of the elytron on the same side. The following key is made as brief as possible consistent with accuracy, and will serve to separate fairly typical male speci- mens. I have attempted to make it absolute, so that the identifi- cation of a single specimen may be made without referring to others. This has not been possible in all cases, especially in P. behrensu and P. fimbriata, where exact locality is not known. Since separation of a given species from others of the genus some- times depends, as in those just mentioned, upon a number of minor characters, it was considered advisable, even at the risk of ap- parent repetition, to give descriptions following the table in detail, with notes upon the variations encountered. Of the females, some are not known at all; others are rep- resented by two or three specimens only; and there are so few important characters in the female specimens that a workable key could not be produced for them. 6 i) on Sy 10. Whe KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PLEOCOMA CGliroeantennay+-OMbedie. vj vee ae aD, Giuibmotprantennay/—jOimtediien s+ 2s ee dy 123 3rd joint of antenna 34 or less than 34 long as Ist... 3 3rd joint of antenna more than ¥ as long as Ist; Scutellumecoveredswith hain 22: ee remota Davis Hairs of underside dark brown or black .....-.......---....---- Aen ae itairsvor undersides yellow Or nulous) 22 Mia 6G) ‘Slut levitate eNO EWN 7 enter ae Sine ec ease 5 Scutellum hairy and coarsely punctate; middle and hind tarsi distinctly shorter than the tibiae. =.= --5.- =.= OBES Cae: a pan ee eae ese Liars shastensis Van Dyke Larger (26-31 mm.); length of pronotum at mid-line less than % the greatest width; hind angles distinct ; elytralemntervalS noOtimucOSe puncticollis Rivers Smaller (20-23 mm.); length of pronotum at mid-line about 7% the greatest width, hind angles rounded; > elite imtet als ett OO See 22s. eae eee rickseckert Horn 11th joint of antenna subequal to the 10th ~............. Pe Up 11th joint of antenna distinctly shorter than the 10th 8 Unicolorous, shining black, less robust ............ australis Fall 3icolorous, pronotum piceous, elytra reddish brown, OMe eROD USE; veto e eee eae Ay PENA N bicolor Linsley* Scucelliam~:hamy > colonibrowi.. = oe he ee, Pee 0) Scutellum not hairy; color deep brown or black ........ eae WO) Unicolorous; anterior median impression of pronotum longitudinal, narrow, deep, and coarsely and closely MUlactave taticluha tinysds es eee et tee ele ete simi Davis Bicolorous, the pronotum darker than the elytra; an- terior median impression of pronotum shallow, wide, involving % the width of pronotum .... oregonensis Leach Pronotum finely, rather sparsely punctate-__................-..-- 1] PRONOLumMimMOre coarsely punctate) se ee 12 3asal angles of pronotum less prominent . fimbriata [.eConte Basal angles of pronotum prominent —_........ tularensis Leach * Pleocoma bicolor Linsley and P. sonomae Linsley were described (Pan-Pac,. Ent. 11; 11-15, January 1935) after the present paper was in process of publication. The writer has not seen specimens of eother species, but has placed them in the key as well as possible by the deseriptions. 12. Lamella of 7th antennal joint 4 to 74 as long as that CONENCCAE OWE ce ue pean eae se Meet ere stay ris lay behrensi LeConte Seventh joint hardly more than transverse, without laimellarsie Nes ee ek Coe edi AOS sonomae Linsley* 13. Pronotum convex in front, or with a slight depression .. 14 Pronotum retuse in front, i. e., suddenly declivous in front of and broadly impressed behind a transverse Cle vatlOm: co) AME cei ie ieee te loyscn chs. ohh oneal eae 17 IAD Pronotum naaiy 22) Sees oe eee oe i ye Se eee i Pronotum not hairy, or at most with a few hairs near the: anterionsedgey:).: cis on 0s a ee 16 15. Robust, convex; color deep chestnut brown, pronotum gray, Or Diack 7s ee EE se Nae lurticollis Schauffus Less robust, dorsum flattened, sides more nearly par- allel) colon lietitub row) eee ae wee hoppingi Fall lo. Wareer (2375-28 oi mmn) colom brown os wees badia Fail Smaller (23.5 mm.); color black; anterior median im- pression of pronotum not or sparsely hairy, punc- FAO mig ouateyer Inet Nr eras te ee conjungens Horn Very hairy; anterior median impression of pronotum closely punctate and hairy 1. 222. DY SUITS i BNE We Scucellum mot hainy 1 color brownie ee sae ake 1 Scutellum covered with hair: Bicolorous; elytra bright red-brown, pronotum G@akenee = Micaela i Ocha i ar staff Schaufuss Unicolorous ; black or very dark brown 1 eta Ieee CURA Ua SEN ROAM A SLAIN Sc dubitabilis n. var. 18. 4th joint of antenna produced in a process about 1% as long as that of the 5th; basal angles of pronotum broadly; rounded! mec an heise edwardsi |.eConte 4th joint of antenna merely transverse, not produced; basalvangles or pronotumdistincie == ulket Horn * Pleocoma bicolor Linsley and P. sonomae Linsley, idem. Plecoma remota Davis (2) Broadly oval, robust, dorsum slightly flattened, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yellow hair. Head very dark brown or blackish, closely punctate above, ocular canthi impunctate; eyes moderately prominent, much flattened, slightly cut into in front by the ocular canthi, and rather deeply behind by lobes of the genae, so that about two-thirds of the total area is ventral, set into the head obliquely with the anterior margins each about 0.3 mm. nearer the mid line than the posterior margins, where they disappear under the pronotum; clypeus small, heavy, reflexed, 8 sharply obtusely emarginate at apex, the anterior margins sinuate, apices bluntly rounded and nearly truncate, lateral margins rounded; anterior margins of ocular canthi sinuate, inclined pos- teriorly from a right angle to the mid line, apical angles and posterior margins broadly rounded; horn of vertex fairly long, heavy, rounded at apex, quadrate in cross section, the anterior angles of the horn continued as oblique ridges on the frons, ter- minating on each side at the junction of the ocular canthus with the clypeus. Pronotum black, glabrous, less than twice as wide as long, widest at basal two-fifths; anterior angles, sides, and basal angles all included in one sweeping curved margin; disc evenly, moder- ately coarsely, and rather closely punctate, posterior median im- pression distinct, anterior median impression broad and deep, giv- ing a retuse appearance to the profile of the pronotum. Scutellum subtriangular, almost covered with tawny hair. Elytra chestnut brown, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, conjointly nearly as wide as long, widest at about the apical third; costae hardly elevated, smooth, impunctate ; gem- inate striae distinct but not deep, not attaining the apices of the elytra, delimited by large, shallow punctures; sutural striae mod- erately deep; elytral intervals coarsely, sparsely punctate and slightly rugose. Body beneath castaneous, femora darker, and tibiae nearly black. Length 22.5 mm., maximum width 14 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 9) brown. First joint conical; second subglobular, transverse, four-fifths as wide as first; third subcy- lindrical, pentagonal as viewed from above, seven-tenths as long as the first joint, widest at apical fifth; joints 2 and 3 together almost or quite equal in length to the first; fourth joint shorter than the third and about equal in width, pentagonal in outline; fifth joint wider than the fourth and about as long, joints + and 5 together shorter than the third; sixth joint transverse, angulate, with a short process; seventh joint with a short lamella a little more than one-third as long as the joint and lamella of the eighth; joints 8 to 11 forming the club, the ninth joint longest, the ‘tenth nearly as long, the eleventh shorter than the tenth, an the eighth shorter than the eleventh. Type locality, Utah. The female of this species is not known. The thorax in profile is distinctly retuse, although not so pronouncedly so as in P. staff and P. cdwardsii. The geminate striae do not reach the apex of the elytra, a peculiarity found also in staff. The first geminate stria is interrupted behind the mid- 9 die by an offset laterally of about its own width, the inner stria resuming on a line with the outer one, and terminating abruptly a short distance posterior to this point. P. remota differs from P. behrensti and P. fimbriata in color, in the hairy scutellum (which was probably completely covered with hair when the specimen was first taken), in the different pro- portions of the antennal joints, the blunt apical horn, and the elytral characters. The species resembles P. staff very closely in all except the number of joints in the antennal club, and might easily be mistaken for an off-color specimen of that species. Since the unique type is labeled “Utah” and is from the collection of J. B. Smith, there is little doubt that this is the specimen con- cerning which the note (25) upon Utah as a new territory for Pleocoma behrensti was written. Pleocoma shastensis Van Dyke (27) Broadly oval, robust, dorsum flattened, black, fimbriate and clothed beneath with very dark brown hair. Head above rather coarsely and closely punctate ; eyes round, very prominent; clypeus reflexed, obtusely emarginate at apex, apices acutely rounded; ocular canthi with anterior margins sinuate, directed slightly for- ward of a right angle to the midline, apical angle lacking, postero- lateral angle broadly rounded, smooth and shining above, with an oblique carina; horn of vertex short, subconical, pointed at apex. Pronotum distinctly less than twice as wide as long (7 by 11.6 mm.), widest at about the basal third, smoothly and evenly convex in profile, rather sparsely punctate; apical angles rounded, basal angles rounded but distinct; both anterior and_ posterior median impressions very vague. Scutellum subtriangular, apex and sides broadly rounded, sur- face nearly covered with hair. Elytra conjointly about one-fourth longer than wide, sides nearly parallel from the humeri but widening slightly to the apical third; sutural striae faint in front, rather deep apically; costae not or barely elevated, minutely punctate, rugose; geminate striae moderately well defined basally, disappearing at about the apical third; intervals very sparsely punctate and rugose. Body beneath and legs clothed with dark brown hair. Legs robust, middle and hind tarsi distinctly shorter than the tibiae. Length 25 mm., width 13 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 15) brown. First joint subconical ; second transverse; third elongate, pentagonal in outline, widest at apical third, less than half as long as first, joints 2 and 3 to- gether slightly over half as long as the first; fourth joint sub- 10 globular ; fifth transverse; sixth transverse with a short projec- tion, joints 4, 5, and 6 together equal in length to the third; seventh joint with a projection almost half as long as that of the eighth. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the tenth joint longest, the ninth almost as long, the eleventh shorter than the ninth, “and the eighth about six-sevenths as long as the eleventh. The female of this species is unknown. The type locality of this species is near Pondosa, Siskiyou County, California, where specimens were collected by K. A. Salman on October 22, 1932. Pleocoma puncticollis Rivers (20) Shining black, fimbriate with black or rusty-black hair. Head above sparsely punctate; clypeus deeply emarginate, the apices blunt, rounded, or truncate; anterior margins of the ocular canthi nearly straight, almost at right angles to the mid line or slightly inclined forward, apices rounded and moderately sharp, posterior margins rounded; horn of vertex with sides almost parallel and with a very slight emargination at apex. Pronotum twice as wide as long, basal angles rounded but distinct, disc coarsely and closely punctured, more closely toward the sides, median anterior and basal impressions shallow to mod- erately deep. Elytra equal to or slightly narrower at base than the base of the pronotum, from two-twelfths to three-fifths longer than wide; costae barely elevated, smooth, impunctate; geminate striae indicated by rows of shallow punctures at wide intervals; elytral intervals smooth, shining, very finely and sparsely punctate. Body beneath and legs clothed with black, slate-black, or brownish-black hair. Length 26-31 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 3) piceous with a tendency for the apices of the joints to be brownish, club rusty gray. First joint conical, elongate ; second globular, tending to quadrate in outline, two-thirds as wide as the first; third joint narrower than the second, slightly more than two-thirds as long as the first, con- stricted at the basal third and widest near the apex, joints 2 and 3 together nearly equal to the first in length; fourth joint quad- rate, very slightly if at all wider than the third, and one-half as long ; fifth joint subequal in length to the fourth and wider, joints 4 and 5 together almost exactly equal to the third in length, or slightly longer; sixth joint transverse, angulate, pentagonal in outline, nearly as long and twice as wide as the fifth; seventh joint subequal to the sixth in length and about twice as wide, with a short projection. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the tenth longest, 11 the ninth slightly shorter, and the eleventh distinctly shorter. The lamella of the ninth joint projects farthest forward, the tenth slightly less. I have never seen a female of this species, and it may be unknown. In the key this species falls closest to P. rickseckerit. The characters of the shape and relative proportions of the pronotum may not be reliable, and not enough specimens have been available to make an accurate determination of the amount of variation. Ac- cording to Rivers (20) “puncticollis differs from rickseckeri by the former being heavily punctured all over the disc of the thorax, while in the latter the same part is sparsely and lightly punctured.” Allowing for the difference in size between the two species. the males of rickseckeri seem to be about as heavily punctate as those of puncticollis. The posterior margin of the pronotum is less divergent from the center in puncticollis which, with the sharper basal angles, makes these appear to project beyond the humeri. The elytra of puncticollis are smooth and shining, the sutural striae shallow, the geminate striae feebly indicated, and the intervals very finely and sparsely punctate, while the elytra of rickseckeri have the sutural striae deeper, the geminate striae more clearly indicated although not deep, and the intervals are distinctly rugose. The tenth joint of the antenna is almost equal to the ninth in puncticollis, distinctly shorter in rickseckeri. P. rickseckeri is found in Sonoma County, Calif. (Sylvania), and has never been taken elsewhere to my knowledge while puncti- collis is found in the southern part of the state. The locality and size alone almost suffice to distinguish the two species. I have the following records of capture for this species, all in California :* Type locality “8 miles from Julian, Calif.’ (San Diego County) ; Alamo, Lower California (F); Del Mar, San Diego County (F, D); Cuyamaca (CAS); Beverly Hills, Los Angeles County (LAM). Pleocoma rickseckeri Horn (8 and 9) Male: Shining black, margins fimbriate with black hair. Head above coarsely and closely punctate; apical emargination of clyp- eus usually deep and rounded, apices acutely rounded; ocular canthi with anterior margins rounded, the middle in advance of either end, apical angles broadly rounded, posterior margins ~ nearly straight; horn of vertex with sides nearly parallel, ob- tusely triangularly emarginate at apex. _*The collections from which records were obtained are designated as follows: (F), H. C. Fall; (D), A. C. Davis; (LAM), Los Angeles Museum; (CAS), Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences; (Frost), C. A. Frost; (U.S.), United States National useum. 12 Pronotum slightly less than twice as wide as long (Horn says more than twice as wide as long), widest at basal angles, which are distinct in most specimens but very obtuse; disc heavily and closely punctured, the punctation slightly less dense toward the sides; basal median impression lacking or very faint, anterior median impression faint. Elytra conjointly somewhat less than one-sixth longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, widest slightly behind the middle; sutural striae moderately deep; costae slightly elevated, rugose; geminate striae outlined by rows of confluent wrinkles (not punctures) ; elytral intervals rugose. Body beneath black, clothed with black hair. Length 20-23 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 7) piceous to ferruginous. First joint elongate, conical, curved; second subglobular, slightly narrower than the first; third joint cylindrical, slightly curved, three-fifths as long and wide as the first; the second and third joints to- gether somewhat over two-thirds the length of the first; fourth joint two-thirds as long as the third and somewhat wider; fifth joint angulate, equal in length to and somewhat wider than the fourth, joints 4 and 5 together one-fourth longer than the third; sixth joint transverse, angulate, pentagonal in outline. Joints 7 to 11 form the club, the seventh with its lamella about half as long as the eighth, the ninth join longest. Female: Castaneous, head and elytra darker than the prono- tum. Head above coarsely and closely punctate; clypeus slightly reflexed, anterior margin rounded or squarely truncate, not or very slightly emarginate; ocular canthi about the same as in the male, but with the anterior margin straighter and not advanced so far; horn of vertex short, stout, emarginate at apex. Pronotum about twice as wide as long, basal angles distinct but rounded; disc coarsely and moderately closely punctate; basal and anterior median impressions shallow. Elytra with sutural striae moderately deep, shallower than in the male; geminate striae very faint; elytral intervals rather coarsely but very shallowly rugose. Length, 28-34 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 16) brown. First joint conical and somewhat more than one-half as wide as long; second subglobular, two-thirds as wide as first; third cylindrical, one-fourth as long as the first; joints 4 and 5 subequal in length, wider than the third and together somewhat longer; sixth joint transverse, equal in length to the fifth but wider; seventh shorter and wider than the sixth. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth distinctly longest, joint 10 shorter, and joint 11 shorter than the tenth. In one specimen seen the ninth and tenth joints were subequal in length. 13 Pleocoma rickseckeri seems to be peculiar to Sonoma County. The type locality is Sylvania, Calif. Pleocoma australis Fall (5) Male: Ovate, less robust than P. fimbriata, dorsum flattened, black, shining, fimbriate with reddish-yellow hair. Head above finely and closely punctured; eyes round, prominent; clypeus re- flexed, deeply emarginate, the apices sharply rounded, not trun- cate; ocular canthi with the anterior margins nearly straight, in- clined slightly forward, apical angles rounded, posterior margins broadly rounded ; horn of vertex with sides converging toward the apex, apex soft a small emargination. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, basal angles dis- tinct but rounded; disc coarsely and closely punctured, a little more closely so toward the sides; basal and anterior median im- pressions vaguely indicated, the former nearly or quite impunctate. Elytra conjointly from one-seventh to one-fifth longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, sides nearly parallel; sutural striae well defined; costae very little if at all elevated ; elytral intervals finely, sparsely punctate, with a sec- ondary rugose sculpture more or less evident. Body beneath castaneous, clothed with reddish-yellow hair. Length 24-28 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 4) dark brown, club gray-brown. First joint conical, elongate; second subglobular, somewhat wider than long, two-thirds as wide as the first; third more than one-half as long as the first, widest at apical third, joints 2 and 3 together five-sixths as long as the first; fourth joint shorter, wider than the third, quadrate; fifth wider than the fourth, joints 4 and 5 together equal to or slightly longer than the third; sixth joint transverse, angulate, wider than the fifth; seventh joint with a short lamella, a little more than one-third as long as the joint and lamella of the eighth. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the tenth longest, the eleventh very nearly or quite as long, the ninth shorter. Joints 9 to 11 have their apices very nearly even in front. Female: Robust, ovate, castaneous, head and pronotum darker, fimbriate with yellow hair. Head moderately closely and coarsely punctate; eyes hardly visible from above; clypeus re- flexed and broadly, obtusely emarginate, the apices rounded ; ocular canthi as in the male, but broader and heavier; horn of vertex heavy, conical, truncate, deeply grooved on the median line be- fore and behind, but not emarginate at apex. Pronotum slightly less than twice as wide as long, basal angles distinct but rounded; disc with very heavy, coarse, close punctation, the punctures confluent over much of the surface; basal and anterior median impressions vague, and on each side of the midline a small impunctate area. 14 Elytra thin, semi-transparent, widest at apical third; sutural striae merely rows of punctures; costae not elevated; geminate striae hardly visible; elytral intervals very finely and sparsely punctate. Body beneath and legs clothed with yellow hair. Length 40 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 22) brown, the club darker. First joint conical, elongate, one-half as wide as long; second subglob- ular, one-half as wide as first; third subconical, at base one-half as wide as the second, at apex two-thirds to three-fourths as wide as the second, one-half as long as the first, joints 2 and 3 to- gether two-thirds as long as the first; fourth joint shorter, wider than the third; fifth joint shorter, wider than the second, joints 4 and 5 together equal to the third in length; sixth joint trans- verse, almost equal to the fifth in length, but one-third wider; seventh joint shorter and wider than the sixth. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth longest, the tenth almost or quite as long, the eighth and eleventh successively shorter. This species seems to be related to rickseckeri, puncticollis, and fimbriata, resembling the last-named species most closely. From the first two it may be distinguished at once by its yellow vestiture. From P. fimbriata it differs relatively less. The an- tennae are nearly the same except that in fimbriata they are less robust, the joints being more cylindrical and longer in proportion. In australis the eleventh joint of the antenna is subequal to the tenth, while in fimbriata it is distinctly shorter. In addition, fimbriata is more robust, the thorax has usually a brownish tinge, and the punctation of the pronotum is finer and sparser than in australis. The type locality is Bailey Canyon, near Sierra Madre, Calif., and the species is also found in the Santa Anita Canyon, some three miles east. Pleocoma bicolor Linsley Distinguished from other species with 4-jointed antennal clubs by the color and the more sparsely and finely punctate pronotum, Pleocoma simi Davis (2) Broadly oval, robust, dorsum flattened, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yellow hair. Head dark brown, closely but rather lightly punctate, densely clothed with long yellow hair; clypeus reflexed, not or very slightly emarginate at apex, angles sharply rounded, lateral margins rounded, upper surface densely clothed with yellow hair; anterior margins of ocular canthi at right angles to the midline of the body, anterior and posterior angles lacking, the outer half being very nearly semicircular in outline as viewed 15 from above, upper surface smooth, impunctate; eyes prominent, round; horn of vertex moderately long, subconical, pointed at apex. Pronotum chestnut brown, less than twice as wide as long (6.5 by 11.8 mm.), of even maximum width from about the mid- dle to the posterior fifth, anterior and posterior angles broadly rounded; disc finely and sparsely punctate at the median base, coarsely and closely punctate toward the sides, where the punc- tures tend to confluesce; posterior median impression distinct, anterior median impression long, groovelike, involving the an- terior three-fifths of the length of the pronotum, fairly wide and deep, coarsely and extremely closely punctured, and with sparse, long yellow hairs. At each side of the disc, equally distant from the midline and the lateral margin and at about the basal third, is a large, shallow circular pit. The pronotum has a retuse ap- pearance in profile. Scutellum transverse, posterior margin rounded, punctate and clothed with yellow hair, which, with that of the base of the prono- tum, nearly conceals the surface. Elytra chestnut brown, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, one-sixth longer than wide conjointly, widest at apical third; sutural striae moderately deep; costae slightly elevated, smooth, impunctate, not attaining the apices of the elytra; geminate striae faint, consisting of small, shallow, widely spaced punctures; elytral intervals finely and sparsely punctate. Body beneath and legs castaneous, densely clothed with long yellow hair. Length 24 mm., maximum width 13.5 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 5) brown. First joint subconical; sec- ond transverse; third almost twice as long as wide, subconical, joints 2 and 3 together exactly four-fifths as long as the first in the type; fourth joint transverse; fifth joint of about the same length, but wider, angulate; sixth joint transverse, longer than the fifth, twice as wide as long; seventh joint as long as the sixth, with a short process. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth and tenth equal and longest, the eleventh shorter, and the ninth shorter than the eleventh. Type locality, Cleveland, Oregon. This species may be distinguished from P. behrensii and P. fimbriata by the color, the hairy scutellum, and by the groove- like, densely punctate and hairy anterior median impression. From P. oregonensis, as far as I can tell without actually seeing the type, it differs in being unicolorous, in the characters of the an- terior median impression, the very shallowly emarginate clypeus, and the less abrupt declivity of the pronotum. Two male specimens of Pleocoma from Shasta County, Calif., given me some years ago by E. O. Essig of the University of California, probably represent an undescribed species very close 16 to simi and oregonensis, being brown, and having the scutella hairy. Unfortunately the antennae of both are lacking and they cannot be described at this time. Pleocoma oregonensis Leach (10) The following description is taken from that of Leach: Form robust, rounded, bicolorous and shining above, clothed underneath with long dense golden brown hair; densely fimbriate on prothorax, lightly on elytra. Head piceous, coarsely and densely punctured except on ocu- lar canthi which are smooth, shining, wide and broadly rounded at apex; clypeus deeply emarginate, angles acute; horn of vertex moderate in size, round, and acute at apex. Pronotum dark brown above, widest slightly behind the mid- dle, broadly rounded at sides and basal angles; disc finely and closely punctured, the punctures coarser and confluent at sides and front; posterior median impression narrow, shallow, impunc- tate, with a smaller depression on each side, laterally; anterior median impression involving one-half of the width of the prono- tum, forming a declivity in front. Scutellum with the surface hidden by dense long golden- brown hair. Elytra light red brown; at humeri very slightly wider than the base of the pronotum, widest at middle; sutural striae deeply impressed their entire length, the costae not widened at apex; geminate striae distinct but not deep, not attaining the apex of the elytra. Legs stout, posterior tarsi much shorter than the tibiae (4.8 mm. to 6:2 mm.). Length 23 mm., width 13 mm. Antennae with first joint heavy and subconical; second trans- verse; third almost three times as long as the second and three- fourths as long as the first; sixth with a slight lobe; seventh with a lamina almost one-half as long as those on the joints 8 to 11, which form the club. Type locality, Wasco, Oregon. Pleocoma fimbriata Le Conte (11, pp. 24-25). Male: Dorsum depressed, shiny black, sometimes with a castaneous tinge, fimbriate with yellow hair. Head above very finely and sparsely punctate, almost impunctate; clypeus deep and heavy as viewed from the side, sharply reflexed, rather deeply emarginate, the apices acutely rounded; anterior margins of ocular canthi nearly straight, inclined slightly forward of a right angle to the midline of ‘the body in most cases, apices and posterior margins rounded; horn of vertex with sides parallel or slightly converging near the apex, which is obtusely emarginate. 17 Pronotum about or slightly more than twice as wide as long, basal angles distinct but rounded ; disc finely and sparsely punctate. Elytra with the sutural striae shallow; geminate striae feebly indicated by fine punctures at wide intervals; costae slightly ele- vated, smooth; elytral intervals very finely and sparsely punctate. Body beneath and legs castaneous, clothed with long yellow hair. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 11) deep chestnut brown, club gray- brown. First joint conical, elongate; second subglobular, three- fourths as wide as the first; third cylindrical, slightly constricted at the basal fourth, about two-thirds as long as the first joint, joints 2 and 3 together averaging slightly more than four-fifths the length of the first, but varying from two-thirds to twelve-thir- teenths as long; joints 4 and 5 subequal in length, slightly wider than the third and together about equal to it in length; sixth joint with a short projection or lamella; seventh with a lamella one-half to two-thirds as long as that of the eighth, in reality forming part of the club. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth usually long- est, the tenth nearly as long. Female: Light yellow brown in color, pronotum and head slightly darker. Head in front moderately coarsely and closely punctate; eyes hardly visible from above; clypeus very slightly re- flexed, very broadly, shallowly emarginate at apex; ocular canthi much as in the male, but shorter, broader, and with the anterior margins at right angles to the midline of the body and the pos- terior margins nearly straight; horn of vertex short, stout, sub- conical, deeply triangularly emarginate at apex. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, basal angles rounded but distinct; disc coarsely and closely punctured, more closely | toward the sides, basal and anterior median impressions feebly indicated, and a narrow impressed impunctate median line in the center of the disc. Elytra of the usual form, widest at middle; sutural striae distinct but shallow; geminate striae very feebly indicated; costae not, or hardly, elevated, smooth; elytral intervals finely, sparsely punctate. Body beneath clothed with short yellow hair. Length 27-34 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 20) brown. First joint conical; second globular, two-thirds as wide as the first; third conical, one-half as wide as the second at the base and almost or quite three-fourths as wide at the apex, one-third as long as the first, joints 2 and 3. together two-thirds as long as the first; fourth joint one-half as long as the third and slightly wider; fifth joint shorter than the fourth, joints 4 and 5 together equal to the third in length; sixth joint shorter, transverse, one-fourth wider than the fifth, almond- shaped ; seventh about equal to the sixth in length, one-third wider. 18 Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth longest, the eighth three- fourths as long, the tenth shorter than the ninth, and the eleventh shorter than the tenth. The characters of this species are subject to such great varia- tion that it is necessary to take all of them into account in deter- mination rather than to rely greatly upon one or two characters. P. fimbriata seems to be the most common and widely dis- tributed species of the genus. I have records of capture from the following localities, all in California: Camp Greely, Fresno County (D, F); “Above Dunlop,” nesnoe County (D); Fresno County (D;, F; CAS); Tulare County (D, F); Kaweah, Tulare County (F); Badger, Tulare County (Frost); Placer County (F); Eldorado County (CAS). Horn (9%) reported the species from Fresno and Fldorado Counties. The type locality is given as merely “California.” Le Conte (12, p. 71) records the finding of fragments of this beetle “in the stomach of a woodpecker” at Fort Tejon, Kern County, Calif., just across the Los Angeles County line. The specimen to which the latter record refers was possibly P. comjungens var. hirsutus. Pleocoma fimbriata Le Conte, var. tularensis Leach (10) The following is taken from Leach’s description : Form robust, oval, black, shining above, fimbriate at sides of prothorax and elytra, clothed underneath with long dark brown hair. Head piceous, moderately punctured; clypeus deeply emargi- nate, angles slightly divergent; horn of vertex long, flattened, and emarginate at tip. Pronotum twice as wide as long (13 by 6.3 mm. in type), angled at the sides and convergent in front, widest at base; basal angles prominent; surface finely punctate as in fimbriata; median anterior and posterior impressions vague. Elytra at humeri as wide as the base of the pronotum, widest slightly behind the middle; sutural striae more deeply impressed apically, where the intervals, or costae, are slightly widened ; gemi- nate striae feeble. i Legs moderately short, the hind tarsi longer than the tibiae (A65to. 7 mm. ). Length of type 26.5 mm., width 14.6 mm. Varies from 23.5 to 28.5 mm. in length. Antennae with the third joint almost three times as long as the second, and three-fourths as long as the first; sixth joint with a lobe shorter than its length; seventh with a lobe slightly longer than its length; joints 8 to 11 with long lamellae of increasing 19 length, the last being slightly the longest and equal in length to the first nine segments. Recorded from Sequoia National Park and from Badger, both in Tulare County, Calif. As I have stated, the characters upon which the species of Pleocoma may be separated are, with a few exceptions, extremely variable, and P. fimbriata seems to vary more than the others, perhaps because of its wider distribution. I have attempted to separate tularensis from fimbriata with little success in most cases. The shape and relative proportions of the pronotum vary too much within fimbriata to be of much assistance. Careful measure- ments of the lengths of the antennal joints of the series of both species at hand gave the following results: Joint No. --- 1 2 3 / 8 9 HO stil 13. 0:3" (0:7) °2:25 3195 4:45 eee V3) 0:3 O95 115 SA. ORS eons led) 0:3). 018 18 SA 40 Sere 133) 0:3) 0187-35 3:8 es eee) IZ OF: OOF 1.00" Sil, 13:67 ot Omer s 1.6 0:35. (0165245 3 404 AS earl 1e3e2 O38 OOS ea 327 ae eS TULARENSIS 12s 1023%-50.75) 115) Se2 Oe Oro 13 025-9 O72 Sel AS ee FIMBRIATA Examination of the table shows that the tenth joint is longer than the eleventh, and subequal to or longer than the ninth in tularensis. In fimbriata the ninth joint is usually the longest, but unfortunately this is not always the case, as shown by the figures marked with an asterisk in the table for fimbriata. The specimen of fimbriata with the 9 mm. third antennal joint agrees rather closely with tularensis in all respects except color, but was taken in the same flight with fimbriata at Camp Greely, Fresno County, Calif. This specimen was compared with the type of P. fimbriata by P. J. Darlington, Jr., who states that the third joint is relatively a little shorter in the type, joints 2 and 3 together being shorter than the first; antennal club about a sixth smaller. The pronotum in this specimen is almost exactly twice as wide as long, basal angles rounded but rather distinct, pronotum widest at base. Mr. Darlington says that in the type - of fimbriata the proportions of the pronotum are about the same, and that the basal angles are slightly less well defined. The proportions of the first three antennal joints seem to me to be too nearly the same in both species to be relied upon for separation. 20 The sculpture of tularensis is in some cases nearly or quite lacking but in some specimens the elytra are more rugose than ingsome fimbriata. P. fimbriata var. tularensis will have to be separated from fimbriata, if at all, by locality, general appearance, and the rela- tive lengths of antennal joints 9 and 10. I do not believe that it represents more than a variety of fimbriata. Pleocoma behrensti Le Conte (13) Male: Robust, oval, convex, dorsum flattened, black in color, pronotum with a brownish tinge, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yellow hair. Head above rather finely punctured; eyes large, prominent; clypeus rather small in proportion, reflexed, rather broadly emarginate, apices acute; ocular canthi small, anterior margin a little rounded and inclined forward, angles and_pos- terior margins rounded; horn of vertex with sides parallel and apex broadly triangularly emarginate. Pronotum very variable in its proportions, basal angles rounded and not distinct in some specimens; disc finely and rather sparsely punctate, the punctations finer and sparser toward the sides; median impressions feeble. Elytra conjointly varying from one-ninth to one-seventh longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the prono- tum; sutural striae well defined; geminate striae distinct; costae slightly elevated, smooth; elytral intervals rugose. Body beneath and legs castaneous, clothed with long yellow or brownish-yellow hair. Length 21-27 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 14) brown, club lighter in color. First joint conical, elongate; second subglobular with a tendency to be pentagonal in outline as viewed from above, almost as wide as the first; third joint elongate, at base one-half as wide as the sec- ond, widest at apical third, one-half as long as the first joint, joints 2 and 3 together about two-thirds as long as the first; fourth joint wider and shorter than the third, distinctly pentagonal in outline as viewed from above; fifth joint shorter and wider than the fourth, the anterior base angulated, joints 4 and 5 together longer than the third; sixth joint transverse, longer than the fifth, the anterior base produced in a sharp spur; seventh joint shorter, with its projection from one-half to two-thirds as long as the eighth. Joints 8 to 11 form the club, the ninth and tenth longest and subequal, the eleventh shorter, and the eighth shorter than the eleventh. Female: Robust, convex, castaneous, fimbriate with yellow hair. Head above rather finely, very closely punctate; eyes visible trom above; clypeus short, broad, slightly reflexed at anterior 21 margin, which is rounded, sometimes with a small notch at the midline, but usually without; ocular canthi with the anterior and posterior margins about equally rounded, the anterior angle rounded but distinct; horn of vertex short, stout, deeply emarginate at apex. Pronotum with the hind angles rounded, disc moderately coarsely and closely punctate, the punctures showing a tendency to confluesce as in P. australis; basal median impression vague or absent, anterior median impression not indicated. Elytra thin; widest at apical third; sutural striae distinct; geminate striae moderately well defined in most specimens ; costae elevated ; elytral intervals with sparse punctation. Body beneath and legs clothed with short yellow hair. Length 26-34 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 21) brown, the club darker. First joint conical, elongate; second subconical, two-thirds as wide as first; third conical, at base one-third, at apex two-thirds to three-fourths as wide as second, joints 2 and 3 together two-thirds as long as the first; fourth joint shorter, wider than the third; fifth joint shorter, wider than the fourth, joints 4 and 5 together as long as the third; sixth joint transverse; seventh very short, trans- verse, slightly produced, the joint and projection together one- half as long as the eighth. Joints 8 to 11 forming the club, the ninth longest, eighth five-sixths as long as the ninth; tenth slightly shorter than the ninth, and the eleventh shorter than the tenth. In some specimens the antennae are more robust, and the dif- ferences in the width of the joints are less. In most of the specimens of P. behrensu that I have seen the pronotum is widest at base, but in a few it is widest at the middle. One of my specimens has the seventh antennal joint three-fourths as long as the eighth. On other specimens the rugos- ity of the elytral intervals is not marked, and the color may be very deep brown rather than black. This species may be separated at once from P. puncticollis and P. rickseckeri by the yellow vestiture. From australis it differs in the more convex dorsum and in the fact that the eleventh joint of the antenna is distinctly shorter than the tenth. In australis the sutural striae are not deep, the geminate striae are feebly indicated, and the elytral intervals are finely and sparsely punctate. In behrensi the sutural striae are deeper, the geminate striae plainer, and the intervals in typical specimens are rugose, approaching rickseckeri in this respect. From fimbriata, to which it seems most closely related, typical behrensii differs in the char- acters given in the key, as well as in the less prominent basal angles of the pronotum. In some cases it is almost impossible to be sure with which species one is dealing. In the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia there is a 22 short series of what I am almost certain is P. fimbriata from Eldo- rado County, Calif. These specimens resemble typical behrensu more closely than do some examples of the latter species, being small and convex, with the elytral intervals rugose. P. fimbriata seems to be confined to the Sierra Nevada range, and P. behrensu to the coastal mountains, but they probably represent races of the same original species. I have the following records of capture for P. behrensi: Type locality “near San Francisco,” Calif.; Alameda County, Galtier); Berkeley, Calit. (D, CAS); Oakland, Calit. (F, D) ; Fort McDowell, Angel Island, Calif. (in San Francisco Bay) (CAS); San Mateo County, Calif. (F, D) ; Cypress Ridge, Marin County, Calif. (CAS); Sausalito, Calif. (recorded by Horn, 9) ; Vite Stumcieclena, Calif. (CAS); Sonoma County; Calit- (EF, D, GANS) Pleocoma sonomae Linsley Distinguished from P. behrensi Lec., to which it seems most closely related, by the lack of processes upon the 6th and 7th antennal joints, “broadly oval (rather than oblong-oval), robust form, the broad, subparallel frontal horn, more deeply impressed Stubunalstriae of the elytra... .” Pleocoma hirticollis Schaufuss (23) Male: Robust, convex, dorsum slightly flattened, fimbriate with yellow-brown hair. Head above coarsely and rather closely punctate, with impunctate areas about the base of the vertical horn; eyes prominent, round; clypeus small, reflexed, the sides nearly parallel, obtusely emarginate, the depth of the notch very vari- able, apices broadly rounded; ocular canthi short, front margins slightly sinuate and inclined posteriorly, apices sharply rounded, posterior margins rounded or sinuate; horn of vertex stout, sub- conical, truncate or very slightly notched at apex. Pronotum very slightly less than twice as wide as long, widest at base, hind angles distinct but obtusely rounded, sides nearly parallel to the middle, thence strongly narrowed to the apex; disc coarsely punctate and sparsely clothed with long, semierect yel- low hairs. Scutellum more transverse than in other species, being almost semicircular. Elytra conjointly very slightly longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, widest at apical third; sutural striae moderately deep, the sutural costae very broad; geminate striae well defined; costae distinct, elevated, rather wide, smooth; elytral intervals finely and sparsely punctate, sometimes rugose. Body beneath castaneous, clothed with yellow hair. 23 Length 20-21 mm. One very small specimen in the collec- tion of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia meas- ures only 17.3 mm. in length. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 12) brown, club grayish. First joint conical, elongate, one-half as wide as long; second globular, three- fourths as wide as first; third at base one-half, at apex three-fifths as wide as second, curved, nearly or quite as long as the first, joints 2 and 3 together longer than the first; fourth joint about two-fifths as long as the third and slightly wider, transverse, with a short projection anteriorly. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the fifth with its lamella equal to three-fifths of the sixth, eighth joint longest, the joints progressively shorter in the following order: Ninth, tenth, eleventh, seventh, sixth, and fifth. The whole club is very strongly curved outward toward the apex. The following description of the female is taken from Horn’s revision, no specimen being available to me at this time: “Ovate, robust, convex, reddish brown. Clypeal horn short, broad and feebly emarginate, vertical horn short, rather deeply emarginate. Thorax similar in outline to the male, but not more than twice as wide as long, not impressed in front, moderately strongly and closely punctate, nearly equally over the entire sur- face, median line smooth, without erect hairs. Elytra broadest behind the middle, sutural striae not deeply impressed, the interval not wider behind, geminate striae very faintly indicated, surface more sparsely punctate than the thorax. Legs very robust. Length 1232 meh 33emm: “The antennae of the female (PI. 1, fig. 23) are of the same type as the male, but much shorter and with the lamellae short. First joint conical, second globular as well (wide?) as first, third more slender, half as long as first, fourth short, transverse, angu- late on the inner side, fifth prolonged in a lamella, three-fourths as long as sixth, joints six to ten nearly equal in length, the eleventh shorter. “When the leaves of the lamella are closed the apices are con- tiguous, but the joints at the middle are separated.” The notch between the ocular canthi and the base of the cly- peus of the male, pointed out by Horn, is nearly as often lacking as present. The dimensions of the pronota as given in most of the earlier descriptions are not reliable. As Fall (4) points out, the measurements were apparently taken with the specimen up- right, giving a greatly foreshortened measurement for the length, as Schaufuss (23, p. 58) says that the thorax is almost three times as wide as long, and Horn (9) describes it as more than twice as wide as long, where as a matter of fact, it is about or less than twice as wide as long. In my single male specimen and in one other that I have seen the ninth antennal joints have been the longest, not the eighth, as is usually the case. 24 This species falls into the group with the hairy pronota. From P. hoppingi it may be separated at once by the color, the greater convexity and robustness, and the shape of the ocular canthi. I have the following records of capture for /urticollis, all in California: San Joaquin (F, US); Bennett Valley, Santa Rosa (County?) (F, LAM); Nevada City, Horn (¥); Alameda County (CAS); Alameda (US); Sonoma County (US, CAS); Marysville (CAS) ; Eldridge (CAS). The type locality was given merely as “Calif.” Pleocoma hoppingi Fall (4) Male: Ovate, elongate, dorsum much flattened, almost gib- bous. light brown in color, shining, fimbriate with yellow hair. Head smail, frons very sparsely and moderately finely punctate ; eyes prominent, round; clypeus reflexed, triangularly emarginate, very broadly rounded at apices; ocular canthi (Pl. 1, fig. 24) with the anterior margins strongly bisinuate, slightly inclined pos- teriorly, apical angle distinct, rounded, posterior margins angu- lated, the apical portion parallel to the long axis of the body and notched at center, the posterior portion inclined slightly for- ward; horn of vertex stout, sides nearly parallel, apex with a rounded emargination. Pronotum exactly twice as wide as long, basal angles rounded but distinct, sides converging very strongly from middle to apex; disc shining, densely punctate, the punctures fine at the sides, coarser near the posterior margin, and still coarser at the middle in front, a small impunctate area near the middle of each half; basal median impression distinct but small, anterior median im- pression rather deep, transverse. Elytra conjointly more than one-third longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, sides nearly paralled; sutural striae moderately deep; geminate striae well defined ; costae slightly elevated; elytral intervals finely and sparsely punctate, more strongly toward the sides. Length 23-26 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 6) brown, club gray-brown. _ First joint conical, elongate; second subglobular, three-fourths as wide as first; third a little shorter than the first, and as wide, the an- terior edge being raised into a thick angulate keel involving the whole length of the joint and causing it to appear pentagonal in outline as viewed from above; fourth joint short, with a short lamella. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, 8 and 9 subequal and long- est, the remaining joints decreasing in length in the following order: Tenth, eleventh, sixth, fifth. Female: Robust, convex, castaneous, prothorax and head darker, fimbriate with rather short yellow hair. Head above mod- 95 Le erately finely punctate; eyes flat, not prominent; clypeus with a shallow triangular emargination, apices broadly rounded; ocular canthi of the same form as those of the male, but stouter; horn of vertex very short, with a deep notch at apex. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, of about the same form as that of the male, punctation about the same; basal median impression round, well defined; anterior impression lacking. Elytra wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, a little less than a third longer than wide; sutural striae feeble; geminate striae defined by rows of shallow punctures; costae ele- vated, smooth, and of a somewhat darker shade than the rest of the elytra; elytra intervals finely, moderately closely punctate. Body beneath and legs clothed with short yellow hairs. Length 30-35 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 18) brown, club gray-brown. First joint conical, elongate; second globular, two-thirds as wide as the first ; third about, or slightly less than, one-half as long as the first, at base one-half, at apex two-thirds as wide, widest at apical third, slightly curved; fourth joint quadrate ,transverse, about one-third wider than the third. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the ninth longest, joints 7 and 8 subequal and shorter, then 10, 6, 11, and 5 in order of decreasing length. Pleocoma hoppingi is the most easily distinguished of the genus. The hairy pronotum distinguishes it as once from all but hirticollis, from which it differs in color, the broad, rounding apices of the clypeus, the quadrate ocular canthi, and the peculiar shape of the third antennal joint. The type locality is the South Fork of the Kaweah River, Tulare County, Calif. I have records also from Colony Road, . Tulare County, Calif. (F); and Millwood, Fresno County, Calif. (CAS): Pleocoma badia Fall (6) Male: Robust, ovate, dorsum depressed, brown in color, fimbriate with yellow-brown hair. Head above rather closely and coarsely punctate; eyes large, prominent; clypeus reflexed, with a deep, rounded emargination, apices acutely rounded; ocular canthi with the anterior margins arcuate, inclined forward of a right angle to the long axis of the body, apices rounded, posterior angle and margin broadly rounded. Pronotum about. or a little less than, twice as wide as long, variable in shape; disc finely and sparsely punctured, except for the area included in the anterior median impression, which is heavily and coarsely punctured; anterior median impression usu- ally distinct, with long yellow hairs from the anterior edge; basal median impression small or lacking. 26 Elytra conjointly about one-fifth longer than wide, brown, transparent, showing the folded wings beneath them; sutural striae shallow; geminate striae feebly defined; costae not appreciably elevated, smooth; elytral intervals finely and sparsely punctate. Body beneath and legs clothed with yellow hair. Length 23 :5-28-5 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 1) brown, club grayish. First joint conical, elongate, curved; second globular, about two-thirds as wide as the first; third elongate, nearly cylindrical, dilated at apical third, at base one-half as wide as the first joint, joints 2 and 3 together nearly as long as the first; fourth joint wider than the third, transverse or with a short projection anteriorly. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the ninth and tenth longest and subequal, the eighth and seventh successively shorter, the other joints de- creasing in the order 11, 6, and 5, the fifth being two-thirds to three-fourths as long as the sixth. Female: Robust, dorsum very slightly flattened, castaneous, head and pronotum darker, fimbriate with short yellow hair. Head in front coarsely and closely punctate; clypeus slightly reflexed, with a broadly rounded emargination; ocular canthi of the same form as those of the male, but stouter; horn of vertex short, stout, deeply triangularly emarginate at apex. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, the hind angles broadly and obtusely rounded but usually distinguishable; disc coarsely and closely punctate, the punctures tending to coalesce into transverse impressed lines, giving a rugose appearance; an- terior and basal median impressions usually present, but small. Elytra at the humeri wider than the base of the pronotum, transparent, the abortive wings and dorsal abdominal segments visible through them; sutural striae distinct but not deep; gemi- nate striae feebly indicated by rows of fine, widely spaced punc- tures; costae hardly elevated. Body beneath and legs castaneous, clothed with short yellow- brown hair. Length 32-43 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 17) brown. First joint conical, elon- gate; second globular, three-fourths as wide as the first; third elongate, as base one-half as wide as the second, a little dilated at apex; joints 2 and 3 together subequal in length to the first; fourth joint transverse, angulate. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the ninth longest, eighth and tenth shorter and subequal, then, in order of decreasing length, 7, 11, and 6. The brown color and the form of the ocular canthi, which seem to be fairly constant, set badia apart at once from con- jungens, nearest to which it runs in the key. The transparent elytra, through which the folded wings may be seen, are peculiar 27 to this species, at least in the case of the male. After several years in the cabinet the elytra may become opaque, but several in my Own series remain clear after sixteen years. The pronotum is very variable, and no dependence is to be placed upon charac- ters of the relative proportions or the prominence of the basal angles. Pleocoma badia has been taken only upon the south slope of Mt. Wilson, near Pasadena, Calif., at an altitude of from 3,500 to 4,000 feet. It may occur also at Pine Flats, about fifteen miles farther north. The nearest capture of badia to the territory of australis is about five miles by trail, and it would not be surpris- ing if the territories of the two were found to overlap somewhat. Pleocoma conjungens Horn (6, 9) Male: Robust, oval, dark brown to black in color, dorsum slightly flattened, fimbriate with yellow hair. Head above finely and closely punctate, sparsely clothed with yellow hairs; clypeus reflexed, obtusely emarginate, the emargination broadly rounded at the bottom, apices acutely rounded, anterior margins rounded; ocular canthi with anterior margins sinuate, almost at right angles to the long axis of the body or slightly inclined posteriorly from this, apices rounded, posterior margins rounded; horn of vertex long, the sides nearly parallel for most of their length, approach- ing apically, apex deeply and rather broadly emarginate. Pronotum very slightly more than twice as wide as long, widest at basal angles, black, chesnut brown along the lateral margins; disc moderately finely and not very closely punctate (shghtly more coarsely than rickseckeri, and about as sparsely), the punctures tending toward confluence, especially in the center of the disc; apical angles rounded, basal angles rounded but dis- tinct; basal median impression lacking, being represented by an evenly convex median impunctate line; anterior median impres- sion moderate; profile of pronotum about as in hirticollis. Elytra conjointly one-eighth longer than wide, widest at apical third; very deep brown or black; sutural striae shallow; gemi- nate striae consisting of little more than rows of shallow punc- tures; costae hardly elevated, nearly impunctate; elytral intervals finely, sparsely punctate, with a very slight rugosity. 30dy beneath and legs castaneous, covered with yellow hair. Length 22.5-23.5 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 10) dark brown. First joint conical, elongate; second subglobular, almost as wide as the first, wider than long; third elongate, somewhat curved, at base one-half, at apex slightly more than one-half, as wide as the maximum width of the first, widest at apical fifth or fourth, longer than the first, joints 2 and 3 together one-third longer than the first; fourth joint transverse, with a slight projection. Joints 5 to 11 form the 28 club, the eighth and ninth equal in length and longest, tenth shorter, seventh shorter than the tenth, sixth and eleventh subequal in length and shorter than the seventh, fifth shortest, about five- eighths as long as the sixth. So far as I can discover there are no females of this species available, and I can find no description, although Rivers (22) states that the female is known. The type locality is given by Horn (9) as Santa Cruz City, Calif. E. C. Van Dyke once told me that he had on one occasion picked up, in the streets of Carmel, 100 miles or so south of Santa Cruz, elytra that he was almost certain belonged to this species. E. R. Leach (10) notes that specimens of P. conjungens in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences are from Moke- lumne Hill, Calaveras County, Calif. Pleocoma conjungens Horn var. hirsutus Davis (3) Male: Broadly oval, convex, dorsum flattened, shining black, margins heavily fimbriate, clothed beneath with long yellow-brown hair. Head above, including ocular canthi, closely covered with long yellow-brown hair; ocular canthi with the anterior margins curving forward of a right angle with the midline of the body, apices acute, rounded, lateral margins nearly straight, posterior angles obtuse but distinct; horn of vertex with the sides nearly or quite parallel. Pronotum slightly less than twice as wide as long (6 by 11.8 mm.), black, brown at sides, with an occasional hair upon its surface; punctation as in conjungens; Dosmeatehy median impres- sion nearly lacking; lateral pits lacking; transverse ridge lack- ing, the basal part of the pronotum fine smoothly and evenly convex to the declivity; anterior median impression distinct and moderately deep, very heavily and coarsely punctate and rather densely clothed with long yellow hairs. Scutellum brown, sparsely and finely punctate and sparsely clothed with short hair. Long yellow-brown hair growing thickly from the base of the pronotum nearly conceals ne basal half. Elytra as in conjungens, costae attaining the apices. Legs and body beneath brown, very densely clothed with long vellow- brown hair. Antennae almost exactly as in the specimen of P. conjungens labeled as the type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, except in the proportions of the antennal joints 1 to 3, which are 1.2, 0.3, and 1.0 mm. in length respec- tively, compared with 0.7, 0.25, and 0.8 in the type. Type locality: Between Lebec and Saugus, in Los Angeles County, Calif., in the Sierra Madre Mountains. 29 This variety, while close to P. conjungens, may be distin- guished from it by the extreme hairiness, the different shape of the ocular canthi, the more parallel sides of the horn of the vertex, the hairiness of the head and anterior part of the prono- tum, the heavily punctate anterior median impression, and the different relative proportions of the first three antennal joints. Pleocoma staff Schaufuss var. dubitabilis n. var. I have not seen the type of P. staff, and, since the descrip- tion of that species must be largely by comparison, the variety is placed first for convenience. Male: Dorsum depressed, dark brown or black above, cas- taneous beneath, fimbriate and densely clothed beneath with yellow- brown hair. Head above moderately closely and coarsely punc- tate; clypeus varying from deeply triangularly emarginate io broadly rounded, apices rather acutely rounded; ocular canthi variable, but tending toward quadrate, the anterior margin curved and usually inclined a little foward; angles broadly rounded, pos- terior margin at first rounded and nearly parallel to the long axis of the body, thence rounding in to the head; horn of vertex short, conical, pointed at apex, not emarginate. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, widest at from slightly behind the middle to the basal fifth; retuse in front, hind angles broadly rounded and not distinguishable in many speci- mens; disc finely and sparsely punctate, basal and apical median impressions distinct before and behind a broad, rounded, trans- verse ridge a little behind the center of the disc. Scutellum completely covered with tawny hair. Elytra conjointly one-fifth longer than wide, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, widest behind the middle; sutural striae deep, the sutural costae rather wide; geminate striae distinct; costae elevated, rugose; elytral interspaces finely and rather closely punctate, the punctures tending to confluesce, giv- ing a rugose effect in many cases. Length 23-29 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 2) brown. First joint conical, one- half as wide as long; second globular, slightly transverse; third elongate, at base two-thirds as wide as, at apex as wide as, the second, joints 2 and 3 together about one-fourth longer than the first; fourth joint short, transverse, angulated or with a short projection. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the ninth longest, the eighth and tenth subequal and very slightly shorter, and, in order of decreasing length, joints 11, 7, 6, and 5. The sixth joint is about five-sixths as long as the seventh, and the fifth two-fifths as long as the sixth. Female: Convex, dorsum slightly but distinctly flattened in most Cases, castaneous, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yel- 30 lowish hair. Head above coarsely and moderately closely punc- tate; eyes not prominent ; clypeus reflexed, rounded, with a broad, rounded emargination, apices retracted and sharply rounded; horn of vertex represented by two tubercles with deep obtuse longi- tudinal groove between them. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, widest at or slightly before the middle, hind angles broadly rounded, evenly convex to slightly retuse in front; disc moderately finely, closely punc- tate, especially toward the sides and front; basal median impres- sion distinct, anterior median impression represented by a short, impunctate, longitudinal groove. Elytra wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, about or slightly less than one-fifth longer than wide, widest be- hind the middle; sutural striae rather deep; geminate striae dis- tinct; costae elevated; elytral intervals varying from _ finely, sparsely, confluently punctate to rugose. Length 25-32 mm. Antennae (Pl. 1, fig. 19) brown. First point conical, three- fifths longer than wide; second globular; third elongate, at base one-third, at apex two-thirds or three-fourths, as wide as the second, joints 2 and 3 together almost equal to the first in length; fourth joint short, wider than the third; fifth transverse, angu- late. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the ninth and tenth subequal and longest, the eighth and eleventh subequal and shorter, slightly longer than the seventh, sixth about three-fourths as long as the seventh, and fifth merely transverse. The ordinary characters of this variety are more variable than those of any other of the genus, but the scutellum invari- ably seems to be covered with hair, and this character, with the 7-jointed antennal club, the black or very dark color, and the retuse pronotum, will serve to distinguish it from the other species. I have the following records of capture for this variety: Glakamase County, Oreg. (CAS): Dilley,-@ree. (F, D, US); Forest Grove, Oreg. iG ie ID): This is the form that passes in collections in the United States and elsewhere as Pleocoma staff. As will be seen by refer- ence to the collowing description, its differs rather markedly from staff in several particulars, and, since the status of staff in the genus has been a source of trouble for some years, I have thought it well to give the variety a name. A representative pair of cotypes will be deposited in the collection of the United States National Museum. Pleocema staff Schaufuss (23) Male: Robust, convex, dorsum slightly depressed, bicolorous, the pronotum dark brown, somewhat lighter at the base, the elytra bright reddish-brown. Head above very coarsely, moderately 31 closely punctate; clypeus with a deep oval emargination, apices obtusely rounded, blackish-brown in color; ocular canthi subquad- rate, anterior margin inclined slightly forward, anterior angles projecting somewhat beyond the posterior ones. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long (7 by 13 mm.), retuse in front, the transverse ridge prominent at about the cen- ter, occupying about three-fifths of the total lengh of the prono- tum, disc very finely and sparsely punctate; anterior and pos- terior median impressions distinct; hind angles of pronotum rather sharply rounded. Scutellum very sparsely hairy. (This hair has undoubtedly been rubbed off, since Schaufuss specifically mentions that the scutellum is hairy. ) Elytra bright reddish-brown, striae deep; costae prominent, elevated; punctuation extremely fine and sparse, rugosity very indistinct. Length 26 mm., width 14 mm. Antennae as in var. dubitabilis. The above description was drawn up from data sent me by Dr. Hans Sachtleben and Mr. R. Korschefsky. Two specimens for my series of “staff” were very kindly compared with the type of that species by Mr. Korschefsky, who says: “The Schaufuss type of Pleocoma staff is labeled ‘Californ. mer.’ Perhaps the color of the type is not fully developed. The type was preserved in liquor; therefore the hairs were much pasted so that it 1s very difficult to state how the hairiness was distributed originally on head and thorax. The type differs so much from your specimen 1 that this might be probably another form. The type is larger, the sculpture on the elytra is much less marked, the striae are more distinct. Besides the type dif- fers from specimen | in having the transverse ridge of the thorax much developed.” Specimen 1 above referred to is about representative of all specimens that I have seen as far as concerns the development of the transverse ridge. From this I take it that the profile of the pronotum in staff resembles that in ulkei and edwardsu. From what is known of the life history of Pleocoma it seems very unlikely that the type is an immature specimen, not fully col- ored. The history of this species in our literature is rather inter- esting. In 1870 Schaufuss named it for the General Staff of the German army, “rubbing in” a rather silly error that he said had appeared in one of the Paris newspapers. Le Conte disapproved of the name on the grounds of its source and the motive for giving it, and suppressed it (13), substituting “edwardsii,’ and redescribing the species. Sharp (24) made some comments upon Le Conte’s action, and gave i¢ as his opinion that the name staff 32 should stand, regardless of the motives that led to its giving. Horn (8, 9) then redescribed the species and reestablished the name staff. Both Le Conte and Horn undoubtedly had the same specimen before them at the time these descriptions were written, as each notes that the specimen had only five antennal joints. It is quite surprising at this late date to discover, after the con- troversy is over, that edwardsti seems to be different from staff. Pleocoma edwardsii Le Conte (13) Male: Broadly oval, robust, convex, dorsum slightly flat- tened, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yellow hair. Head above moderately coarsely and closely punctate, nearly black in color; eyes round, prominent; clypeus reflexed, the apical emar- gination deep and broadly rounded, apices not acute, sides broadly rounded, base a little narrower than apex; horn of vertex short, conical, not emarginate at apex; ocular canthi quadrate, margins rounded. Pronotum nearly black, slightly less than twice as wide as long, widest at middle; anterior angles, sides, and basal angles all included in one broadly sweeping curved margin; disc finely and rather sparsely punctate; basal median impression deep; an- terior median impression shallow in front of an extremely promi- nent transverse ridge, giving a very retuse profile. Scutellum transverse, shining, not hairy. Elytra chestnut brown in color, conjointly about one-fifth longer than wide, not wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, widest at or slightly behind the middle; sutural striae deep ; geminate striae distinct, entire; costae wide, elevated, finely, sparsely punctate, and sinuate, diverging from the midline at about the apical third, and again becoming nearly parallel to it near the humeri, where they are also much wider; elytral inter- vals sparsely, rather coarsely punctate. Length 27.2 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 13) brown. First joint conical, about one-half as wide as long; second globular, slightly transverse ; third elongate, at base one-half, at apex twice, as wide as the second, pentagonal in outline; fourth joint bearing a process. the joint and process together about two-fifth as long as the joint and process of the fifth; fifth joint lamellate. Joints 6 to 11 are missing from the type, the only known specimen of this species. A peculiarity of this species that may prove to be constant when more specimens come to hand is the sinuation of the sec- ond costa. At about the basal third the costa diverges from the midline rather abruptly, becoming much wider as it approaches the humerus, just before reaching which it again becomes nearly parallel to the mid line. The first costa follows the second, but not to the same degree, being much straighter. I have seen this 9 oo peculiarity indicated to a very slight extent in some specimens of P. behrensti and P. hirticollis, but it 1s never prominent, and the first costa is straight in all that I have seen. In spite of the fact that the antennal clubs are missing, P. edwardsii may be placed in the key quite easily. From P. staff it differs in the glabrous scutellum, the less convex shape, and in the development of the transverse ridge of the pronotum. The geminate striae are not so deep as those of staff, but are com- plete, not having the same tendency to disappear apically. The elytral intervals of staff are extremely finely and sparsely punc- tate, while the punctuations of the intervals of edwardsti are coarse and less sparse. From siaff var. dubitabilis, edwardsii 1s distinguished by the color and the glabrous scutellum. The type and only known locality for this species is “Calif.” I am of the opinion that Pleocoma edwardsiu Lec. is a valid species, represented by the single type in the Le Conte collec- tion at Cambridge, Mass. Notwithstanding its being mistaken for staff by Le Conte (1/3) and accepted as: such) by; alone) (there is little doubt, from the description given, that Horn had this identical specimen before him when he wrote that descrip- tion), the fact remains that Le Conte gave a recognizable descrip- tion of the species, and, furthermove, referred it to a definite individual specimen which still exists and is available for refer- ence. In other words, he described a species under the impres- sion that he was redescribing one. In view of the facts just stated, it is necessary to restore edwardsti to full specific stand- ing, from the position it now occupies as a synonym for P. staff. Pleocoma ulkei Horn (6, 9) Broadly oval, depressed, fimbriate and clothed beneath with yellow hair. Head above very dark brown, nearly black, coarsely and closely punctate, covered sparsely with yellow hair; eyes prominent, round; clypeus sharply reflexed, the apical emargina- tion deep, rounded at bottom, apices sharply pointed, lateral mar- gins as viewed from above parallel to the long axis of the body for about half their length, thence approaching the midline rather abruptly, making the ace distinctly narrower than the apex; ocu- lar canthi with the sides about equally rounded before and_ be- hind, the apical angle rather acute; horn of vertex conical, acute, not emarginate. Pronotum glabrous, shining, deep blackish brown in color with lighter areas at the sides; very slightly less than twice as wide as long, widest at about the apical two-fifths or one-third; moderately coarsely and rather sparsely punctate, the punctures coarser and closer toward the sides; anterior angles rounded, basal angles distinct but not acute; basal median impression very deep, with a smaller impression at each side; anterior median impression practically lacking; transverse ridge across fully two- 34 thirds of the width of the pronotum, very prominent, giving the profile a retuse appearance. Scutellum glabrous, transverse. Elytra chestnut brown, conjointly a little less than five-sixths as wide at the widest point as long, not wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum, widest at apical two-fifths; sutural striae deep; geminate striae deep; costae wide, elevated, finely and sparsely punctate, sinuate, diverging from the midline at about the apical third and again becoming parallel to it at about the basal third, and becoming much wider basally; elytral intervals finely, sparsely punctate and slightly rugose. Length 24 mm. Antennae (PI. 1, fig. 8) brown. First joint subconical, elon- gate, widest at apical third; second subglobular, slightly trans- verse, as wide as the apex of the first; third elongate, narrower than the second at base and about the same width at apex, widest at apical three-fourths, where it almost equals the maximum width of the first joint, longer than the first, joints 2 and 3 together almost twice as long as the first; fourth joint transverse, with a short process. Joints 5 to 11 form the club, the eighth longest, the ninth subequal to it, the seventh and tenth subequal in length and shorter, the sixth very nearly as long as the seventh, the eleventh shorter than the sixth, and the fifth shorter than the eleventh. No female of this species has ever been taken. Type locality: Utah. Those who know this genus have been very skeptical of the published type locality. That this doubt was well founded is shown by E. R. Leach (10), who records the capture of four males in Nevada County, Calif., in 1933. Pleocoma ulkei and P. edwardsii are very closely related species, the principal points of difference being in the shape of the pronotum, and the relative lengths of the fourth antennal joint in the two species, that of ulket being hardly more than transverse, and that of edwardsii being prolonged into a process about half the length of the fifth. If the latter character is not an abnormality it is sufficient to distinguish beween the two species. In addition to these points, edwardsti is larger and more convex, and the elytra at the sides are not so parallel as in ulket. Except for the fourth antennal joint (which is subject to some variation ) these points of difference are subject to great variation through- out the genus, and in all others the two types resemble each other very closely indeed. JI am inclined to regard them as identical, but in view of the fact that the type of edwardsii lacks the terminal joints of the antennae a positive statement to that effect would be inadvisable. 35 bo ~] bo bo (se) bo On bo for) bo 4] bo bo US LITERATURE CITED Casey, T. L. 1889. (Description of Acoma brunnea, genus and species.) Coleopt. Notices, I. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Annals 5: 165-168. Davis, A. C. 1934. Two New Species of Pleocoma. Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 36: 23-25. 1934. A New Variety of Pleocoma. Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 86: 88-89. Fall, H. C. 1906. A New Platycerus, and a New Pleocoma. Ent. News 16: 393-395. ——, 1911. The Tenth Pleocoma (Col.). Ent. News 22: 64-66. . 1917. The Eleventh Pleocoma. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. Bull. 12: 15-16. Gerstaeker, C. E. A. 18838. Ueber die Stellung der Gattung Pleo- coma Lec. in System der Lamellicornier. Ent. Zeitung (Stettin) 44: 436-450. Horn, G. H. 1888. Pleocoma Lec. Its Systematic Position and Indication of New Species. Hnt. Amer. 3: 233-235. 1888. Review of the Species of Pleocoma, with a Discus- sion of Its Systematic Position in the Scarabaeidae. Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans. 15: 1-18, illus. Leach, E. R. 1933. Two Old and Two New Pleocomas. Pan-Pac. Ent. 9: 184-187. Le Conte, J. L. 1856. Notice of Three Genera of Scarabaeidae Found in the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 8: 19-25. Le Conte, J. L. 1859. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, California. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 11: 69-90. . 1874. Note on the Genus Pleocoma Lec. Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans. 5: 81-84, illus. and Horn, G. H. 1883. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Smithsn. Misc. Collect. 507. 567 pp., illus. Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. 470 pp. Mt. Vernon, N. Y. Osten-Sacken, R. 1874. Description of the Larva of Pleocoma, Lec. ° Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans. 5: 84-87. Ricksecker, L. E. 1887. Pleocoma fimbriata Lec. Ent. Amer. 2: 201-202. 1887. Pleocoma fimbriata Lec. Ent. Amer. 3: 212. Rivers, J. J. 1889. Notes upon the Habit of Pleocoma. Ent. Amer. Ey faeladee 1889. A New Pleocoma. Ent. Amer. 5: 17-18. —. 1890. Note on the Season of Pleocoma behrensii Lec. Ent. Amer. 6: 70. 1890. Habits in the Life History of Pleocoma behrensii. Zoe 1: 24-26. Schaufuss, L. N. 1870. Nunquam Otiosis. Zool. Mitth. 1: 50-59. Sharp, D. 1874. On the Synonymy of Pleocoma staff, Schaufuss. Ent. Mo. Mag. 11: 206-207. Smith, J. B. 1885. (A Note upon Utah as a New Territory for Pleocoma behrensi Lec.) Ent. Soe. Wash. Proc. 1: 33. 1887. [Translation of Gerstaeker’s article (see No. 5) on the position of Pleocoma.] Ent. Amer. 3: 202-211. Van Dyke, E. C. 1933. A New Species of Pleocoma. Pan-Pac. Ent. 9: 183-184. BUTTERFLIES OF YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK 3y JOHN S. GARTH University of Southern California INTRODUCTORY REMARKS The Yosemite National Park includes 1,179 square miles of the most diversified territory to be found in the Sierra Nevada. From the edge of the San Joaquin Valley at near sea level it extends to the crest of the Sierran divide, culminating in Mt. Conness, Mt. Dana, and Mt. Lyell, well over 13,000 feet in ele- vation. Between these extremes occurs a wide range of cli- matic conditions, giving rise to a wealth of plant and animal life scarcely to be duplicated elsewhere on the North American con- tinent. The vertebrate fauna has been thoroughly investigated and reported upon by Grinnell and Storer, who record 97 species of mammals, 231 birds, and 34 reptiles and amphibians in “Ani- mal Life in the Yosemite.’ It is to be expected that there exists a much larger host of invertebrates, and of insects in particular, creatures often inconspicuous and apparently insignificant, but each performing a vital function in the delicate mechanism of nature’s balance. The butterflies are a logical group with which to begin the study of insect life in the Yosemite because they flaunt them- selves so invitingly before the eyes of every park visitor. Like the many other attractions of our National Parks, they are pro- tected from ruthless destruction by far-sighted legislation. aie administration is anxious to assist the worker w hose zeal is guided by intelligence; and the park naturalist, with offices in the Yo- semite Museum, will issue collecting permits to qualified investi- gators. Since the days of the gold rush of ’49 the territory now in- cluded as Yosemite National Park has been a favorite butterfly collecting ground. The hermit Lembert established headquarters in the Tuolumne Meadows, from whence he supplied the ento- mological world with such rarities as Behr’s Sulphur (Eurymus behru) and the Nivalis Copper (Lycena nivalis). The pioneer collector Lorquin followed the mother lode to Placerville. Had type localities been designated as carefully in those days as now, we would probably find that many of our California species first saw the inside of a collecting net somewhere in Yosemite. It is the major scientific loss of the state that many of these early type specimens perished in the flames of the devastating earth- quake of 1906. 1 Univ. Calif. Press, 1924. The territory included in their Yosemite sector extends beyond actual park boundaries to include a part of the San Joaquin Valley and the Mono Basin. 97 ol In comparatively recent years, and particularly since the opening of the Tioga road to tourist traffic in 1915, the more remote portions of the park have been in part accessible by auto, and the Tuolumne Meadows have been the Mecca of many an ardent lepidopterist. The entire northern section and much of the southeastern is still traversable by foot or horseback only, and is virgin territory for the entomologist. Each summer since 1925 a group of twenty students of the Yosemite Schoo! of Field Natural History has made an extended excursion into the hinter- land under the capable leadership of Dr. Harold C. Bryant, As- sistant Director, National Park Service, and Mr. C. A. “Bert” Harwell, Park Naturalist, Yosemite, and director of the school. Begun as a six-day circuit of the already established Hi-Sierra Camps, the “back-country trip” has developed into an independ- ent pack caravan which loses itself among the glaciers for a two-week period and seldom returns without a contribution to the natural history of the park. In the past three years the Field School has included among its membership several students of insects whose training has made it possible for them accurately to observe and record much valuable information concerning the habits of rarely encountered species, data which, though of a heterogeneous nature, will be of value when correlated with the work of other investigators. Our knowledge of the butterflies of the California mountains has reached a critical point. While past investigators have con- fined themselves almost exclusively to the naming of species and lesser categories, this field is now practically exhausted. The species are known; their major races have been described; there remains only the doubtfully advisable procedure of cataloguing individual variants. A change in emphasis is taking place among more serious workers, who have turned their attention to the > accumulation of data on life histories, exact distribution, habitat, and other ecologic factors. The indefatigable team of Dr. J. A. Comstock and Commander C. M. Dammers has recorded the early stages of practically every butterfly found within a radius of 150 miles of Los Angeles; but of the metamorphoses of many of the species of Yosemite and of the Sierra in general, as little is known as in the days of Edwards, Behr, Dyar, and Lembert. The butterflies in a given area roughly approximate the birds in number of species, if only those actually residing (nesting) in the region be enumerated. This is a fair comparison if it be remembered that there are very few truly migratory butterflies. Thus we have a compact group small enough to be compre- hended by the amateur “‘nature lover’ in a season, yet sufficiently diversified to intrigue the professional biologist into returning year after year to solve the baffling problems of habitat and dis- tribution which they present. Of the 236 species of butterflies occurring in California, 100 are recorded in the following pages as flying in Yosemite; more undoubtedly occur. 38 The list which follows is based on three seasons’ investiga- tion by four members of the Yosemite School of Field Natural History, Mr. Dean Schlobohm, class of 32; Mr. Fred Ziesen- henne and the writer, class of °33, and Mr. Edmund Godwin, class of ’34. The period of activity in each case was seven or eight weeks, from mid-June until mid-August. In order to in- clude a number of early June records, data from a student sur- vey conducted in 1926 by E. O. Essig, Professor of Entomology, University of California, has been incorporated. Dr. Essig has returned each year to personally supervise the entomological work of the school. Headquarters for field work has been the Yosemite Museum, in which are deposited a first set of all speci- mens collected. The writer wishes to thank Mr. C. A. Harwell, Park Nat- uralist, for facilities placed at his disposal during a second visit to Yosemite Valley in August, 1934, for the purpose of correlat- ing the investigations of the above-named workers. The manu- scripts, “A Check List of the Butterflies of Yosemite National Park,” by Dean Schlobohm, and “Report on Lepidoptera-——High Sierra Trip,” by Edmund Godwin, have been freely drawn upon with the kind permission of the authors. The collections of the Los Angeles Museum have been consulted through the co-oper- ation of the Associate Director, Dr. Comstock. The writer has seen and passed upon the identity of every specimen herein re- corded, a feat which would have been impossible had the scope of this paper been extended to include specimens taken by col- lectors other than those working through the Field School and Yosemite Museum. Acknowledgment to specialists in the vari- ous groups will be made as occasion arises. TRATES OF YOSEMIT® There are over 700 miles of trail within the park bound- aries. While some of the most spectacular butterflies, including the Leto Fritillary (Argynnis leto) and the California Sister (Heterochroa bredowu californica), fly within the confines of the Yosemite Valley itself, the collector who seeks the rarities for which the park is famous must be willing to do some strenuous hiking. The valley walls rise perpendicularly three thousand feet and more; but once their summit is gained a large expanse of comparatively level country is accessible by means of trails which wind through alpine meadows fragrant with wildflowers, a veritable collector’s paradise. Leaving the north side of the valley floor by the Yosemite Falls trail, a two-hour climb, best accomplished in the early morning, places one in a position to select either the Eagle Peak, Yosemite Creek, or North Dome trails for a day among the Parnassians. Likewise, the ascent to Glacier Point by the Ledge or Four-Mile trails allows the collector to choose between the Pohono and Glacier Point trails which parallel the south rim of 39 the valley along which Lycena nivalis is certain to be netter. The “high country” is reached by way of Lake Tenaya or Lake Merced, the habitat of the Arctic (Oenets chryxus ivallda) re- quiring a second day’s journey. Generally speaking, June is the month for collecting in the valley, July for the valley’s rim, and August for the glacier country. The accompanying map shows these shorter trails and also the route of the Field School expeditions of 1933 and 1934. The writer and Mr. Ziesenhenne in 1933 covered over 200 miles of trail outside of Yosemite Valley, climbing Mt. Lyell, el. 13,090; Mt. Kuna, el, 12:956. and Mt. Dana, el) 13,050. onwstccessive days. Mr. Schlobohm also ascended Lyell and Dana in 1932 and Dana and Conness, el. 12,560, in 1933. Mr. Godwin traveled even more extensively in his ascent of Matterhorn, el, 12,280, in 1934 and again invaded virgin territory at Ostrander Lake. Thus over a thousand miles of hiking was required to assemble the array of insects herein recorded. The following discussion of Life Zones and their charac- teristic butterfly species draws upon the writer’s observations while camping in the Sierra Nevada in the summers of 1922, 25, 28, ’29, °30, 731, 733 and ’?34 from Monache Meadows on the south to Sonora Pass on the north, as well as in the Yosemite section, ire ZONES The incline from El Portal at the west to the Sierran Crest at the eastern park boundary may be subdivided into five regions or life zones, each supporting a distinctive flora and fauna. These zones, in their ascending order, are Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian, Hudsonian, and Arctic-Alpine. A sixth zone, the Lower Sonoran, occurs a few miles west in the San Joaquin Valley, giving the Yosemite region every life zone recognized in - temperate North America w ith. the exception of the Subtropical, found only in Florida, In many cases the zones merge imper- ceptibly, as when a forest predominantly of Jeffry Pine and In- cense Cedar, typically Transition, gives way to one predominantly Red Fir and Quaking Aspen (Canadian). Again, the line of demarkation may be startling in its abruptness, as when one toils laboriously up the south slope of a chaparral-clothed Upper So- noran ridge to step into the open evergreen glades of Transition Zone on the opposite north-facing slope at the same elevation. While it is not intended to enter into a discussion of life zones, the subject having been treated exhaustively elsewhere,” suffice it to say that the factors which determine zones are many and varied, but the following are of paramount importance: latitude, altitude, exposure, prevailing winds, proximity to bodies of water, ascending currents of air from desert regions, quality of soil, and drainage. 2, Hart Merriam, Life Zones and Crop Zones of the United States; U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Biol. Surv., Bull. No. 10, 1898. C. Hart Merriam, Results of a Biological Survey of Mt. Shasta, California; U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Am. Fauna, No. 16, 1899. 40 BUM EROS AS Libbhs ZONE INDICATORS In reference to life zones, plants and animals may be divided into two groups: (1) those of a more adaptable nature which range over a wide territory and are termed cosmopolitan; (2) those whose specialized mode of living compels them to adhere closely to a given zone. The latter are termed indicators because their presence is considered sufficient to establish the presence of the zone. Such a mammal is the Cony (Ochotona) of the Hudsonian rock slides; such a bird is the Sierra Nevada Rosy Finch (Leucosticte) of the Arctic-Alpine snow banks; such a plant is the greasewood (Adenostoma) of the Upper Sonoran chaparral. FEcologists, though not unanimously, place indicators in the following order of reliability: (1) trees, most reliable indicators; (2) plants other than trees; (3) mammals; (4) birds, least reliable. In attempting to place insects in this scale sev- eral factors must be considered: first and most important, the relation of the insect to the host plant; second, the normal wan- derings of the insect in quest of food, building materials, or a mate; third, the question of migration. It will be seen that the insect combines at once the fixity of the plant to which it is bound in the larval stage, something of the natural motility of the mammal, though in a restricted sense, in the adult or imago stage, plus a migration in a few cases as definite and periodic as that of a bird, though more often irregular in time and place and as yet imperfectly understood.* The writer would list the insect in a median position, having the revised list read (1) trees, (2) plants, (3) insects, (4) mammals, (5) birds. Thus in the insects we have indicators of greater reliability than those upon which much of this ecologic work of the past has been based, 1.¢., mammals and birds, although their importance in this respect has gone until the present time almost totally unrecognized. The first attempt at a zonal analysis of the butterflies of California will of necessity be incomplete, and therefore incon- ciusive. Based upon the specific record of the capture, in some cases, of but a single specimen, the assignment of a species to a given zone must be made without knowledge of its status within that zone, whether as resident or as vagrant. The determination of the larval food plant will eventually settle this point; until then the exact range of the species is largely a matter of con- jecture. The introduction of common plants of mundane dis- tribution by the early settlers is responsible for the presence of a few butterflies clearly not indigenous to the Yosemite region; their progress, fortunately, has been sufficiently checked by nat- ural factors so that the original picture has not been obscured. Upper SonorAN Zone: The chaparral or “elfin forest’ which clothes the foothills from 1,500 to 4,000 feet and occa- sionally higher, constitutes the Upper Sonoran Zone. It is char- acterized by a great variety of shrubby plants, many of which 7C. B. Williams, The Migration of Butterflies; Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh, 1930. 4] exhibit remarkable adaptations for the conservation of moisture (rerophytes), including anastamosing root systems which check soil erosion. The Digger Pine, California Buckeye, California Jay, Phainopepla, Ring-tailed Cat, Mariposa Brush Rabbit, Boyle King Snake, Poison Oak, and Greasewood (Adenostoma), with its associated’ butterfly, Strymon adenostomatis, are character- istic species. The Chalcedon Checker-Spot, California Ringlet, and Sylvan Satyr seldom stray beyond the confines of this zone. TRANSITION ZONE: Between the Austral zones (Lower and Upper Sonoran) and Boreal zones (Canadian, Hudsonian, and Arctic-Alpine) lies a broad intermediate area known as Transi- tion Zone. Its coniferous forest contains the trees of greatest commercial value, Big Tree, Western Yellow Pine, Jeffry Pine, Sugar Pine, Incense Cedar, White Fir, and Douglas Fir. The Azalea, Nuttall Dogwood, and Black Cottonwood fringe the streams. Black Oak and Golden Cup Oak clothe the valley floors and dry mountainsides, respectively. The Yosemite Pocket Gopher, Band Tailed Pigeon, California Purple Finch, Rubber Snake, and Coral King are restricted to this zone. The Fritil- laries, Leto, Hydaspe, and Zerene, are selected at random to represent a considerable butterfly population. Transition Zone extends from 4,000 to 7,000 feet, merging almost imperceptibly into Canadian along its upper border. CanapIAn ZONE: Red Fir gradually replaces White in the open forest and Quaking Aspen displaces Azalea and Black Cot- tonwood along the water courses. Lodgepole Pine invades from the upper margin. A secondary chaparral, reminiscent of Up- per Sonoran Zone, but composed of matted Ceanothus and Cas- tanopsis (Snow Brush and Chinquapin ), covers the steeper slopes. The Allen Chipmunk, Hammond Flycatcher, Green-Tailed Tow- . he and Sierra Alligator Lizard are denizens of the Canadian forest. The Western Banded Elfin, Sierra Checker-Spot, and Western Meadow Fritillary are good butterfly indicators. Cana- dian Zone extends from 7,000 to 9,000 feet. Hupsont1an Zone: At the 9,000-foot level, or thereabout, Mountain Hemlock joins the Lodgepole Pine to form the Hud- sonian forest, which is discontinuous because of the tremendous rock slides and glacial cirques. The Cony, Sierra Least Weasel, California Pine Grosbeak, and Hudsonian White-Crowned Spar- row nest in this region. Tuolumne Meadows, el. 8,600, 1s pure Hudsonian and here are found Behr’s Sulphur, Podarce Blue, and Mariposa Copper, the former in abundance. The upper *The omission of scientific names for the sake of brevity in the following few para- graphs is permissible in view of the fact that an exact usage of common names has been established, for birds and mammals by Grinnell and Storer in “Animal Life in the Yosemite,” for plants by Hall in ‘‘A Yosemite Flora,’ and for butter- flies by Comstock in ‘“‘Butterflies of California.” *> Such an association does not necessarily imply that of larval food plant. In this case the host plant of Strymon adenostomatis has been proven to be Cercocarpus betuloides Nutt. 42 limits of Hudsonian Zone are defined by timber line at approxi- mately 11,000 feet. Arctic-ALPINE ZONE: The Alpine Willow, stunted to a height of a few inches, and the Sierra Nevada Rosy Finch in- habit the bleak talus slides and snow banks above timber line. The heathers, Bryanthus and Cassiope, and Alpine Sorrel cling to meager patches of damp soil. The Ivallda Arctic, Malcolm’s and the Cloud-Born Checker-Spot, and the tiny Yosemite Blue fly from 11,000 feet to the tops of Dana and Lyell, though drop- ping within the Hudsonian forest for occasional shelter. FAUNAS Strictly speaking, a fauna is a subdivision of a life zone oc- casioned by a difference of atmospheric humidity.® Thus, if one were to cross the continent from East to West, keeping always within Transition Zone, he would pass through several faunal districts separated roughly by the Appalachian °Mtns., the Rock- ies, and the Sierra Nevada. If, however, he were to travel from South to North within one faunal division, say the Great Basin, he would transsect several life zones, The writer there- fore conceives life zones and faunas as divisions of one another, like squares of a checker board. The crest of the Sierra Nevada forms a natural boundary between two faunas, the Pacific or Cismontane, and the Great Basin or Desert-Plateau. Since the eastern park boundary coin- cides with the Sierran divide, this paper concerns the Pacific fauna chiefly, and the Great Basin fauna only as its members stray or have become established within the territory of the Pa- cific watershed, Five Great Basin butterflies are taken regularly in the park. They are Parnassius smintheus behrii, Euchloe ausonides coloradensis, Hesperia comma colorado, Thorybes ne- vada, and Polites sabuleti tecumseh, Of rare occurrence is Papilio multicaudata. Expected to stray within the confines of the park because of their permanent establishment on the eastern Sierra slope are Cercyonis oetus, Papilio bairdu brucei, and Callipsyche behru. The Tioga Pass, el. 9,941 and one of the lowest in the Central Sierra, affords easy access from the Mono Basin, and the dry, eastern slopes, clothed with Juniperus, Sedum, and Sani- cula, present an avenue of approach into the heart of Yosemite. The above-named species are all fliers of medium elevations, and so are assumed to range widely across the plateau which lies between the Sierra and ‘the Rockies at an av erage elevation of 7,000 feet. The boreal fauna, consisting in the Sierra Nevada of such species as Oeneis chryxus ivallda, Neominois ridingsu, Eurymus behriu, Melhtaea malcolmi, and Euphydryas nubigena, ®Grinneli and Swarth, An Account of Birds and Mammals of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California. Uniy. Cal. Publ. Zool., X, 10, p. 217. 43 is not to be thought of, because of the existence of analogous Rocky Mountain species or races, as having been derived via the Great Basin route. Independent invasions from the North have undoubtedly supplied the two ranges with respective races of boreal species which have direct access to one another only in British Columbia, where high latitude nullifies the isolating ef- fect of altitude by allowing alpine species to fly at moderate ele- vations. (See also the following account, 415 Lyce@na hypo- phleas (Bdv.).) ASSOCIATIONS A more restricted ecologic division than either life zone or fauna is of value in dealing with the habitats of species. It is known as the association. Thus within the Transition Zone of the Pacific Fauna occurs the canyon live oak association of the steep, hot sides of Yosemite Valley. Two butterflies always found about the Golden Cup Oak (Quercus chrysolepis) are Heterochroa californica and Hypaurotis grunus, Mentioned pre- viously, the Juniperus-Sedum-Sanicula association of the east- facing slopes closely limits the flight of Parnassius smintheus behrii and Papilio indra. The Alpine meadow association finds Eurymus behru, Plebejus aquilo podarce, and P. saepiolus flying over Shooting Star (Dodecatheon alpinum), although the latter butterfly is taken earlier at lower levels. The stream bank as- sociation transcends both zonal and faunal limits to carry Cot- tonwood and Willow (Populus and Salix), Basilarchia lorquini, Papilio rutulus, and Lycenopsis pseudargiolus echo from the floor of the San Joaquin Valley to the heart of Canadian Zone. Along such a continuous association a seasonal advance takes place, the butterflies first emerging in April at El Portal and not until mid-July at Glen Aulin. SPEGIFIC LOCALITIES AND ABBREVIATIONS The day has passed in which the designation “Yosemite, Cal.” on a label conveys the necessary information about the habitat of the insect. With territory as varied as it is possible to find in the United States and Canada occurring within park boundaries, it is necessary to restrict ourselves to specific locali- ties, giving their elevation where possible. Sheets of such labels, suitable for pinned specimens, have been printed for a score of localities within Yosemite and may be obtained at the Museum. To conserve space in the body of the list a standard set of abbreviations has been adopted, following the practice of recent entomological reports of a similar nature.’ The localities are, with one exception, within the present boundaries of Yosemite National Park, which since 1932 have included the Wawona 7 Richards, A. G., Distributional Studies on Southeastern Rhopalocera; Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soc., XXVI, 5; 234-255; 1981. Klots, A. B., Diurnal Lepidoptera from Wyoming and Colorado; Bull. Bklyn. Ent. Soe., XXV, 3; 147-170; 1930. 44 PLATE 2 YOSEMITE PARK 1933 LocaLiTieEs: 1—Camp 19; 2—Camp 9; 3—Mt. Dana; 4—Eagle PK.; 5—E]1 Portal; 6—Florence L.; 7—Glacier Pt.; 8—Glen Aulin; 9—Mt. Kuna; 10—Ledge Tr.; 11—Little Yosemite; 12—Mt. Lyell; 13—Mu- seum; 14—Pohono Tr.; 15—Research Reserve; 16—Wawona. 1934 Locanities: 17—Benson L.; 18—Coldwater Can.; 19—Kerrick Pass; 20—Ostrander L.; 21—Pate Valley; 22—Slide Can.; 23—Tenaya L. Key Auto Rd. ---- Trails Covered 1933 .... Trails Covered 1934 Basin and Mariposa Grove. El Portal and the terminus of the Coulterville Road have been chosen as the bit of Upper Sonoran Zone most accessible from the Yosemite Valley. The following places were visited by the writer and Mr. Ziesenhenne in 1933: Ne 10. Dk Camp 19: Headquarters of the Yosemite School of Field Natural History near Sentinel Bridge on the floor of Yosem- ite Valley. El. 4,000 ft.; Transition Zone. Camp 9: Meadow not far from Camp Curry, a favorite col- lecting ground for Argynnis leto. El. 4,000 ft.; Transition Zone, Dana: Mt. Dana, el. 13,055. Collecting from base camp in Tuolumne Meadows, el. 8,600, to the summit. Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine Zone. (Salix arctica petraea. ) EAGLE: Eagle Peak Trail from the summit of Yosemite Malls, el. 6,525, to the top of Eagle Peak, el, 7245 a@anae dian Zone; meadows. Ext Portat, Mariposa Co.: Collecting along the All-Year Highway from Merced, also a short distance up the Coul- tervills Road, Elevation 2,200 to 3,000 ft.; Upper Sonoran Zone. FLorENcE: Lake Florence, el. 10,500. Collecting on rock slides and in alpine meadows. Hudsonian Zone, in close proximity to Arctic-Alpine. GLAcIER: Glacier Point Trail from Glacier Point Hotel to the summit of Nevada Falls. A large area, originally Tran- sition or Canadian Zone, has been burned over recently. The - replacement of chaparral has brought Upper Sonoran species to within half a mile of Glacier Point, el. 7,214. GLEN AuLIN: A High Sierra Camp on the Tuolumne River at the juncture of Conness Creek. El: 7,850) Canadian Zone with strong Transition elements (Argynnis hydaspe). Kuna: Kuna Crest from Lyell base camp, el. 10,600, to the summit of Kuna Pass, el. 12,000, and down Dana Fork to Tuolumne Meadows, el. 8,600. Hudsonian and Arctic- Alpine zones; glacial cirques, tarns, snow banks, talus, and alpine meadow; an 11-mile trail. Lepce: Ledge Trail from Camp Curry, el. 4,000, to Glacier- Point, el. 7,214. Transition to Canadian Zone; steep cliffs, springs, rivulets. LittLteE Yosemite: A hanging valley above Nevada Falls, el. 6,000. Upper Transition Zone; Jeffry Pine, Western Juniper. 46 We ley 14. 5) 16. LyeLtt: Mt. Lyell and sister peak, Maclure. Collecting from Vogelsang Lake, el. 10,500, to the summit of Lyell, el. 13,095. Hudsonian and Arctic-Alpine zones; glaciers ‘and tarns. Museum: Garden plot behind the Yosemite Museum in which plants from all over the park are growing in their proper associations. A diverted stream runs through the garden, Transition Zone; el. 4,000. PoHono: Pohono Trail from Glacier Point, el. 7,214, to Old Inspiration Point, el. 5,391. The 11-mile trail parallels the south rim of the Yosemite Valley and includes Sentinel Dome, el. 8,117. Canadian and Transition Zone to the bor- der of Upper Sonoran; stream, meadow, and dry mountain- side associations. ReEsERvVE: Boundary Hill Research Reserve,* an area of 25 square miles set aside by park survey as a wilderness. It is bounded by Tioga Road, Yosemite Creek, Cascade Creek, and the north rim of Yosemite Valley. Elevation 6.525 to 9,200 ft., the summit of Research Ridge supporting a few acres of weak Hudsonian Zone (Tsuga mertensiana). The rest of the reserve is Canadian. Fir forests, dry eastern slopes, cirques. Wawona: Wawona Road from Chinquapin to the Wawona Hotel. Transition Zone; dry hillsides with Monardella and Erysimum associations. The following localities were visited by Edmund Godwin in 1934: ©) Benson: Lake Benson, el. 8,000. Collecting from Pate Valley over an 8,000 ft. ridge, dropping into Pleasant Val- ley, el. 7,000, and on to Benson Lake. Transition Zone, with strong Upper Sonoran influence (Cercyonis sylvestris ) on the Pate Valley side, to Canadian ve CoLDWATER: Coldwater Canyon from camp at Virginia Creek to Glen Aulin. Average elevation 8,500 ft.; Cana- dian Zone. Kerrick: Kerrick Pass and Meadows. Collecting begun at Benson Lake and continued through Seavey Pass el. 9,100, into Kerrick Canyon and upstream to Kerrick Meadows, el. 9400. Canadian to Hudsonian Zone. OsTRANDER: Lake Ostrander, el. 9,000, in the southern por- tion of the park. Reached by a 4-mile hike from the Glacier Point Road. Canadian Zone to the border of Hudsonian (Tsuga mertensiana). 8 Cf. author’s Butterflies of the Boundary Hill Research Reserve. Bull. Sou. Cal. Acad. Scei., XX XIII, 3, 131-135 ; 1935. 47 2). PAnE: Collecting? trom, Harden Wake el) 7575s downma north-facing granite slope into Pate Canyon, el. 4,100. Cana- dian to Transition Zone; Upper Sonoran present on the op- posite, south-facing exposure sending Coenonympha galac- tinus and Cercyonis silvestris across. Monardella and Um- bellularia associations, 22. StipE: From Kerrick Meadows, el. 9,400, to Snow Lake, el. 10,200, to Slide Creek Canyon, el. 10,000. Hudsonian Zone (Eurymus behri). 23. Tenaya: Collecting along McGee Lake Trail from Glen Aulin, el. 7,850, to Tenaya Lake, el. 8,200. Canadian Zone. EIS OF SEE CIES (AND DA The Barnes and Benjamin Check List of Diurnal Le pidop- tera of Boreal America (Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., XXV, 1, pp. 3-27, 1926) has been followed with a few exceptions; numbers prefixed are according to this list. A zone name in parentheses indicates that the species is known to be a vagrant in this zone; a zone name in italics implies that only weak elements of that zone were present at the place of capture, as with Hudsonian Zone of Research Reserve. For complete description and illus- tration of the following species the student is referred to Com- stock, “Butterflies of California,’ for information concerning the host plant and its exact range to Hall, “A Yosemite Flora.” These books are in the Yosemite Museum. 7. PAPILIO ZELICAON Luc. Reserve vii-16-'33. THE ANISE SWALLOWTAIL chooses the most exposed situations. Six males were taken at the very summit of Research Ridge. They are partial to the blossoms of the Western Wall- flower (Erysimum asperum). The possibility of the occurrence of P. bairdu brucei Edw. in similar situations should be con- stantly held in mind, as it has been taken on the eastern Sierran slope at Round Valley, Inyo Co. Host Plants: Umbelliferae. Life Zones: Canadian, Hudsomian. 8. PAPILIO INDRA Reak. Reserve vii-18-'33. THE INDRA SWALLOWTAIL is an erratic flier, diffi- cult of capture. A single male was taken by Mr. Arthur Car- thew of the Yosemite Field School near the summit of Yosemite Falls, el. 6,525 ft. The plant upon which it undoubtedly feeds in the Yosemite region is Sanicula nevadensis, abundant on the 48 dry, eastern slopes in association with Juniper and Sedum. Jndra was also seen at the summit of Research Ridge and again flying with Parnassius smintheus behru on the west bank of Yosemite Creek. Host Plants: Umbelliferae. Life Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian, Hudsonian. [SCAPIETO RULULUS Luc. Camp 19 vi-26-’33. Pate vi1-23-’34. THE WESTERN TIGER SWALLOWTAIL is a species which transcends zonal limits in its adherence to the stream bank association. It occurs at El Portal on the Merced River, thence through the Yosemite Valley and along tributary streams well into Canadian Zone. Host Plants: Populus, Salix, especially lasiolepis and las- iandra, Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, lower Canadian. 16. PApiILio MULTICAUDATA Kirby (= daunus Bdv.) Two specimens of the TWO-TAILED SWALLOWTAIL are in the collection of the Yosemite Museum, unfortunately without accompanying data. They are presumed to be the in- sects of which B. A. Thaxter® and Edna Banta, Field School members, wrote in 1930, “Among the Swallowtails found here we took the Papilio daunus, the largest western species, a bright yellow butterfly with black markings and two tails on each hind wing.” Their brief report, “Some Butterflies and Moths of the Yosemite Valley Region” is on file in the Yosemite Museum. P. multicaudata is of the Great Basin fauna and, although many plants of its choice grow west of the Sierran divide, it has not become established. Host Plants: Umbellularia, Fragraria, Fraxinus (EI Portal). Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 17. PAPILIO EURYMEDON Luc. Ledge vi1-9-'33. Pate vit-23-'34. ih PALE SWALLOWTAIL is more’ frequently en- countered on dry hillsides than the nearly related and equally abundant P. rutulus. While the food plant adheres strictly to the lower zones, the strong wings of the butterfly carry it to the tops of the highest peaks. Host Plants: Rhamnus californica (Upper Sonoran) var. rubra (Transition ). Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, straying higher, ° A communication from Mr. Thaxter confirms this opinion. 49 25c: PARNASSIUS CLODIUS BALDUR Edw. Eagle Pk. vii-1-'33. Glacier vii-9-’33, Dana vii-8-’33. Slide vii-29-'34. THE BALDUR PARNASSIAN flies to. the very rim of the precipitous walls of Yosemite Valley. In the Research Re- serve it was particularly abundant, over 50 specimens being netted in four days. A few are without the black-margined sec- ondaries and suggest the parent stock, clodius Men. Flying over thickets of Chinquapin and Ocean Spray (Holodiscus discolor dumosa), they pause to sip nectar from yellow Senecio. While the fir belt generally defines their habitat, they occasionally stray higher among Lodgepole Pine and Mountain Hemlock. Host Plants: Sedum, Vaccinium? Life Zones: (Upper Transition), Canadian, Lower Hud- sonian. 26d. PARNASSIUS SMINTHEUS BEHRII Edw. Reserve vii-14-'33. Dana viti-8-'33. BEHR’S PARNASSIAN, although well established on the desert slopes of the Sierra Nevada, may be considered within the Yosemite an invader from another fauna. That this invasion has reached a point as far west of Tioga Pass as Yosemite Creek is worthy of note, and is because of the favorable approach af- forded by the persistence of the Juniperus-Sedum association on the arid eastern exposures of many ridges west of the Sierran divide. The larva and pupa of this race have already been de- scribed from a specimen secured by the writer and Mr. Godwin in the Rock Creek Lakes region.'° Host Plants: Sedum obtusatum. Life Zones: Canadian, Hudsonian. NEOPHASIA MENAPIA (F. & F.) Little Yosemite viii-3-'33. Pate vii-23-'34. THE PINE WHITE reaches the peak of its flight in Aug- ust. Although not abundant in Yosemite in 1933, the writer saw them by hundreds in 1928 along the Big Oak Flat road. The larvae have been known to defoliate the pine trees over large areas and so are of special interest to the student of forest ento- mology. Menapia is a high flier, seldom descending from the tree tops to permit capture. Host Plants: Pinus ponderosa, P. contorta murrayana. Life Zones: Transition, Canadian. 10 Bull. Sou. Cal. Acad. Sci., XXIX, 3; 1930. 50 33. Preris stsymBrit Bdv. Eagle Pk. vii-1-’33. Reserve vui-16-'33. THE CALIFORNIA WHITE flies over much the same territory as Parnassius clodius baldur, with which it may be easily confused when on the wing and at a little distance. A spring brood may occur at lower elevations. The food plant grows abun- dantly in meadows of the Research Reserve. Host Plants: Cruciferae, especially Sisymbrium. Life Zones: Canadian. 35. Prerts protopicE Bdv. & Lec. El Portal vi-28-’33. THE COMMON WHITE. Host Plants: Cruciferae, especially Brassica. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 36e. PIERIS NAPI OLERACEA Harr. Yosemite 1926. HARRIS’ WHITE is, according to Dr. Comstock, “a rare, high altitude race that is occasionally encountered in the cen- tral Sierras.” While none were found in the course of our sur- vey, two specimens of a napi form probably referable to the above are in the collection in the Yosemite Museum. It is pos- sible that P. napi venosa also occurs in the foothills adjacent to the San Joaquin Valley in the springtime. Host Plants: Cruciferae. Life Zones: Undetermined. 38. PIERIS RAPE L, Pate vii-23-’34. THE CABBAGE WHITE. Host Plants: Cruciferae. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 39. NATHALIsS IOLE Bdv. Yosemite vi-’26. P. J. Woolf, collector. THE DAINTY YELLOW is likely to be encountered in the most unexpected places and at any time of year, even towards timber line in mid-winter! We have records of iole flying below sea level on the Colorado Desert and at 9,000 feet on Mt. San Jacinto in the same months, March and November. There are no set rules of behavior for this butterfly, which has followed the Filaree into many an improbable situation. Host Plants: Erodium cicutarium, Helenium biqelovii. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, and higher. 51 40a. EUCHLOE CREUSA HYANTIS (Edw.) Eagle Pk. vii-1-’33. Glacier vii-9-'33, Reserve vii-16-'33. Ostrander vii-4-’34. EDWARD’S MARBLE and the following coloradensis are difficult to separate. The former shows heavy green marbling on the under side of the secondaries against a dead white back- ground. The latter has less green and it is of a decidedly yel- lowish cast against a pearly white ground color. As a matter of fact, the green of both species is only an effect produced by yel- low scales laid over black, as examination with a hand lens will demonstrate. Eagle Pk. and Glacier Pt. specimens are typical; a few of the Reserve specimens show mixed characters. Host Plants: Arabis, Streptanthus tortuosus? Life Zones: (Upper Transition), Canadian, Hudsonian. 41a. EUCHLOE AUSONIDES COLORADENSIS (Hy. Edw.) Reserve vii-16, 17-33. THE COLORADO MARBLE is the common Euchloe of the Research Reserve, about four specimens being taken to every one of hyantis. Like Parnassius behru it is of the Great Basin fauna. In company with hyaniis it flies to the mountain tops and the collector who stations himself in such a location may be cer- tain of a goodly series. Coloradensis neither descends to lower elevations nor flies further westward, as does the foregoing species, Host Plants: Cruciferae, especially Arabis. Life Zones: Canadian, Hudsonian. 43. ANTHOCHARIS LANCEOLATA Bdy. Eagle Pk. vii-1-’33. Ledge vii-9-’33. BOISDUVAL’S MARBLE is an early flier, as our dozen specimens from these two localities were badly worn. Yosemite specimens are almost gray enough beneath to match race aus- tralis Grin. They seek the vertical walls of the Yosemite Valley and choose Arabis upon which to deposit the eggs. Host Plants: Cruciferae, especially Arabis. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 47b. ANTHOCHARIS SARA JULIA Edw. Eagle Pk. vii-1-’33. Reserve vui-16, 17-’33. THE JULIA ORANGE-TIP neither flies to the mountain tops with the Euchloes nor up the steep cliffsides with .4. lanceo- lata, preferring instead the sequestered trailside vistas of mod- 52 erate elevation. All females taken were yellowed, so much so that the name stella Edw. might be applied. Host Plants: Cruciferae, especially the Mustards. Life Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian, 56. ZERENE EURYDICE (Bdv.) Yosemite vi-’26. fob CALIFORNIA DOG-FACE or FLYING PANSY as it 1s sometimes called has been selected by the entomologists of the state as their official emblem. The male bears the figure of a dog’s head in irridescent gold and violet against a jet black background of the forewing. The female is pure sulphur yel- low. Evidently eurydice is a vagabond in the Yosemite, for Hall does not record the food plant, false indigo or lead bush, as occurring in the park. It is abundant in the foothills of South- ern California. Host Plants: Amorpha californica. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, lower Transition. 61. EuryMuUS EURYTHEME (Bdv.) Ledge vii-9-'33. Reserve vii-16-'33. Camp 9 vii-23-'33 (f. amphidusa (Bdv.) ). THE CLOUDED SULPHUR is partial to grassy meadows and to cultivated areas. It grades imperceptibly into the sum- mer form, amphidusa (Bdv.), larger and more orange. For the indigenous Astragalus it soon substitutes introduced alfalfa as a food plant. Host Plants: Leguminosae, particularly Astragalus. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian. 63b. EuRYMUS OCCIDENTALIS CHRYSOMELAS (Hy. Edw.) Yosemite vi-’26. Dr. E. O. Essig, collector. THE GOLDEN SULPHUR is the largest member of its genus occurring in California. It is an early flier and is con- sidered a rarity. Host Plants: Fabaceae? Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 72. EURYMUS BEHRII (Edw.) Florence viii-5-’33. Kuna viii-7-'33. Kerrick vii-27-'34. Snow Lake vu-29-'34. BEHR’S SULPHUR is the only greenish sulphur butterfly of the Sierra Nevada. Until the opening of the Tioga Road in 1915 it was considered a great rarity because of the extreme FQ v0 inaccessibility of its habitat, the Tuolumne Meadows. John Batiste Lembert, who homesteaded the Soda Springs quarter section in 1885, found that there was a demand for this butter- fly and for a dozen years supplied them in quantity to universi- ties and museums. The secret of their haunts he shared only with the Indians, who in turn refused to divulge it to outsiders. We now know that behru has as its metropolis the Tuo- lumne Meadows, that smaller colonies are present in adjacent alpine meadows, and that it has been taken to the South at Rock Creek and Mineral King. Form 92 canescens Comst., although relegated to synonymy by Barnes and Benjamin, is a valid al- binic @ and may be recognized on the wing as well as in the collectors’ cabinet. Host Plants: Gentiana newberryi, Vaccinium cespitosum. Life Zones: Hudsonian. Meadow Association. 85. DANAUS MENIPPE (Hbn.) = ANosIA PLExIPPUS (L.) Camp 9 vii-23-’33. THE MONARCH is common in Yosemite Valley. Various species of Milkweed (Asclepias) grow along the Merced River at Old Village, at Mirror Lake, on the Eagle Peak Trail, and at the fork of the road to the giant yellow pine. The striped larvae are easily discernable, but the waxy green chrysalids are discovered only upon diligent search, Host Plants: Asclepias speciosa, cordifolia, mexicana. Life Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition. 102. C@NONYMPHA CALIFORNIA West. & Hew. El Portal vi-28-’33. Pate vil-23-'34 (galactinus ) THE CALIFORNIA RINGLET and its summer) form galactinus (Bdv.) are reliable indicators of Upper Sonoran Zone. Weak fliers, keeping close to the grasses upon which the larvae feed, they are taken with a sweeping motion of the net. The beginner in butterfly collecting might readily pass them up as “millers,” so much do they resemble certain small geometrid moths when on the wing. Host Plants: Grasses. Life Zone: Upper Sonoran. 116. CrERCYONIS SILVESTRIS (Edw.) Mlseortalevie2e=. cardui carye U. S.-Trans.-Can. rutulus . eurymedon . eurytheme virginiensis lorquini acmon p. echo Un Sel rans. . multicaudata . protodice . Tapae A. lanceolata (E. 0. chrysolemas ) Z. eurydice D. menippe . campestris . Satyrus . atalanta yicoenay (©) Het. b. californica S. melinus L. helloides Sw Ud Pwo Oe h(a} 450 Trans.-Can. Reindray GaN) N. menapia -] (eS) RESTRICTED IN FLIGHT Upper Sonoran Coe. california C. silvestris E. chalcedona M. leanira .m., virgulti . halesus (T) californica (T) sylvinus (T) a. spadix saepium (T) iroides (T) d. perplexa . tityrus . t. occidentalis . funeralis . sylvanoides CH CHOHNNNN >> Transition A. leto AN Zenene A. hydaspe (C) P. mylitta Pot rusticus:e H. grunus (i al@tas) (G. 1. australis) Canadian P. sisymbri E. c. hyantis E. a. coloradensis A. s. julia B. epithore (T) E. sierra (T) pe UNRESTRICTED IN FLIGHT Trans.-Can.—Cont. M. palla P. zephyrus M. nelsoni . heteronea .m. lotis . icarioides . enoptes p. afranius propertius Can.-Hud, zelicaon c. baldur s. behrii . montivaga (T) mormonia montana nivalis anna a. podarce . saepiolus _c. colorado s. tecumseh eallcoflaclacliaell wn fesanashac sollee. oe) 27-2 acl 99) ae RESTRICTED IN FLIGHT Canadian—Cont. M. hoffmanni I. eryphon P. lupini (P. piasus) (U. ruralis) . nevada . juba . sonora ao) 10 = Hudsonian behrit irene editha mariposa . cupreus . s. comstocki . battoides icicle c) Arctic-Alpine O. ivallda E. nubigena (H) M. malcolmi (L. hypophlaeas ) P. s. comstocki ADDITIONS TO YOSEMITE MUSEUM COLER GON Asa result of the survey the following 33 species were added s. behrii sisymbrii . a. coloradensis . lanceolata s. stella behrit c. ivallda irene mormonia montivaga nubigena . palla malcolmi m. virgulti . halesus S. a. spadix I. eryphon PS le Oly eee ee 74 to the collection of the Yosemite Museum, giving it a complete representation of the butterfly fauna of the park: C, d. perplexa L. editha mariposa nivalis heteronea a. podarce saepiolus s. comstocki lupini . battoides . enoptes . piasus . 1. australis ruralis . c. colorado p. afranius es] ac} ey) se) ae) acl 2el gelacl ac) |e ee From these lists it will be seen that, of the 100 species fly- ing in Yosemite National Park, 50 are either restricted to a single life zone or have been reported from but one. Of the remaining 50, 35 fly in two zones, 7 in three, and 6 1n more than three (2 undetermined), although it is doubtful if they breed in more than three. The accumulation of other distributional records will doubtless prove that a number of species as yet known from but a single zone habitually occur in two or more, and that many listed as flying in two zones are in reality vagrants in the sec- ond, their host plant being restricted to one or the other. It is suggested that the Yosemite Museum be made a clearing house for such information, that we may eventually know which but- terflies best fulfill the requirements of insect indicators: (1) Reasonably restricted in flight to a single life zone. (2) Reasonably restricted by host plant, association, or other ecologic factor, to a single life zone. (3) Of sufficient abundance to be of practical value. (4) Preferably distinguishable to the practised eye when on the wing. ~) OT EARLY STAGES OF PAPILIO POLYDAMAS EUGAYIUS Ragin J: By Joun A. Comstock and FLrorENcE Moore GrRIMSHAWE Dr. Marston Bates has called attention to the fact that our Florida race of Papilio polydamus 1s lucayus R. & Jo The species has been exceedingly scarce in the region of Miami until 1933. In the thirteen-year period prior to that not a single specimen had been recorded, and it was considered as practically extinct. It reappeared, however, in May of 1933, and since that date has been rather abundant in the vicinity of Bis- cayne Bay. The life history of this butterfly has not been published in detail, in any work that is readily accessible to North American lepidopterists. Henry Edwards? gives eight references between the years 1836 and 1881, three of which are in German publica- | tions, and one in French. Probably the most useful notes pub- lished in that period were those of Gundlach.* Holland gives no reference to the transformations other than those which apply to the Aristolochia group as a whole. Seitz, in his Macrolepidoptera of the World alludes to them in the following brief paragraph. “The larva varies from brown-yellow to dark black-brown; the tubercles are long, in dark specimens red. The pupa is strongly curved, and has three long, compressed humps on the abdomen; the thoracic horn is long.” Dewitz published figures in 1878,* but these are not access- ible to the average student. It is therefore felt that the following notes on the life his- tory of this butterfly, together with the illustrations, will have some interest and value to the workers of this generation. The species probably breeds in a state of nature on Aristo- lochia pentandra (Jaeq.) which is found in the hammocks of southern Florida. A. macrophylla sipho (L’Her.) 1s another native that helps to support it. Experimental breeding can best be carried on with the introduced African species, Aristolochia grandiflora gigas (Lindl.) or the native A. macrophylla sipho. It will, however, take readily to A. ringens, and probably many others. 1 Entomol. News, Vol. XLV, No. 6, p. 166, June, 1934. 2 Described Transformations of North American Lepidoptera. ° Entomol. Cubana, p. 121. 4 Wiegemann Archiv. Naturgesch, p. 2, fig. 1. 76 The eggs are deposited on the vines, tendrils and leaf stems, but not on the leaves of the foodplant. They are laid in clusters of from ten to fourteen, and hatch in from four to six days. The average time of hatching at a uniform temperature of 80° is five days. Bec eAbout 1:25 mm tall by 1-1 mm. in circumference. Spherical, the base slightly flattened. The surface of the egg is smooth, and of a light yellow color, but this is nearly obscured by a partial covering of a bright yellow or orange substance which has the appearance of being an exudate. This has a fatty or resinous appearance, and seems to be laid on the surface in irregular longitudinal lines or bands. These bands have numer- ous globules or droplets adhering to their surfaces, which bear a resemblance to oily pearls. These features are brought out in our illustration on Plate 3. PLATE 3 Egg of Papilio polydamas lucayus magnified x 22. Drawing by J. A. Comstock The young larvae are gregarious in their earlier phases, but separate as they mature. Larva, first instar. Head larger than body; glistening jet black, covered sparsely with short black vibrissae. Mouth parts black, except the basal joint of the antennae, and the labrum, which are gray-white. The body ground color is a soiled gray-yellow. On the first cervical segment there is a prominent black scutellum, from which arises a number of single black hairs. Anterior to this is the orifice of the eversible glands. This orifice is white. The body is covered with the usual number of rows of black fleshy papillae characteristic of the polydamas—philenor group. Each papillus bears a single black bristle. Legs black, as are also the prolegs and anal prolegs. There is a black plate on the anal extremity, on which are superimposed a number of black papillae bearing hairs. The first instar is illustrated on Plate 4. 77 PLATE 4 Larva of Papilio polydamas lucayus, first instar, highly magnified. Drawing by J. A. Comstock In the earlier instars the larvae moult on an average every four days. The intermediate instars were not recorded in detail, but the mature larva may be described as follows: Mature Larva. Length 1% to 1% inches. Color of body a velvety black, with a dark reddish purple on the segmental junctures. We have seen very few of the “brown-yellow” phases mentioned by Seitz. Head, black, covered with short black pile. Two prominent fleshy horns extend from the first segment laterally, and recurve slightly anteriorly. These are black at their tips, and reddish-orange at their bases. A fleshy collar connects over the neck, by means of which the base of each horn 1s united. This is of the same reddish orange shade as the base of the horns. On each side of the mid-dorsal area there is a prominent row of fleshy orange papillae, one to each segment, and eleven in the row on each side. Each papillus is tipped with black and bears microscopic vibrissae. A row of similar papillae occurs laterally, with one papillus each on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segment, a larger one on the 10th; and a short one onthe lth.” Dhese are orange pputkane shaded heavily at their tips with black. 78 A single orange tubercle occurs at the base of each proleg, the orange color of which is sometimes obscured with black. Prolegs, shiny black, and thickly covered with short black hairs. The caudal segment bears similar hairs. Spiracles black. Ocelli, jet black. See Plate 5. PLATE 5 Mature larva of Papilio polydamas lucayus, enlarged x 2. Drawing by J. A. Comstock Pupa. Length 32 mm. Greatest width, 14.5 mm. There are two color phases in the pupa, as with many of the Genus Papilio. One is a uniform gray-brown, The other, which we will describe, is green. 30dy color, dark olive-green, with a saddle of light vellow- green over the recurved dorsal portion. Antennal sheaths a lighter green than the ground on which they rest. There is a prominent lateral flaring ridge at the edge of the wing cases which 1s sometimes margined with light blue, and the tips of all the prominent tubercles and protrusions are sometimes laved with the same blue shade. A prominent ridge connecting the two roots of the antennae also bears the same blue edging. The characteristic shape of this pupa, with its prominent dorsal horn, and rounded humps on the dorso-abdominal portion is clearly brought out in our illustration, Plate 6. The average length of time in pupa is 18 days. Cold weather will naturally retard the time of emergence. 79 The larval span, from the time of hatching until the forma- tion of the chrysalis, runs from 19 to 24 days. At a regulated temperature of 78° it averages 24 days, while a rise of 8 points, or, in other words, a uniform temperature of 86 will shorten the larval span to 19 days. This should make possible a number of broods during the year, under favorable weather conditions. PLATE 6 Pupa of Papilio polydamas lucayus, lateral aspect, slightly enlarged. From painting by John A. Comstock 80 NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF TWO BUTTERFLIES AND ONE MOTH By Joun A. Comstock and Cuartes M. DAMMERS HapBropaIs GRUNUS Bdv. Repeated efforts have been made to obtain eggs of this species by confining females, but without avail, The larval food- plant was first recorded by Dyar’ in 1892 and a complete descrip- tion of the mature larva and pupa was later published by the same author.” Mature larva and pupa of Habrodais grunus. A. Larva, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4. B. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4. c. Cervical shield of larva highly magnified. Reproduced from painting by Charles M. Dammers We can add a few minor details to that description, and, in addition, show illustrations of the mature larva, Plate 7, fig. a, and the pupa, fig. B of the same plate. MATURE LARVA. Length, 16-17 mm. Body, slug shaped, and somewhat more flattened than with others of the group. Color, pale bluish-green, heavily sprinkled with yellowish-brown punctae, from each of which arises a single silvery-white hair; those on the infrastigmatal fold being longer and stouter than on other areas. The subdorsal white (or lemon-white) line mentioned in Dyar’s description seems to be a constant feature, but the re- 1Entom. News, Vol. 3, p. 32. 2 Can. Ent., Vol. 25, p. 94, 1893. 81 maining stigmatal and subventral lines are only occasionally present. A few examples show a suggestion of a mid-dorsal line. The infrastigmatal fold is edged with bluish-white. Stigmata, soiled orange, with darker rims. Legs, colorless, with pale brown tips. Prolegs, bluish-white, with pale brown hairs on the claspers. Cervical shield unusually large, bluish-white, with a pale thin band down its center, and covered with minute brown punc- tae that are free of hairs. The shield is illustrated on Plate 7, Ive, (Ce Abdomen, greenish-white, covered with silvery-white hair. Head, pale olive, mouth parts dark brown. Ocelli, soiled white on a black patch. The distinguishing feature of this larva is the tuft of hairs on the sub-dorsal line at the rear of each segment, these being considerably longer than the remainder. Pupa. Length, 11 mm. Color, pale bluish-green. There is a narrow lemon-white band running subdorsally along the body. The entire surface, except the abdomen, antennal sheaths and lower half of the wing cases, 1s liberally sprinkled with olive- brown punctae of varying sizes. The body, thorax and head are covered with minute short white hairs. These are so minute that they escaped the attention of Dr. Dyar. Under the caudal segments, which recurve dorsally, is a rounded eminence of very pale blue-green, almost colorless. This is studded with minute orange points around its margin. Stig- mata, soiled white. Dyar records 15 days as the duration of the pupal stage. Pupation occurs on the foodplant, suspended by the cre- master and a silk girdle. Foodplant, Quercus chrysolepis Liebm. The species is single brooded, and it is more than likely that the eggs are laid on the oak twigs, and remain over winter. PLEBEJUS ICARIOIDES EvIus Bdv. This southern race of a very widely distributed western species has long been known to feed in the larval state on lupine. In view of its abundance, it seems strange that its life history should have remained for so long a time unrecorded. Specimens were raised to maturity from eggs laid in cap- tivity, the females having been secured on June 2, 1931, at Crystal Lake, San Gabriel Canyon, California. The eggs are deposited singly on the foodplant, and hatch in from five to eight days. 82 Ecc. Echinoid, .6 mm, in diameter. Color, a delicate green- ish white. The micropyle is very, minute, and the surface of the egg is covered with projecting white papillae which, under high magnification, show globular or bulbous ends. The bases of these papillae are connected by thin walls or partitions with neighboring papillae, which produces a fine reti- culation over the surface of the egg. The cells which are defined by these partitions are irregularly triangular or quadrate. Plate 8 accurately pictures the upper surface of the egg. This speci- men was laid in captivity on June 29, 1931, and hatched July 3. PLATE 8 Egg of Plebejus icarioides evius magnified x 40. Photo by Menke, retouched by Comstock Larva, first instar: body color, dark mauve, shading to green at the segmental joints, and covered with short stiff white hairs. Abdomen, green. Head, black. In successive instars the color ranges from green with a trace of mauve, to an almost solid mauve. The mid-dorsal line is always distinctly mauve in all types. The body surface is covered with irregularly spaced dark mauve punctae from which arise very short silvery-white hairs. An indistinct white diagonal bar crosses each segment later- ally. The overlap, or infrastigmatal fold, is a soiled white with a mauve edging. Spiracles, soiled white. Abdomen, pale green, and covered with a white pile. Legs, green, the terminal segments colorless. Prolegs, pale green, with mauve claspers. Head, glistening black. MATURE LARVA. Length, extended, 16 mm. Of the usual slug-shaped form. The color and markings are as above described except that the lateral surface shows three indistinct white diag- onal bars across each segment. These are, however, obsolescent on the first segment, and become less clearly defined in the caudal area. (o/) Co PLATE 9 Immature larva of Plebejus icarioides evius, lateral aspect, enlarged. From painting by Charles M. Dammers The larvae begin their feeding on the leaves, and as they mature, transfer to the stems and flowers. They feed for about a month and then go into hibernation until the following spring. Plate 9 shows the partly matured larva at the beginning of its hibernation. The mature larva is shown on Plate 10, fig. a. Pupation takes place at the base of the foodplant, and the chrysalis is suspended by the usual silk button and girdle. Our specimens pupated in late May, and imagos began emerging on ume 20.1932. Pura. Length, 10 mm. The form is accurately shown on Plate 10, fig. 8. The wing cases, thorax and head are green with a pinkish shade anteriorly. The body is a chestnut red with a suggestion of green showing through it, and blotches of pale green on the surface, particu- larly of the abdominal area. Spiracles, white. Waung venation showing through the wing cases as an obscure greenish-white. The head, thorax and body are sparingly covered with short chestnut-red hairs. PLATE 10 A. Mature larva of Plebejus icarioides evius, lateral aspect, enlarged x 5. B. Pupa of P. icarioides evius, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4%. Reproduced from painting by Charles M. Dammers 84 ADAINA MONTANA WIsh. On September 26, 1932, while collecting along the Colorado River near Blythe, Riverside County, California, the larvae of this species was taken on cockle burr (Xanthiwm canadense Mill.). These were bred to maturity and the first imago emerged October 11. In feeding, the caterpillars consume the under surface of the leaf, leaving the shell and skeleton of the upper surface. MaTurE LARVA. Length, extended, 12 mm. In form they are flattened dorso-ventrally, widest at about the fifth segment, and tapering caudally. There is considerable variation in the body color, ranging from a pale green, through various shades of gray, to a pale chocolate. The pale green type may be described as follows: Along each side of the mid-dorsal area, a pair of raised brown punctae on each segment from each of which arises a single stiff white hair. These hairs are bent over at the tips. Laterally in the region of the infrastigmatal fold occurs a row of tufts made up of long white hairs. These extend hori- zontally and arch slightly downward. Immediately posterior to each one of these tufts there oc- curs a small fan of white hairs. The structural characteristics of the larva are clearly shown in Plate 11. PLATE 11 Larva and pupa of Adaina montana. a. Larva, lateral aspect, enlarged x 5. b. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 7. c. Front view of larva, enlarged. Reproduced from painting by Charles M. Dammers va) oO The body color is pale green. On the lateral surface there is a row of black dots, two to a segment. The abdomen, legs, prolegs and anal prolegs are pale green. The head is obscured by a long arching fringe of white hairs which arise from the first segment. It is a soiled yellow, except for the mouth parts and ocelli, which are brown. In ejecting their droppings the larvae flip these off with a spring-like movement of sufficient force to cause the adherence of the frass to the sides of the breeding cage. Pupation takes place on the food-plant, secured by a silken webbing. Pura. Length, 6 mm. The color is variable, ranging from pale green, through shades of red to a dark brown. The latter type will be described. Body and thorax, dark brown. Wing cases, head and an- tennal sheaths pale green. A protruding brown papillus occurs on each side of the fourth segment. A number of longitudinal bands of dark brown occur on the body, disposed as shown on lates pation n: From the center of each segment, on both sides of the body, there arise four or five long curved stout white hairs. There are also six tufts of short white hairs to each segment. The place- ment of these is adequately shown in our illustration. The wing cases extend beyond the 11th segment, being free from the body beyond the &th. The ventral surface is comparatively flat, and appears super- ficially to be free of appendages. Magnification discloses a num- ber of lines of very short white hairs, placed on, and running the length of the antennal sheaths, and on certain of the limb cases. The antennal cases are extended to within 1.5 mm. from the caudal extremity. The eye sheaths are prominent and large, and are a light brown. The ventral surface of the chrysalis is shown on rlate. 12: 86 Foodplant, as previously stated, Nanthium canadense Mill. We have also found the larvae of Chlosyne crocale (and its sev- eral related color phases) feeding on the same plant in the region of Blythe. PLATE 12 Pupa ot Adaina montana, ventral aspect, enlarged x 7. Photo by Menke, retouched by Comstock 87 SALVADORA GRAHAMIAE VIRGULTEA, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE PATCH-NOSED SNAKE By CuHas. M. BoGert Zoology Department, University of California at Los Angeles INTRODUCTION The Patch-nosed Snakes of the genus Salvadora first at- tracted my serious attention 1n 1928 when | collected a snake be- longing to this genus on the Mojave Desert at Dove Springs, Kern County, California. This specimen was so strikingly dif- ferent in coloration from individuals of the genus that I had pre- viously collected in the Upper Sonoran Zone of the San Gabriel Mountains in Los Angeles County that the difference appeared worthy of note. Since 1928 several specimens, of both the desert and Upper Sonoran forms, were examined in the field, dead on the road or collected alive, and distinct differences between the two forms were observed to be consistent. Klauber (’31)! under the heading, Color Variation with Habitat, likewise noted these differences, stating: “S. g. hexalepis: In this form there is a definite change from coast to desert, specimens from the latter area being consider- ably lighter. Not only are the colors lighter in the eastern indi- viduals, both in ground color and brown longitudinal stripes, but the width of the light dorsal line is increased and the secondary lines on the sides are more pronounced, thus heightening the con- trast by increasing the light and decreasing the dark areas. An occasional lighter specimen is found amongst the coastal indi- viduals, but the average difference is extensive.”’ When an investigation of the desert and coastal forms, both of which have heretofore been regarded as a single form, he.v- alepis, was undertaken, it was found that there existed consid- erable discrepancy in the range of Salvadora grahamuiae hexa- lepis (Cope 1866) as given by recent authors.? Thus it became apparent that a more complete understanding of the relation- ships existed between the eastern form, S. g. grahamiae, and the desert form, S. g. hexalepis, would have to be established before a fair comparison of the desert and coastal forms could be made. In order better to gain this understanding a study of the entire genus has been entered upon by the writer, and the results, 1 Klauber, 1931, p. 48. 2 See Stejneger and Barbour, 1933, p. 97; Klauber, 1931, p. 9; Blanchard, 1925, p. 32. 88 while not complete and while beyond the scope of the present paper, have established the status of hexalepis as a subspecies of Salvadora grahamiae B. & G.* in which view I am in agreement with Blanchard (’25).* MATERIAL EXAMINED To date a total of 260 specimens belonging to the grahamiae group of the genus Salvadora has been examined, and three additional scale counts have been available. Of the total 263 specimens, 75 are from the coastal area of southern California and northern Lower California, 84 are typical desert specimens of S. g. hexalepis from southern Lower California, Tiburon Island, and the desert regions of California, Nevada, Utah, Ari- zona, and western Mexico. The remaining 101 specimens are S. g. grahamiae and intergrades between that form and S. hexale pis. Examination of this material indicates sufficient differences in color, markings, and scutellation between the desert and coastal forms to warrant the formation of a new coastal sub- species for which | propose the name SALVADORA GRAHAMIAE VIRGULTEA?’ subsp. nov. CHAPARRAL PATCH-NOSED SNAKE Type—No. 12025 in the collection of the San Diego Society of Natural History. Collected at Deerhorn Flat, San Diego County, California, June 29, 1929, by Mr. F. E. Walker. DiaGNosis—A subspecies of Salvadora grahamiae, differing from the typical form in having the posterior pair of chin-shields separated by two or more small scales, in possessing a divided loreal, a proportionately broader frontal, a wider rostral, its edges more detached and in having a greater average number of ven- tral scales. From S. g. hexalepis, to which it is more closely allied, it differs in having a narrower dorsal stripe paralleled on each side by a single brown band, five to five and a half scales wide, which may be indistinctly broken up, posteriorly only, into two bands. Also it differs from heralepis, in having a lower average ventral scale count and in usually having the sixth upper labial only in contact with the eye 3 Stejneger, 1902, p. 155, with material available at that time, found no evidence of intergradation, consequently adopting a binominal appellation for the two forms, grahamiae and hexalepis. I find evidence of intergradation in the material re- cently examined, and therefore re-adopt the trinominal for both forms. 4 Blanchard, 1925, p. 32. * Having reference to habitat; a decided predilection for brush or chaparral is char- acteristic of this form. 89 PLATE 13 Chaparral Patch-nosed Snake, Salvadora grahamiae virgultea, collected near Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County, California DescrIPTION OF TypE—Young adult male. Head rounded on top, snout prominent, ov erhanging g, and blunt. Rostral plate large, 3.2 mm, wide, recurved on top of snout, lateral edges free; bounded behind by first upper labial, prenasal and internasal plates. Internasals subtriangular, proportionately large, and widely separated to within .5 mm. of prefrontals by rostral. Pre- frontals shghtly larger than internasals, longitudinally narrow and transversely elongated, extending down on sides of head to a blunt point contacting postnasal and upper loreal. Frontal subpentagonal, 4.8 mm. long and 3.9 mm. wide; ratio of width to length .812. Parietals rather short, sides rounded. Prenasal subquadrangular, larger than postnasal which is subpentagonal. Nostril situated in anterior of postnasal. Loreal divided, the upper larger, subpentagonal; the lower about half as large, sub- pentagonal, more elongate, and situated above fourth and small- est upper labial. Preoculars two, the upper large and angular, produced to upper surface of head between prefrontal and su- praocular; lower small, subhexagonal, situated on commissure be- tween fourth and fifth labials. Postoculars two, each subquad- rangular, nearly equal in size. Temporals 2 + 3. Upper labials, nine, sixth only contacting eye, last four largest and nearly equal in size. Lower labials not conspicuous, ten in number, sixth largest, first pair meeting on normal suture. Posterior pair of chin-shields slightly larger than anterior pair, and separated by two small scales followed by three small scales. Body subcylindrical, elongated. Tail subconical, tapering to a rather thin point, Length over all 580 mm. Length of tail 131 mm. Ratio of tail to total length .226. Scales elliptical, smooth except near base of tail where lateral scales are faintly carinate, disposed in seventeen rows, outer row somewhat broader, the rest slightly diminishing toward dorsal region. Ventrals 195, anal divided, caudals 95. _ Surface of head “Olive-Brown.”® Miller’ 1889) «N. 4. Geol: and Pal., p. 533, text fig. 972; Pack, 1906, Jour. Geol., vol. ip: 297. pl. 2. figs: 3, 3a-b;)Grabauw and ‘Shimer, 1910, N. A. Index Fossils, vol. 2, p. 287, fig. 1591. Dolichometopus productus Walcott, 1916, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 64, p. 369, pl. 53, figs. 2, 2a-e, 3, 3a-b, 4, 4a. a) ae! This common species is represented in the Marble Mountains fauna by numerous pygidia and a few cranidia. The glabellas of the present specimens are nearly rectangular, thus approaching the original types from the Oquirrh Range, Utah, more closely than the specimens from the Chisholm shale figured by Walcott. The palpebral ridges are farther back than in the types, and their position corresponds to that of the ridges on the Nevada speci- mens. The pygidia have the usual shape for the species, with a wide brim and unsegmented axial lobe. On several specimens the lobe ends posteriorly in a rather sharp point intersecting the brim. In others it ends at the edge of the brim in a rounded terminal segment. A few specimens indicate the presence of five transverse furrows, the anterior furrow being the most promi- nent. One specimen displays three very faint furrows on the pleural lobes, inclined slightly backward, in addition to the deep furrow just back of the anterior edge. Horizon and Locality: Ophir formation, Oquirrh Range; McDowell Mountains; Chisholm shale, House Range; Simpson Spring, Tooele County; Onaqui Mountains; Howell formation, House Range, all in Utah. Chisholm shale, Pioche, Nevada; Bright Angel shale, Grand Canyon, Arizona; Cadiz formation, Marble Mountains, California. Also in the Rome formation, Hawkins County, Tennessee; Bays Mountains, Knox County, Tennessee ; Conasauga formation, Floyd County, Georgia. Genus Pacetra Walcott Pagetia clytia ? Walcott Pagetia clytia Walcott, 1916, Smithsonian Misc, Coll., vol. 64, p. 408, pl. 67, figs. 2, 2a-e. A single pygidium from the present collection is referred to this Spence shale species. It is semicircular, with a brim which merges into the thickened forward edge. The axial lobe is high, rounded, and cut by distinct furrows into five segments, the last being the longest. The tip is bluntly pointed, and does not intersect the rim. The pleural lobes are faintly marked by furrows trending outward and but slightly backward. The num- ber of furrows can not be determined, but there are at least two. The pygidium measures 1.2 millimeters in length. Though the agreement with the Idaho specimens is quite close, the present specimen is questionably assigned to this species. It is possible that it represents a youthful stage of any of several 114 of the Corynexochidae. But its small size, the constant width of the axial lobe, the five segments, all seem to indicate Pagetia clytia. Horizon and Locality: Spence shale, Bear Lake County, Idaho; Cadiz formation, Marble Mountains, California. Family OrycToOCEPHALIDAE Beecher Genus ZACANTHOIDES Walcott Zacanthoides typicalis (Walcott ) Olenoides typicalis Walcott, 1886, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 30, peMlesepl Zo, tes. 2, 2a. Zacanthoides typicalis Walcott, 1888, Am. Jour. Sct., (3), vol. 303.9. 165. This species is represented in the author’s collection by two cranidia and a pygidium. The glabella is long and narrow, taper- ing slightly forward, with at least three pairs of obscure oblique glabellar furrows, extending one-third the distance across the glabella. Fixed cheeks wide and semicircular, bounded by promi- nent palpebral ridges. The ocular lobe extends to the furrow of the postero-lateral limb, which is midway between the posterior glabellar furrow and the occipital furrow. Dorsal furrow nearly obsolete. Palpebral ridges meet the glabella in front of the third glabellar furrows, but far back of the anterior end of the glabella. Facial sutures converge rapidly from the frontal rim to the margin of the glabella, and then follow the curve of the palpe- bral ridges and lobes. The frontal limb is bent gently upward. MEASUREMENTS Length of glabelia (to neck ring) ......... 3.8 mm. 8.6 mm. Width ot slabelilay anteriorly: 522... Helianthus gracilentus Gray Tecate, in chaparral, 30 V 1932 Fosberg 7478. Hemizenia paniculata Gray ssp. typica Hall ex Keck See Madronio 3:10. 1935. Hills southwest of Valle Redondo, with H. tenella, 30 V 1932 Fosberg 7493. Hemizonia tenella (Nutt.) Gray Proc. Am. Acad. 9:191. 1874. (Calycadenia tenella T. & G.) Hills southwest of Valle Redondo, on dry, sparsely brushy hills, 30 V 1932 Fosberg 7491 and Tecate, in chaparral, 30 V 1932 Fosberg 7490. Baileya pauciradiata Harv. & Gray Banded Agate Mt., northeastern Baja California, in a sandy wash, 29 V 1932 Fosberg 7470. Artemisia dracunculus L. ssp. dracunculina (Wats.) Hall & Clements Descanso Bay, on sand dunes, 5 1X 1931 Fosberg S5688. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Juncus lescurii Boland. Mandalay Beach, north of Hueneme, Ventura Co., growing on sand dunes near the ocean, 28 VI 1931 Fosberg S5183 and 5 VII 1931 Fosberg S5332. Inflorescence condensed and head- like. Not previously recorded south of Monterey County. De- termination verified by Dr, P. A. Munz. Eriogonum plumatella Dur. & Hilg. Mission Creek, San Bernardino Mts., growing in a stony wash, 960 m. 12 VII 1932 Fosberg 8596. Not previously known from the Colorado Desert drainages though collected at Keyes Ranch, north slope of the Little San Bernardino Mts. (‘“Con- chilla Mts.” of Jepson’s Manual). Salicornia depressa Standl. Del Rey salt marshes, Los Angeles Co., VI 1930 Fosberg S3062. Previously known from vicinity of San Diego and north- ern Lower California. Myosurus cupulatus Wats. Vicinity of Keyes Ranch, Little San Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino Co., 1 V 1930 Fosberg without no. These tiny plants, whose identity was determined by Dr. P. A. Munz and recently recorded by him (Man. S. Calif. Bot. 174), were grow- ing most unexpectedly in a shaded crevice under great granite boulders. Heretofore known from no farther west than the Providence Mts. of eastern California. There is a sporadic af- finity shown between this range and the Providence Mts. to the east. It would present a provocatively interesting study if done in detail. 181 Lotus leucophyllus Greene Conejo Pass, Ventura Co., northwest end of Santa Monica Mts., 28 VI 1931 Fosberg S5186. Not heretofore known from nearer the coast than the Liebre Mts., Los Angeles Co. Deter- mined by Dr. P. A. Munz. Lotus rigidus (Benth.) Greene Rogers Canyon, Santa Monica Mts., Los Angeles Co., 23 II 1929 FE. L. Peterson (Ewan Herb. 4487). Transmontane desert border species not previously known to reach the coast at any point over its wide range. For a graphic presentation of its range see Ottley, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol. 10, map 3, 1923. The appearance of this plant in these coastal mountains recalls the discovery of Porophyllum gracile, a typical deserti- colous species, in the Santa Ana Range of Orange County (J. T. Howell, Madrono 1: 253. 1929). Peterson’s collection, unfortu- nately rather scant but unmistakable, is a good match for Parish Bros. 14 from “Agua Caliente” (1. e. Palm Springs, now River- side Co.). Condalia spathulata Gray Twenty-four miles north of Ogilby, Imperial Co., 21 III 1932 Peirson 9794, This corroborates Parish’s long-time record for Mesquite in the same county. Peirson found the species here as large shrubs, often over 8 ft. high. He also noted the plant as growing at Midway Well. Petalonyx nitidus Wats. Arrastre Creek at Horsethief Flat, San Bernardino Mts., on gneissic talus of a southwest slope, 4 VIII 1932 Fosberg 8651. The species here formed rounded bushes from caespitose clumps. This station is somewhat more than 2,000 feet higher than its previously known occurrence at Cushenbury Springs. Brandegea Bigelovii (Wats.) Cogn. West end of Sheep Hole Mts., San Bernardino Co., on granite debris at the bottom of a small canyon, 24 IV 1932 Fosberg 8020. Not heretofore recorded from the Mohave Desert. Elaeagnus utilis Nels. See Am. Jour. Bot. 22:682. 1935. The record of this species: not previously known from southern California, published re- cently by Munz as Shepherdia argentea Nutt. (Man. S. Calif. Bot. 620) is deserving of further comment. It was made at Rancho Verde, Victorville, San Bernardino Co., 21 V 1932 Fosberg 8201. Collected in flower from a staminate tree 4 or 5 meters tall, the only one seen, in the bed of the Mohave River. The single tree was growing in a rather dense stand of Salix and Populus. No pistillate trees were seen. 182 ’ Asclepias albicans Wats. West end of Sheep Hole Mts., San Bernardino Co., 23 IV 1932 Fosberg 8199. Growing in a rocky draw in decomposing granite. Although agreeing with the description in other par- ticulars, this collection differs in having the follicles directed hori- zontally or downward rather than erect. This insignificant dif- ference scarcely merits a name, even as a form, though the several keys to the species consulted dwell upon this point. This collection extends the range of the plant to the Mohave Desert. ’ Salvia leucophylla Greene Carbon Canyon, Puente Hills, San Bernardino Co., 19 VI 1931 Fosberg 55126. This collection taken from a plant wholly white-flowered, growing in a colony of normal plants with lav- ender flowers. Perhaps the Wilder collection cited by Munz (Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 26:24..1927) was actually made in this county. Castilleia linariaefolia Benth. Mission Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Riverside Co., in a marshy alkaline place near the mouth of the canyon, 940 m. 12 VII 1932 Fosberg 8598. Here penetrating into confines of Colorado Desert where it has not been heretofore known, v Chrysanthemum coronarium L. Sp. Pl. 890. 1753 Reported by Parish from vicinity of San Diego (Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 19 (pt. 4) :28. 1920), also by Millspaugh and Nuttall from Avalon, Santa Catalina Island (Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 5:276. 1923). A well-established colony discovered 3 miles west of Hawthorne, Los Angeles Co., in hard fallow ground of field, 24 VI 1932 Ewan 7547. These plants showed variability in color pattern of rays and in the extreme measurements of flower-heads. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L. Sp. Pl. 888. 1753 Vicinity of Julian, San Diego Co., in a marsh near cultivated land, 5 VI 1932 Fosberg 8488. Apparently first record for southern California. University of Hawaii, Honolulu and University of California, Berkeley 183 SOME UNPUBLISHED CYLINDER SEALS By Dr. R. H. Swirt “In Babylon every man has a seal and a staff, curiously wrought!’ Herodotus ; Book I, Clio. (Cary trans.) The writer wishes to place before the Academy the results of a study of a fine collection of ancient Near Eastern seals pre- sented to him by Prof. H. ©. Parker; Seals, next to the clay tablets, are the most numerous mementos in the remains of those ancient civilizations. To archeology they present an intimate in- sight into the mythology and close personal life of the people. In spite of the abundance of these fine examples of glyptic art, the literature on the subject is unusually scant; an outstanding excep- tion being the work of William Hayes Ward, for the Carnegie Institution in 1910, to which the author of this paper acknowl- edges valuable assistance, The intricate commercial and business systems early devel- oped by the ancient Levantine civilizations demanded personal identification and guarantee. The finger or nail mark was first used to attest the clay document and persisted, according to Menant, for buyer and witnesses, even after the seller used his seal. A lessee, a creditor, a contractor, a guarantor—in other words, the one who gives up claim or takes an obligation—seals. In partnerships both parties used their seals. Cylinder seals are possible of geographical classification into Egyptian, Chaldean, Babylonian, Assyrian, Hittite, Syrian, Pho- necian, Mycenian, Cyprian, and Achaemenian Persian. The earliest Sumerian cemeteries at Abu Hatab and Farra contain seals. In the author’s opinion the seal, as a mark of identification, antedates writing. Pére Scheil places the oldest prior to 4000 B. C. The most ancient seals that have come down to us, were on fragments of the Persian Gulf oyster shell, Tridaena squamosa, An interesting theory as to the origin of the cylinder seal is suggested by the character “Mu,” meaning a name, being an arrow with two crossed parallel lines, the owner’s mark cut in the shaft, according to Dr. Hilprecht. The sizes vary from %4 of an inch to 2 inches. Early Baby- lonian cylinders were slightly concave on their surfaces, straight after the Kassite period, and often convex in Persian times. Flat seals were not used by the early Chaldeans, but they sup- plant the cylinder after the ninth century before the Christian era. Cones were used by the Seleucidae and the Parthians. The early use of papyrus and a preference for seal rings made the cylinders rare in the Nile valley (see Bulletin, Vol. XXX, Pt. 1, Jel, AL INOS 72). 184 There was a great variety of material used in the cylinders. The earliest substance may have been sections of reed, but none have come down to us. Hematite is the most commonly found but chalcedony, obsidian, agate, jasper, lapis, marble, serpentine, quartz, carnelian and silver are known, the latter being very rare. The Assyrians preferred fine stones, such as onyx, chalcedony or lapis, from the hills of Elam or Persia. Fabrication and engraving seems to have first been done with but two tools, a burr and a line chaser of corundum, the cut being freehand. After about 1500 B. C. the revolving burr, disk and tube, for making dots, lines and circles or crescents was employed—the “terebrarum ferva’”’ of Pliny. This technique was probably learned from Egypt. Copper tools with emery were used in later workmanship (see Jer. 17:1). Emery and corun- dum were imported from Etheopia, Elam and Cyprus. A com- mon error is to mistake crudity for great antiquity, where cheap or unskilled attempts were made in later days. Methods of wearing or carrying the seals seem to have varied. The worn holes would indicate an unfixed mounting. Metal mounts have been found (8).* Bronze stems with rings were found at Khorsabad, and now are in the Louvre. Roller or swivel mountings are suggested from some of the impressions, yet none have been found, as far as I have been able to determine. The rarity of oxidized arcas in the holes, as we find in the scarab of Egypt, would rather indicate that such modes of mounting were rare. In the Kassite period bands of embossed gold have been found about the cylinders. The fact that we seldom find a whole sharp impression, but usually several separate side strikes, would confirm the Chaldean illustrations showing the seal on a wrist cord. Such depiction is not seen on the Assyrian figures, where it may have been the custom to hang the cylinder around the neck or in belt-bags. The intimate and personal nature of the cylinder seals caused an amuletic or talismanic power to be attributed to them, from the earliest times. Often they were buried with other per- sonal effects at the death of their owner, but usually blanks or special funery seals were interred, while the originals passed to therein. The work of the industrial artizan is actually a reflection of the artist in the fine arts. In the engravings on the seals a rich field is open to the student into the popular ideals of these ancient nations, the art of a vigorous and progressive race, and leads deeper into the realization, ultimately gained by all engaged in archeology, that life today differs in no essential factors from those of five thousand years ago. In fact, much that we call modern may be seen here in humble early conceptions or, to our greater astonishment, we find systems in common use which we have been led to believe were the products of the minds of men * The numerals in brackets refer to numbers on Plate 50. See page 189. 185 of our own generation. We find advanced legal codes and com- mercial methods comparable to those of our exalted Twentieth Century. Many of our standards of weights and measures have come down to us from Babylonia, via the Phoenicians, Greeks and Romans. From their Sexagesimal system we have the twelve divisions of the clock, the twelve months of the vear, the twelve inches to the foot, the seven days of the week, the mile, the British currency and the 360 degrees in the circle. The wages of the seal engravers were from three to five grains of silver per day, that metal being, however, near one hundred times its present value. Private names were often en- graved on stock seal blanks, chosen because of a depicted refer- ence to some preferred or guiding deity. In the earlier engraving, animal forms were more accurate than the human figures (12 and 13). The human depictions in Periods I] and II] (see table) are usually shown with a bird- like profile, prominent nose, a great eye, and either nude or in short garments. In Period 1V the forms become fixed and con- ventional, wings are given to the gods, and a new group of symbols appears. In Period V, long inscriptions with but few figures are common. The length of the inscription is reduced in the characteristic seal of the Second Babylonian Empire, or Period VI. The Hittite commonly used “rope patterns” (7 and 11). The Assyrian of this period seldom engraved inscriptions, tending chiefly to the use of sacred symbols as the “Hom” or sacred tree (2), winged globe (4) probably from the Egyptian symbol of Ra, and fantastic animals. The costume also differs from the Babylonian, in that the mantle fringes cross the body at an angle (4). With the fall of Ninevah the art on the cylinder rapidly declines. In Period VII the “trouser” costume (6) of Persia, together with flower designs (7) appear. Onto the cylinders are graven the current myths and rich symbolisms expressing the religious fervor of the masses. The early Semitic conquest and amalgamation, brought to the Sumerian the anthropomorphic concept of the gods, supplanting that of the “Zi,” or spirit of life, manifest in all things that have motion —water, man, wind or beast. The god concept was pictured as a star. Analogies of the Babylonian and Assyrian pantheon are to be found in Greek, Roman and Norse mythologies, indicating a common Sytho-Aryan prototype. The Babylonian gods were humanized, while esoteric Egypt, to the end, seemed to feel in- stinctively a kinship in life’s mysteries and pictured her gods as part animal. The materialistic Babylonian and conquering Assy- rian, Saw no greater power than man, hence his gods were human rulers of the elements, the heavens, the earth, the watery sea, the time-measuring moon, and the storm—Anu, Enlhl, Ea, Sin, and Adad, A tablet in the British Museum lists seven supreme gods, fifty deities of heaven and earth, three hundred celestial and six hundred terrestial spirits. A henotheism of local or personal 186 supreme deities followed, as shown by the figures and given- names (3 and 16) on the seals. One god is held supreme, as in the earlier Biblical references, but no true Monotheism is found. This local supremacy led to the confused shifting of at- tributes of the deities, so puzzling to modern students. Lenormant shows that at the birth of every child a dedica- tion was made to some god, after and throughout life to be know as theirs. If wicked, the deity would withdraw protection. They were rather ambiguous as to the post mortem existence of the “Ekimmu” or soul, in contrast to the Egyptians’ certainty of their “Ka.” The unburied dead wandered about haunting the living, whose only protection against the death spirit was the dog (12), according to the Zend-Avesta. The properly buried ones dwelt in “Aralu,” the dark land, ruled by Nergal (10) and Belis-Allat, and led a rather drab existence. An absolute creation was not conceived, but rather the estab- lishment of order out of chaos, as in the Hebrew account, and the role of the genius of this act was attributed to the local supreme god—Ea in Eridu, Enlil in Nippur, and Marduk in Babylon. On the seals we see Marduk, vanquisher of Tiamat (5), the monster of chaos (see Fourth Tablet of Creation, British Museum. No. 93,016). The gods alone may eat of the tree of lites (2) asim the Bible story (Gen..3:5). Emblems of the gods are numerous on the cylinders among which are the three dots, meaning thirty, or the crescent moon of Sin (6, 12 and 16); the star of Ishtar (2); the thunderbolt of Adad (1); the winged disc of Ashur (4 and 5) (see Malachi 4:2); the rhomb (female emblem) of Belis, goddess of fertility (2, 4 and 5); the fish of Shamish (2) ; the libra of Nebo (6 and 10) ; the scorpion of Iskhara (13); the dog of Gula-Bau (12), and the spear or simitar of Marduk (17). These symbols are often my only means of identifying the deity depicted in con- ventional form. Myths and popular tales are shown on these seals. The con- quest of Ereshkigal, queen of hell, by Nergal (10), after which he marries her and becomes king of the underworld, as told on tablets found in 1887 at Tell-el-Amarna (No. 82 in British Mu- seum) in Egypt. Enlil gives his sacred and mystic name to his son Marduk, who thus becomes Belu, or Baal (lord of all), later to become the word for “god” in other countries (9). On one seal (8) our attention is directed to the story of Ishtar’s descent into Hades, the land of no return, where she is divested of her clothing and smitten with disease by Ereshkigal, queen of that dread region. The messenger of the gods sees that with the god- dess of love gone, no sex life is possible on earth. He rushes to Shammash who makes a successful appeal to Ea to save her, which is done, and the world again loves. I feel that this is the story depicted on this seal and is not intended to represent the goddess Zirbanit, imported in later times from the west, as con- tended by Lenormant. 187 The Gilgamesh epics have furnished numerous subjects for the seals (12 and 13) as this hero was to the Babylonians what Hercules or Odyssus was to the Hellenes, and Seigfried to the early Teutons. He was probably a historic personage, a ruler of Uruk, about whom have developed clouds of legend drawn from the trials and tribulations of the prehistoric past of the race. From the episode of the deluge, associated with the great epic of this hero, the Hebrews procured the story to be found in the Pentateuch, Another common myth theme on the cylinders is that of Marduk’s victory over the monster of chaos (5). The prob- able symbology of spring vanquishing the rigors of winter, as shown by the festival celebration of this event on New Year’s day in Babylon, was the origin of this dramatic tale. Thus the stimuli for the legends of Babylon, as elsewhere, seem to have been either tribal pre-history or the symbolism of the phenomena of nature. From the seals we also find interesting corroborations of names found in history, making possible an exactitude in dating by similar styles, subjects and location, in uninscribed specimens. About 2100 B. C. we find Hammurabi, sixth of the line of Amorite kings of Babylon, whose code of laws has been the admiration of the modern world since their discovery in 1901. We have in a group of some fifty-five letters a vivid depiction of life during his brilliant reign (see “The Letters and Inscrip- tions of Hamurabi” by King). Among these letters are several addressed to Sin Idinam, at one time director of drafted labor. On seal No. 3 we have the seal of this man’s son, or possibly the prince, son of Sin Idinam I, Lugal of Larsa, 2191 B.C. (see A. T. Clay, “Miscellaneous Inscriptions of the Yale Babylonian Collection,” page 30). An Adamu) (16) of Ur, € 2500 B, ©, is of records (Geeweurz “Sumerian Temple Records of the Late Ur Dynasty,” pp. 141, 159) but the name is common. New light on the antiquity of the seals, as well as a possible origin, has been cast by the recent work of Sir John Marshal in the Indus valley on the sites of the cities of Harppa and Mohenjo, abandoned c. 2700 B. C. In closing, the writer wishes to acknowledge his indebted- ness to Prof. Herschel C. Parker for the specimens for this study, to Dr. Carl S. Knopf for his aid in the cuneiform trans- lations, and to many authors whose references to the seals, scat- tered through the literature, have been compiled in this paper for the benefit of collectors and museums as an aid in a better under- standing of the significance of the cylinders, If nothing more, we may gain in feelings so ably expressed by H. G. Spearling: “As the old cylinder rolls once more over the plastic clay, we see appear in strange relief the very forms which greeted the 188 PLATE 50 189 expectant eyes of men who lived in long forgotten days in far- away Chaldea, eyes that rejoiced at the plain evidence of the pro- tection of those immortal gods whose godship has not lasted as long as the poor stone engraved to celebrate their power and immortality. Eyes that glistened with warm sympathy as upon the clay the simple tale was told of the misfortunes of some per- secuted goddess (8), eyes that shone with delight at the story of a hero’s great success (5). In imagination we may see the pride of ownership setting its seal on stores of corn, wine and oil, or signing a contract hopeful of much gain.” PERIODS AND APPROXIMATE DATES OF THE CIVILIZATIONS OF WESTERN ASIA I Chaleolithte ~==9)= (= = = =5- Betores3500mh ae Il. Pre-Sargonic Summerian. Cylinder Seals appear =) 1=..= ==) = = —35003to,2700RR © Ill. Sargonoid Semitic Akkadian - - IA OO Wo) A500) 18. C, IV. Late Summerian of Gudea. Early Babylonian of Hammurabi - - 2500 to 1800 B.C. V. Kassite. Middle Babylonian. Early Assyrian. Island Cultures - - 1800 to 1000 B.C. VI. Assyrian. Late Babylonian, Syro-Hittite = - 2-- )- - — l000sto 40s VII. Achaemenean Persian, Cylinder Seals Pass === = =. = =) - 540) to) 330REB ae Vili “Hellente =) =- =) = 2 - | == a Atte S OMe Ge 190 DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES ON PLATE 51 1—Early Period V. babylonian, hematite seal. A female (?) worshiper offering a kid to Nergal, Chaldean Mars, who stands with his foot on a victim, an upraised Sword in one hand and a baton of the five planets in the other. Behind Nergal stands a male figure, pos- sibly the owner, facing the sea-god Ea, who stands on the “goat- fish,’ holding the triple club. 2—Early Period VI, wheel-cut, Assyrian cylinder of translucent agate, showing two winged man-bulls guarding the “Hom,” tree of life. In the field are symbols of the fish, identified with Shammash, the star of Ishtar, a rhomb, female sign of Belis, and above the wing of the left guardian, the Seven Sibitte, or heavenly bodies, while below the creature is the crescent of Sin. 3—Black lodestone, Period IV, Babylonian cylinder seal of fine work- manship, with Ramman, Shala, the figure of a man, probably the owner, and two lines of inscription; “Ri-ish Marduk-ub-shu. Dumu En-Zu I-din-nana.”’ (Rish Marduk Ub-Shu, son of Sin Idinam) CeeZlO0RBS C: 4—FEarly Period V, Assyrian cylinder of lapis lazuli, with the god Assur seated on an ornate throne of the planets before a fire-altar, where a worshiper, followed by an ibex, stands in reference. Above the animal is the winged disc of Assur. 5—Red chalcedony, Period VI, wheel-cut cylinder of western Assyria, showing the kneeling Bel Marduk slaying the dragon Tiamat. The winged disc of Assur appears over a rhomb, sign of fertility. Bel holds a scimitar in his left hand, while he plunges a dagger across a small altar into the dragon. Probably of the period of Assur- banipal, 7th century B. C. Phoenician workmanship is suggested in the numerals “15” behind the god. (See M. deClercq, Cat. No. ByAlle)) 6—Early Period VII, Persian seal, showing processional of four men, deeply cut, characteristic of the period of the early Achaemenian kings, c. 600 B. C., by the squatty, heavy figures in trouser-like lower garments. The scene is suggestive of a return from battle with two diminutive captives and a wounded warrior carried by a horseman. Weapons are seen on the backs of the men, and the leader carries a large staff, possibly a modified symbol of the Kassite god of war, Shaqamuna. Over the horse’s head is a squirrel-like animal, possibly the tribal totem or owner’s crest. 7—Period VI, green serpentine cylinder. Probably western Syro- Hittite with Middle Minoan culture influence. Well balanced, un- usually delicate design of flowers on leaves arranged as crosses in double register with a rope pattern, or guilloche, on a flattened surface. Possibly more for a decorative pendant than a seal. Traces of an older engraving are seen. 8—Hematite, Babylonian cylinder seal of early Period V, with modern replica of ancient mounting. Figures of Pap-Sukal, the messenger, informing Shammash of Ishtar’s descent into hades, the land of no return. The goddess stands divested of her garments, according to the legend. 9—Period V (?), animal ‘‘button-seal” in blackened ivory, representing a hedge-hog. On the base are two figures facing, carved in Syro- Babylonian style. Possibly Marduk receiving The Name from Enlil. 191 10—Hematite, wheel and point cut cylinder, probably Period V, Baby- lonian provincial. The bearded god Nergal stands with foot on kneeling victim, possibly Ereshkigal, who holds an offering jar. The god holds a weapon to the head of the figure at his feet. In the field above the victim is a crude locust and behind Nergal is the mace-like “libra,” possibly a key. The type of cut is unusual in that the bead-border enclosed engraving is at right angles to the long axis of the cylinder. 11—Period VI, eastern Syro-Hittite hematite cylinder with repeated fig- ures in six columns, consisting of three ibexes, or goats, three Phoe- nician emblematic hands, five human heads, three dogs, or lions, two seated children, and a dividing row of fifteen crescents or “nail marks,” possible a crude rope design. 12—Rude archaic hematite, Babylonian or Elamite, cylinder of Period II, depicting the conflict of Gilgamish and Eabini with wild bulls sent by Ishtar to punish the hero for his indifference to her advances. Two winged gates of Ishtar are seen above the vase and “libra,” or key. Three balls, symbol of “30,” the month sign of the moon god Sin, are to be seen over what may be intended for Adad and the bull, but more likely a dog with a dancing figure above. 13—Small, late Period II, Babylonian cylinder of lapis lazuli, archaic minute cut, with crowded figures, probably another episode of the legend of Gilgamish, showing the hero fighting a leopard, with Eabani between two ibexes, one of which is being attacked by a lion. In the field is a scorpion, symbol of the Kassite Venus, Iskhara. 14—Period IV, Babylonian, or archaic Assyrian hematite cylinder of problematical interpretation. We have either a seated deity before a large ornate altar, drinking through a long tube from a large jar which is being filled by an attendant, or an early alchemist before a still and other apparatus. A fire burns under what may be a series of tubes, condensation taking place into the large jar from which the assistant is examining a sample in a small test-jar, while the “chemist” sits with a staff or wand, directing the process. It is similar in many ways to “tube drinking” scenes on other seals (see Ward’s Cat., Morgan Coll. No. 148). 15—Late Period V, hematite seal, possibly Syro-Hittite in Babylonian style. Crude and crowded. A figure probably intended for the god- dess Beltis is seen seated on a lion and holding a child on her lap. The god Nergal stands on a prostrate victim while a crude nude figure offers him a bull (?). Two figures, possibly intended for Ramman and a diminutive Shala, are seen. 16—Period IV, hematite cylinder, probably time of Gudea. The sides are slightly concave and the workmanship fine. The sun god Sham- mash is seen receiving a worshiper, who is being led into the divine presence by the goddess Aa. The moon symbol of Hurki is seen in front of the god. A two-line inscription reads ‘En-Zu-Ga-la-ab; Dumu A-da-mu-ta-a-a.” (Sin Gabab, son of Adamuta.) 17—Period IV, Babylonian hematite seal showing Marduk with scimitar, Ramman and a worshiper, with an inscription in two columns: “Dinger Bel (or Samas); Dinger Za-Za (or Igigi).” (Lord Bel (or Shammash), the Igigi, or Spirits of the Lightning (or the God- dess Aa).) PLATE 51 193 NOTES AND NEW SPECIES (LEPIDOPTERA, PHALAENIDAE) By Foster H. BENJAMIN Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Washington. D. C. The following notes and descriptions resulted from identifi- cation of material for Dr. John Comstock and for various other workers, including Mr. S. E. Crumb, Mr. Fred Lemmer, and Dr. A. G. Richards. HELIosEA Grote Genotype, Heliosea pictipennis Grote Besides the genotype, the writer includes “Melicleptria”’ fasciata Henry Edwards, “Melicleptria’ sabulosa Smith, “Meli- cleptria” cresina Smith, and “Melicleptria’ celeris Grote. All agree in having the fore tibia armed with only a single inner and a single outer claw, and no spines. While no charac- ters were seen in the male genitalia upon which to base any sep- aration of species within this group, H. celeris certainly seems specifically distinct by its larger size, different coloration, and different maculation. All of the other names mentioned above appear to represent only a single variable species. Typical pictipennis has a fasciate hind wing and a rose purple ground on the fore wing. Typical fasciata differs from this only by the ground of the fore wing being duller and with less of the bright purple coloration. The male type of sabulosa has the fore wing as in fasciata and differs only in having the fasciate white band of the hind wing slightly interrupted by black, causing a spotted appearance. The fore wing of cresina has the median pale area reduced in width, the hind wing with a fasciate white band. Possibly it is a distinct species, but as no trustworthy specific character is evident the writer is inclined to consider it a race. “Melicleptria’ antonito Smith is more or less of an inter- mediate between Heliosea and Melicleptria, indicating that ulti- mately Heliosea may fall as a subgenus. The male type of antonito has one fore tibia armed with one inner and three outer claws and two inner spines; the other fore tibia is similar, but with four outer claws. The genitalia agree with those of Heliosea in lacking a definite clasper, and differ from Heliosea by hav- ing a harpe of slightly different shape with a reduced corona. Names are lacking for two units in the genus Heliosea. From the superficial standpoint these would immediately be as- signed to specific status, but the writer prefers to associate them as follows: 194 HELIOSEA PICTIPENNIS DEFASCIATA, new subspecies Entirely similar to pictipennis fasciata excepting that the hind wing is nearly uniformly black above, and on the under side the white of the hind wing is largely restricted to the apical and subapical portions of the wing. Type locality: Death Valley, Calif. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, allotype female, two male and one female paratypes, all March 29, 1928, submitted by Dr. John Comstock. Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50075. Paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock. HELIOSEA CELERIS MELICLEPTRIOIDES, new subspecies Entirely similar to celeris celeris excepting that the ground color of the fore wing is olive fuscous, and the median band is conspicuously cream white creating the habitus of a Weli- cleptria, while the hind wing has much less of the deep red orange of the typical subspecies. Type locality: Keddie, Plumas County, Calif. Holotype: Male, “VI-20,” unique. Location of type: In U.S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50076. SCHINIA CRENILINEA Smith Schinia crenilinea Smith, 1891, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. 18: 129. Eupanychis crenilinea, Hampson, 1903, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. AO Da pls OF. tS The type (labeled Houston, Texas) and two other speci- mens labeled “Ark.” and “Hope, Ark.” are in the National col- lection. The type lacks the front legs. On the character of the armature of the fore tibia, one Arkansas specimen would fall into the genus Lygranthecia, and the other into the genus Schinia. The species seems related to Schinia balba Grote and to Schima walsinghami Hy. Edwards, and not to Eupanychis Spinose Guenée (genotype of Eupanyclis). Therefore creni- linea should be removed from its present placement in Ewpan- ychis and associated with Schinia balba. 195 EUPANYCHIS SPINOS® Guenée Heliothis spinose Guenée, 1852, Spc. Gén. 7 (Noct. 2): 182; Boisduval and Gueneée, Spec. Gen., Atlas, 5-7: 5, pl. 9, f. 10 female; Grote, and Robinson, 1870, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3-180 Grote 1373) Bull Buri Soc Nate So tke We, Schima spinose, Smith) 1883, rans. Amer, Put» Soc l0R 233" Smith; 1893) Bully SssNata Musy 44-223 Eupanychis spinose, Grote, 1890, Revised Check List, p. 34; Hampson, 1903, Cat. ep, Phal. Bo M2 4e 94 site OF Holland, 1903, Moth Book, p. 226, fig. 136: Anthecia hirtella Grote and Robinson, 1866, Proc. Ent. Soc. Bleue, Og MOO ol, Se st Se Eupanychis camina Smith, 1906, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 14: 28. The type of spimose is in the National collection via the Oberthur and the Barnes collections. The pin of the specimen bears the label “Heliothis Spinosae Gn. Spec. 937 Canada Coll. Feist. Cest individu qui a servi a ma description.” This speci- men is a female, as stated on the original plate, and not a male as stated in the original description. The hind wing has the white ground color (mentioned in the original description) somewhat stained. The yellow tint shown on the original figure (in con- tradiction to the description) is presumably only the artist’s guess regarding the original coloration. This type is a specimen of the species usually identified as spimose in collections. Grote and Robinson, 1870, listed the name /irtella as a synonym. The name Eupanychis camina Smith is based on a single female specimen, Weed and Fiske no. 2164, Hampton, N. H. A topotype bearing the same Weed and Fiske number, and agree- ing perfectly with Smith’s description, 1s in the National col- lection. It is merely a faded example of E. spinose. Specimens of this species are not abundant in collections, those in the National collections being mostly from Lakehurst, IN. Je Gered, Lemmier) and trom Browns, Mulls) Nowe (hee Benjamin), a few other specimens being labeled with the names of towns in the pine barren regions of Long Island and of New Jersey. EUPANYCHIS SCISSOIDES, new species Head and thorax rufous brown. Fore wing with the ground color rufous brown, more or less obscured by olivaceous in the median area; ordinary lines and spots indistinct; basal line in- visible; transverse anterior line geminate, irregular, in general excurved; median shade of the ground color, outwardly oblique from costa through reniform area, inwardly oblique to inner margin; transverse posterior line obscurely geminate, more or 196 less produced into a series of small points, excurved around cell, incurved in submedian interspace; subterminal line nearly invisible, indicated by blackish in tornal region; terminal line composed of black dots between the veins; fringe rufous brown, slightly tinted with purplish, and scarcely interlined. Hind wing bright yellow, suffused with black at the extreme base and along inner margin, with a conspicuous quadrate black discocellular mark, and a broad black marginal band; fringe pale, obscurely interlined with purplish rufous. Beneath: Ground color bright yellow; fore wing with a black basal dash connected to a black orbicular; a black reniform outwardly oblique connecting a pur- plish rufous region, along the costa and at the apex, with a broad black area extending over the tornal region and to opposite the cell, thus isolating a small area of the bright yellow ground color distad of the cell. Hind wing with the costal margin powdered with purplish rufous, with black at base of wing extending along inner margin and joining the broad marginal band, the latter angulate at vein 4, purplish rufous above the angle, black below. Abdomen fuscous above, the segments distally margined with pale scales; beneath tinted with purplish rufous, and with a pair of basal hair pencils, in pockets, scarcely visible except on a slide. Expanse: Male 20 mm., female 23 mm. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male and allotype female both labeled “St. Petersburg, Fla., Oct.” Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 51085. The bright yellow ground color of the hind wing, as well as the rufous brown coloration of the fore wing with its uncon- trasting maculation, immediately separates the present species from Eupanychis spinose. The new species superficially bears a startling resemblance of Canidia scissa Grote (see 1903, itampson, Cat. Lep. Phat. B. M. 4: 17, pl. 55, £. 5), but the eyes are rounded (as in Eupanychis), and not greatly reduced in width (as in Canidia): the fore tibia has one claw and two long curved spines on the inner side, and one claw and two short spines on the outer side, while the fore tibia of C. scissa has one claw and three rather weak spines on the outer side, and two claws and two weak spines on the inner side. The genitalia of both species are typically heliothid, hence resemble one another strongly, but differ in almost every detail. Those of the new species are much the larger, with more elongated harpes, a more triangular shaped tegumen, and the vesica is much more heavily spiculated. 197 Euxoa CAMALPA Dyar Porosagrotis camalpa Dyar, 1912, Proc. U. S. National Museum 42: 57; Draudt, 1924, in Seitz, Macrolepid. 9: 36. Euxoa clavigera Dyar, 1922, Ins. Insc. Menstr. 10: 166; Draudt, 1924, in Seitz, Macrolepid. 9: 40, pl. 6 d. The writer considers the types to represent sexes of a single species of Euroa. The male antenna is heavily bipectinate, almost as in Agrotis (Porosagrotis) orthogoma Morrison.t The bifurcate clasper has the outer arm very short, the inner arm of moderate length. Both of the published names apply to the race from the region of Mexico City, Mexico. The ground color is quite dark, and in addition there is a heavy black irroration; in consequence the maculation is not conspicuously contrasting. The superficial appearance 1s not unlike that of a well marked Euxvoa messoria Harris excepting the pale veins of the median area of the fore wing which resemble those of Porosagrotis. EuxoA CAMALPA MANCA, new subspecies Similar to typical camalpa but the ground color very pale, the maculation extremely contrasting, the general appearance like that of pale Agrotis (Porosagrotis) orthogonia Morrison, rather than that of a Euroa. Type locality: Alpine, Tex. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, allotype female ; 15 male, 50 female paratypes, various dates, April to August, 1926, all O. C. Poling, collector. Location of types:' In U. S. National Museum (Cat. No. 50674) excepting three paratypes, the latter specimens having been submitted by Dr. John Comstock for identification and re- turned to him. Notes: Most authors would unquestionably consider the pres- ent insect as specifically distinct, but the writer prefers to de- scribe it as a subspecies of camalpa because no differences of specific significance were found in either antennae or genitalia. Anyone having difficulty in visualizing the startling difference in appearance between typical camalpa and manca may consult Draudt’s figures of clavigera and of orthogoma (1. c., pl. 5 h). While these figures are incorrect in many details, the general colorations and habitus are essentially correct. 1 Only a few of the basal joints of a single antenna are present on the male type (of clavigera), but these few joints indicate an antenna entirely similar to that of the following subspecies. 198 EvuxoaA BICOLLARIS Grote Specimens with a broad black band on the collar, thus re- sembling abnormis Smith, were received by the writer about ten years ago from Mr. E. A. Dodge, and were labeled Exeter, Tulare County, Calif. These specimens present an extremely washed-out appearance, with many of the markings obsolescent, but with the reniform conspicuous. They agree perfectly with Hampson’s figure of a type of bicollaris (Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. 4 pl. 62, f. 10) and in view of the locality are almost certainly that species. The antennae of the males are somewhat more heavily serrate than those of abnormis, judging from the unique type of the latter species, but seem slightly less heavily serrate than those of the species usually determined as bicollaris in col- lections, discussed below under the name sponsa. The genitalia are of the same general pattern as those of the following new species and of sponsa, and a very close relationship of these species having a broad black band on the collar is evident in spite of some minor differences in antennal serrations which have previously been used as grouping characters. EUXOA INYOCA, new species Male antennae minutely serrate and fasciculate. Head and thorax sordid luteous to gray, with a black admixture; collar with a broad black transverse band. Fore wing sordid luteous powdered with black, appearing sordid luteous gray; ordinary lines, excepting the subterminal, poorly defined, the latter an irregular pale shade inwardly defined by fuscous, sometimes brownish, shadings; orbicular large, round or slightly oblong, pale, more or less defined by a thin black line, the center irro- rated with black; claviform usually obsolescent, occasionally in- dicated by a few black outlining scales; reniform strongly kidney- shaped, pale luteous, with central dusky crescent, and more or less outlined by a thin black line; a thin, black, broken terminal line; fringe luteous at base, with a darker interline outwardly defined faintly by luteous, distally dusky. Hind wing sordid whitish, more or less heavily suffused with fuscous, darkest on the veins, on the obscure discal mark, and distally ; a thin fuscous terminal line ; fringe luteous at base, tipped with white. and with a fuscous interline. Beneath: Fore wing sordid luteous white powdered with fuscous, the discal mark obscure; hind wing paler luteous white, the fuscous powderings strongest toward the costa, on the discocellulars to form a spot, and sometimes forming an obscure median shade. Expanse: Male 34-38 mm., the female averaging slightly larger. Somewhat similar in appearance to abnormis Smith, and formerly isolated in the Barnes collection as possibly that species. The antennal serrations, however, resemble those of bicollaris, 199 being distinctly heavier than those of abnormis. Paler than any described species in the group excepting bicollaris, and super- ficially differing from that species by the fore wing being more pow dery, with better defined markings, and appearing grayer. The genitalia are essentially like those of bicollaris, sponsa. loya, and other species er forms of this series, all of which seem to possess somewhat variable genitalia from the standpoint of the exact sizes and shapes of the parts of the bifurcate claspers and the harpes, even in specimens from identical localities. How- ever, the harpes of the present species seem more strongly ex- curved along the ventral margin than those of other species of the group. Type locality: Inyo County, Calif. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, allotype female, and 12 male and 10 female paratypes, all 15-30 June 1922 (O. C. Poling). Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50597. EUxoA SPONSA Smith Several specimens were reared from larvae by Mr. S. E. Crumb. Both he and the writer consider these specimens to rep- resent only a single species. One of these appears to agree per- tectly with the type of sponsa, while the others vary toward strongly rufous tintings, which with their size and markings make the series appear intermediate between Joya Smith and monte- clara Smith (obscura Hill). The writer has been unable to iso- late any stable genitalic difference between specimens represent- ing these names. Typically Joya seems to be a form from the Sierras, with somewhat more luteous in the region of the reni- form and a somewhat less chunky appearance than in typical monteclara. The two latter names have been treated as syno- nymic in the Barnes & McDunnough Check List and the present evidence leads to the conclusion that sponsa is also a conspecific form. However, sponsa may not be the oldest specific name available. FE. satis Harvey belongs in the group, and when suffi- cient specimens are obtained to establish synonymy this name may take specific priority. Excluding the brighter satis, speci- mens of the sponsa complex, especially those belonging to the monteclara form, have very largely constituted the “bicollaris” of collections. EuxoA ATROPULVEREA Smith This species was originally described from three females. The type, in the U. S. National Museum, has not as yet been perfectly matched with any male. The habitus strongly suggests a dark example of scotogrammoides McDunnough. 200 EuxoA BRUNNEIGERA Grote Topotypical specimens are large for their group, the fore wings of a rich red brown with a conspicuous silken glint, EUXOA BRUNNEIGERA LATEBRA, new subspecies Male antennae finely serrate and fasciculate, slightly vari- able, much as in typical brunneigera., Collar usually with a distinct narrow transverse blackish stripe which occasionally be- comes obsolescent. Fore wing dark fuscous brown with a silken glint and showing little of the usual red brown tintings; mark- ings essentially as in typical brunneigera. Hind wing nearly uniformly smoky. Beneath: Whitish strongly powdered with fuscous, with common medial line, and a discal spot on each wing. Sexes similar in appearance. Expanse: Male 33-38 mm., female the same. Male genitalia similar to those of typical brunneigera, some- what smaller in size, somewhat variable in the exact shape of the harpe, in the lengths of the arms of the bifurcate clasper, and in their proportions to one another. Type locality: Truckee, Calif. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, July 16-23, allo- type female, Aug. 16-23, and 6 male and 10 female paratypes with various dates, July 1 to Sept. 30. Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50097. Notes: The present series was separated by Dr. Barnes as a distinct species with a note that it was the brunneigera of the National Museum. While its darker coloration makes it unique in the brunneigera group, the writer prefers to at least temporarily consider it a subspecies, although its claim to spe- cific rank is at least equal to that of many of the so-called species of Euvoa. It is, to a large extent, the basis of records of brunneigera from California by J. B. Smith, and a series from Placer County, bearing a Koebele rearing number 141, is in the U. S. National Museum. This series is the brunneigera of Cockerell (1905, Can. Ent. 37: 361) and of Dyar (1899, Proc nt, Soc. Wash, 4: 318; and 1903; in Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. 4: 270), the latter author describing the larvae. EUxXOA BIFASCIATA Smith The writer has never seen another specimen exactiy like the type which is figured both by Hampson and by Holland, the latter figure by far the more accurate. 201 EUXOA BIFASCIATA LOWENSIS, new subspecies Male antenna finely serrate and fasciculate. Base of collar with an evanescent black stripe. Fore wing with the ground color ochreous, more or less suffused with rufous purple; mark- ings as in bifasciata, but all of the lines thin and neat, almost lacking the geminate appearance and not diffused; orbicular and reniform inconspicuously outlined in black ; subterminal line indi- cated by its shading ; median shade often obsolescent in the male, usually easily visible on the female. Hind wing whitish, strongly tinged with dull purplish brown, darker in the female. Fringes as in bifasciata and some of the paler brunneigera forms. Be- neath whitish, slightly tinged with luteous and powdered with darker scales, the usual common line obsolescent in the male, indicated in the female, the usual discocellular spots practically absent in both sexes. Expanse: Male 34 mm., female 29 mm. Male genitalia essentially as in the brunneigera group but the inner arm of the clasper, like that of the type of bifasciata, more strongly S-shaped. Type locality: Mt. Lowe, Calif. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, allotype female, and 7 male and 4 female paratypes, all Aug. 1-7 1921. Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, (Cat. No. 50098 ) ; paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock. Notes: Received from Dr. John Comstock for identifica- tion. The present insect is possibly distinct specifically, but the writer prefers to describe it as a subspecies of bifasciata. EUXOA BIFASCIATA BISAGITTIFERA, N€W subspecies Male antennae serrate and fasciculate, the serrations appear- ing longer than those of bifasciata and of lowensis, possibly because of the larger size of the individuals. Ground color of the head, collar, and fore wing concolorously ochre drab slightly powdered with fuscous, the collar with no interline or with only a slight trace of one; markings as in brunneigera except that the gemination of the lines is not so pronounced, while the median shade is obsolescent, and the transverse anterior and posterior lines more conspicuous, thus creating a bifasciate ap- pearance. Hind wing suffused with ochre drab, paler basally. Beneath: Whitish, strongly tinged with ochre drab and pow- dered with fuscous, with a common line, and with a faint dis- cocellular spot on each wing. Expanse: Male 37 mm., female 37-39 mm. Male genitalia essentially of the same general pattern as those of the brunneigera group, but the inner and outer arms 202 of the bifurcate clasper are subequal in length, and the harpe much more boot-shaped. Type locality: Glenwood Springs, Colo. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, Sept. 1-7, allo- type female, Aug. 20, and 1 female paratype, Aug. 24-30. Location of types: -In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 510,092) Notes: The present insect formed, in part, the “bifasciata”’ of the Barnes collection. While very probably specifically dis- tinct, the writer prefers to describe it as a subspecies and retain it in that status until a sufficient quantity of the true bifasciata is obtained to indicate the correct rank of these closely related organisms. Eux0OA PLEURITICOIDES, new species Male antennae serrate and fasciculate. Head, thorax, and fore wing pale olive brown, suffused with darker olive brown, irrorated with whitish and fuscous; collar with a distinct, con- spicuous but thin, transverse black line. Fore wing with the basal line black, geminate, visible as two conspicuous oblique dashes on costa, interrupted across base of cell, as two small spots below cell, invisible below submedian fold; transverse an- terior line black, geminate, produced to points in the cell, on submedian fold, and below vein 1; orbicular slightly oval, nearly round, filled with fuscous, defined by white, obscurely outlined by a thin black line; claviform large, concolorous, more or less outlined by black; reniform kidney-shaped, with more or less of a luteous crescent in the fuscous filling, defined by luteous and whitish, faintly outlined by black; transverse posterior line blackish, faintly geminate, the outermost of the lines more or less obsolescent, strongly produced to points on the veins, ex- curved around cell, slightly incurved in submedian area; sub- terminal line inwardly defined by fuscous shadings which more or less form sagittate dashes between veins 6-5 and 5-4 and also form a subtornal blotch, the line itself pale, irregular, inwardly oblique from costa to vein 7, produced to points on veins 7, 6, 4, and 3, forming a W-mark on the two latter veins; terminal line a row of contiguous black crescents; veins disconcolor- ously marked with black and with white scaling; fringe luteous at base, with fuscous interline outwardly defined by a thin whitish line, terminally mixed fuscous and whitish. Hind wing white, with the veins, discal spot, and terminal margin marked with fuscous, the inner margin tinged with rufous; terminal line black; fringed luteous at base, with fuscous interline, dis- tally conspicuously pure white. Beneath: White or whitish; the fore wing suffused and irrorated with fuscous; the hind wing with fuscous irrorating the costal and subcostal areas, tinging 203 the veins and slightly suffusing the outer margin; each wing with a broken black terminal line, a fuscous discal mark, and an obscure common shade-line lost below vein 5 of the hind wing; fringes as on upper side, but the markings more obscure. Expanse: Male 46-47 mm. Superficially the present species resembles simona McDun- nough and leuritica Grote, but is the largest known species in this group. The male antennae are somewhat more heavily serrate and fasciculate than those of simona but on the whole the ratio between the serrations of the antennae of all three species seems about proportional to the average size of the adults of these species. The male genitalia combine characters of both of the other above-mentioned species; shape of harpe as in pleuritica, truncate, with the anal angle almost acute; sacculus as in simona, heavy; agreeing with the latter in possessing a clasper with a stout outer arm, the inner arm more like that of pleuritica; also agreeing with simona in the asymmetry of the bifurcate claspers. Type localities and number and sexes of types: Holotype male, Crater Lake, Oreg., July 16-23; paratype male, Truckee, Calif., 8-26 (Coll. Jacob Doll). Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50602. Notes: A female labeled “Alamosa, Col.” and “VIII-11” (Coll. Jacob Doll) may be conspecific. Euxoa LILLooET McDunnough Euxoa lillooet McDunnough, 1927, Can. Ent. 49: 195. This species was described from six females from Seton Lake and Salmon Arm, British Columbia. It is represented in the National collection by a paratype from the latter locality, and by specimens from Stockton and Eureka, Utah, from Du- rango and Glenwood Springs, Colo., from Jemez Springs and Little Tesuque Canyon, vicinity of Santa Fe, N. Mex., and from White Swan, Wash. EusucuHorzra Barnes & Benjamin Type, Arsilonche colorada Smith The generic characters have been discussed under the name Buchholzia Barnes & Benjamin (1926, Pan. Pac. Ent. 3: 68), subsequently amended to Eubuchholzia Barnes & Benjamin (1929, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 24: 184). 204 EUBUCHHOLZIA COLORADA Smith Arsilonche colorada Smith, 1900, Proc. U. S. National Museum 22: 414; Dyar, 1903 (1902), Bull. U. S. National Mu- seum 52: 105; Holland, 1903, Moth Book, p. 159. Simyra colorada, Hampson, 1909, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. 8: 177 -(partim, nec description and plate 127, f. 14). Cea cirphidia Hampson, 1910, |. c. 9: 280, pl. 143, f. 13; Barnes & McDunnough, 1917, Check List, p. 72. Cea leucanidia Hampson, 1910, 1. c. 9: 280, text fig. 119; Barnes & McDunnough, 1917, 1. c., p. 72 (syn. of colorada). Cea colorada, Barnes & McDunnough, 1917, 1. c., p. 72. Buchholzia colorada, Barnes & Benjamin, 1926, Pan. Pac. Ent. SOS Lietz) 19345(1933)) jour. Ne Ye Pot Sock Al: 442 and 456. Eubuchholzia colorada, Barnes & Benjamin, 1929, Bull. Brook- lyn Ent. Soc. 24: 184. The species seems to have a wide distribution yet is rela- tively rare in collections. Only five males and four females, mostly in poor but recegnizable condition, are in the U. S. Na- tional Museum. These are labeled Glenwood Springs, Colo. [type female and female “cotype” of colorada|; Salt Lake City, Utah; Callao, Juab County, Utah; Pullman, Wash.; West U. S. A., Walsingham [type lot of lewcanidia| |Crooked River, Oreg.] ; and San Diego, Calif. Specimens vary in the depth of colora- tion, especially noticeable in the amounts of brownish suffusion on the hind wings, which in some individuals appear almost ochreous white, in others varying to heavily suffused with brown. The presence of, or absence of, black marking the discocellu- lars of the fore wings seems of no significance. Capt. Riley reports the types of both of Hampson’s names to show no struc- tural difference, special attention having been given to the pe- culiar frons. The male genitalia of individuals from Callao, from Pullman, and from San Diego seem identical. The writer therefore concludes that Hampson simply named the two extremes of E. colorada, This confusion is partly ac- counted for by the fact that he misidentified a Colorado speci- men of Simyra henrici Grote as colorada Smith and his descrip- tion and figure under the latter name apply to henrici. The mis- identification seems to have been the natural outgrowth of Smith’s erroneous assignment of colorada to Arsilonche (sensu Simyra), and partly because of the variability of henrici, that species also extending farther westward than generally known. GRAPTOLITHA LEPIDA Grote Lithophane lepida Grote, 1878 (February), Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv, Mern, 4 Sle Xylina lepida Lintner, 1878, Ent. Contrib. 4:95; Smith, 1893, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 44: 230; Smith, 1900, Trans. Amer Ent S027 43, pl-Z, t. Sie (maleyoemitaliayy (Dl, Dy tee SO): Graptolitha lepida, Hampson, 1906, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. 6: 260) pl 102) if. 16; Draudt, 1925, in Seitz, SMiacrolepye 196, pl. 28g. This species was first described by Grote in much detail as “Lithophane lepida, Lintner MS.”, with the only cited locality “Oldtown, Me. (Mr. Charles Fish).’ Later in the same year Lintner described the species as new “from 2 males and 3 fe- males taken at Sugar, at Center, N. Y., on October lst, 8th, 9th, 12th and 15th by Mr. W. W. Hill. The types are in Mr. Hill’s cabinet.” He also cites the Grote reference and the Maine locality. According to information furnished by Dr. A. G. Richards there 1s a Specimen labeled type, Genter, N- Y-) WeaWieeiile in the New York State Museum, Albany, N. Y. The National collection contains 2 males and 3 females of which 1 male topotype (W. W. Hill) was recently obtained through the cour- tesy of Dr. Richards. The other two females are also topo- types (W. W. Hill), and one of them may be an actual type, of Lintner’s lepida. The writer has no record of the present location of the Oldtown, Maine (Charles Fish) specimen from which Grote drew his description. It is not listed by Hampsen (i. c.) as being in the British Museum, where it should be. The species has been amply described by Grote, Lintner, Smith, and Hampson, and is figured by the two last authors. . The Hampson figure is good. The Smith figure is poor, obv1- ously owing at least in part to faulty lighting during the process of photographing. The right side of this figure is much too pale for any known lepida form, while the left side strongly resembles that of vanduzeei Barnes discussed below. Draudt’s figure is probably copied from Hampson’s. GRAPTOLITHA LEPIDI VANDUZEEL Barnes Graptolitha vanduzeei Barnes, 1928, Pan. Pac. Ent. 5: 9. A single specimen, a paratype male, is in the National col- lection. The genitalia do not indicate a species distinct from lepida. — The abdomen had been glued on this specimen, but is presum- ably authentic as this example was one of the last received by Dr. Barnes, who did not repair specimens with parts of other specimens, and the chance of someone in California repairing with an abdomen of the rare eastern /epida 1s remote. 206 Superficially the paratype of vanduzeei is almost identical with typical /epida, excepting that there are a few whitish scales in the base of the reniform, in the claviform area, and in the subterminal area on the submedian fold. While the original description compares vanduseei with “lepida,’ the latter namc was employed by Barnes for a long series of specimens from the New Jcrsey pine barrens which in recent vears have been distributed as lepida. GRAPTOLITHA LEPIDA ADIPEL, new subspecies Graptohtha lepida, Barnes, 1928, Pan. Pac. Ent. 5:9. Similar to typical /epida but much smoother in appearance, the maculation of the fore wing much less distinct, the transverse anterior and transverse posterior lines connected or nearly con- nected by their own dentation in the submedian fold (as in typical /epida) but with the strong black bar of typical lepida and of its variety vanduzeei obsolescent or obsolete, the general lack of strong maculation causing the present variety to fall into the same couplet with the otherwise very different wnimoda Lintner in Hampson’s key. Hind wing darker red brown than that of typical lepida. divoe locality: Lakehurst, N. J.(Pred. Lemmer). Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, allotype fe- male, and 64 male and 87 female paratypes bearing various dates, November, also April 5, April 23 and May 21. Location of types: In U. S. National Museum (Cat. No. 51191) ; 105 paratypes returned to Mr. Lemmer, Notes: Notwithstanding that the difference in habitus and in superficial characters between the present form and typical lepida is about equivalent to that of wnimoda Lintner versus tepida Grote, and sufficient to cause vanduzeei to be described as a distinct species, the writer prefers to describe the speci- mens from the pine barrens as representing a subspecies of lepida. No character was found in the genitalia to indicate specific dis- tinctness. However, on other groups of the same genus, species, which are unquestionably considered distinct from one another, can scarcely be distinguished from one another by male geni- talia. Hence the similarity of these structures as between typical lepida and adipel cannot be considered as absolute proof of conspecific identity. Besides the type series, only two speci- mens taken by collectors other than Mr. Lemmer are in the National collection, and these are also labeled Lakehurst, N. J. The unusually late fall date of flight, when few people are col- lecting, at least partly accounts for the rarity of adipel in collections. Mamontrrontia Barnes and Lindsey Genotype, Mammifrontia leucania Barnes and Lindsey. Barnes and Lindsey, 19227 Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Socwl7a 7. leucania (new species) sole species and designated type. The original descriptions of the genus and species were based upon a unique female specimen labeled “Cedar City, Utah,” and “Holotype male,’ but cited as a female in the descriptions. The generic description is inaccurate, as veins 3 and 4 of the hind wing are slightly stalked in the type specimen, a single spine is present between the spurs of the hind tibia, and, while the thorax of the specimen is rubbed, there is a decided indica- tion that the prothorax originally possessed a tufted crest. There is now an additional specimen, a male, in bad con- dition and lacking both hind legs and genitalia, in the National collection. The male antenna is practically simple, the joints being only slightly marked and fasciculated. In this male, veins 3 and 4 of the hind wing are connate. The specimen is labeled “Callao, Juab Co., Utah,” and was collected by Tom Spalding. The female genitalia of the genotype are peculiar in that the bursa is small, the genital opening is strongly invaginated in the form of a V, and the two halves of the ovipostor are each obliquely truncate at the tip and also produced to a small caudo- iateral tooth. MAMMIFRONTIA RILEYI, new species Fread, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing ochreous; the pro- thorax tinged with purple. Fore wing more or less irrorated with rufous brown to fuscous purple, these darker colorations defining the ochreous-vhite veins; lower angle of discocellulars somewhat darkened; the ordinary spots and markings obsolete; fringe basally pale ochreous, distally white, with a faintly darker and usually purplish interline. Hind wing silken, pale cream white, the veins and the basal half of the fringe slightly darker cream color. Expanse: Male 29 mm., female 30-34 mm. Number and sexes of types: Holotype male, Glendale, Calif., “April 11-26”; allotype female, id.,- “March 9-27”; paratypes as follows: 2 females, Los Angeles, Calif, “May 1-20228.0e1 female, Los Angeles Co., Calit., (date illegible) ; 1 temalesVer- dugo, Glendale (Calit))) ume 1125-25). 1 female Wenttirar @alit., June 13, 1916, ©, Essie collector” ont wild aye pall: excepting the last mentioned specimen, from Dr, John Com- stock for determination. 208 Location of types: In U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50603; 1 paratype deposited in the British Museum of Natural History; others returned to Dr. Comstock. Notes: Named in grateful acknowledgment of the assist- ance of Capt. N. D. Riley of the British Museum, The present species superficially resembles those specimens of Leucania pallens Linnaeus which possess the fore wings tinged with rufous, lack the subterminal black dots, and have white hind wings, thus differing from M. lewcamia which is a much smoother-appearing species lacking the contrasting white lines on the veins. Fresh specimens of the new species have a strong tufted crest on the prothorax, and a slight double ridge-like crest on the metathorax. These crests are easily lost by rubbing, and certain scale formations on the available specimens of MW. leu- camia indicate that they are also present in fresh specimens of that species. Veins 6 and 7 of the hind wing are shortly stalked (connate in M. leucania) ; while veins 3 and 4 are connate in all specimens before the writer (variable in M/. leucania), and ee is no spine between the spurs of the hind tibia (a char- acter which has been considered of subfamily significance, but which is not specific in the related genus Apamea and in several other Apatelinae). In view of the entire similarity of the other external characters usually used in defining apateline genera, including both the peculiar head structures and the habitus, indi- cating that the larvae are probably stem borers in grasses or similar plants, the writer prefers to place the new species with leucama in the genus Mammifrontia, rather than to create a new generic name. However, the female genitalia of the new species indicate that it is not as closely related to M. leucania as the external characters which are ordinarily used would seem to suggest. Each half of the ovipositor tapers toward the tip, being slightly curved, and neither tuncated nor produced to a caudo-lateral tooth; the genital opening is evenly curved, and is not in the form of a V; the genital tube is ridged with strong chiten in an irregular manner, and is more heavily spiculated than that of lJewcania; and the bursa is relatively large. Examination of fresh material of WM. lewcania, especially males, is necessary before any decision can be reached regarding the value of a new monobasic generic name for rileyi, The present evidence would indicate two groups within a single genus similar to the groups in the allied genus Gortyna (type mucacea Esper, Hydroecia of Hampson). 209 The male genitalia of Mammuifrontia rileyi are similar to those of Gortyna, especially resembling those of G. petasitis Doubleday, thus correlating with the habitus and the head in indicating a boring habit for the larvae. The harpe has a small trigonate divided cucullus, with a corona extending only about half way to the finger-like anal angle; the editum is conspicuous; the clasper extends over a part of the cucullus; the ampulla is short and setulose, but is finger-like in shape; the sacculus basally extends into a lobate and slightly setulose pad (the clavus) ; the uncus is broad and tongue-shaped, but with a spine-like tip; the arms of the transtilla are relatively strong; the annellus is in the form of a curved plate (the juxta), relatively long and broad, and basally pointed; the aedoeagus is striated near the orifice, and the vesica possesses a minutely scobinated band, a long cornutus, and about ten strong, short, heavily bulbed cornuti. MICRATHETIS TECNION Dyar Micrathetis tecnion Dyar, 1914, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 47: 179; Draudt, in’ Seitz, 1926. Macrolepid.7 = 263" (@plaZae ame dita’) Specimens collected by the writer at Brownsville, Texas, are in the collections of the U. S. National Museum and Fred. Lemmer, TWO UNUSUAL BUTTERFLIES TAKEN IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA By Ey Ee uLeire On September 2, 1934, a fairly fresh male specimen of Dalla pirus Ed. was taken near Carlsbad by the edge of a salt marsh. While this little skipper is widely distributed in Arizona and Utah, its presence along the ocean front in Southern California is apparently a new record for locality. A good male specimen of Polygonus hvidus f. arizonensis Skin, was taken at Glendora on September 9, 1935. It was feed- ing on lantana blossoms and was easily netted. This butterfly has rarely been seen in California, and so far as we know it has not appeared before at any point as far north as Glendora. 210 NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF THREE BUT- TERFLIES AND THREE MOTHS FROM CALIFORNIA By Joun A. Comstock and CuHartes M. DAMMERS STRYMON ADENOSTOMATIS Hy. Edw. Several years ago the senior author secured a single slug- like larva on Cercocarpus betuloides Nutt., which was raised to the final instar, but failed to pupate. Mr. Carl Coolidge was shown the notes made for this example, and expressed the opinion that it was Strymon adenostomatis. Our notes were held in re- serve until such time as additional work would enable us to affirm or disprove Mr. Coolidge’s conclusions, On May 29, 1934, the junior author secured a quantity of larvae at Forest Home, San Bernardino Mts., Calif., on the same foodplant. The description of these tallies at every point with the first example, and as they were raised to maturity and pro- duced S. adenostomatis, it is thus possible to confirm Mr. Cool- idge’s diagnosis. The egg of this species has not been observed. The early instars also remain to be noted in detail, but are similar to the mature larva, except probably for the first instar, which in all of the Lycaenidae are much more primitive than the subsequent phases. Mature larva. Length, extended, 17 mm. Body color, pale apple green. Each segment is crossed lat- erally and diagonally by four pale bluish-white raised bands or rolls. These are heavily covered with erect short orange hairs, those on the sub-dorsal area being longer and more densely de- veloped, and of a rich orange-red color. In some examples, this hairy covering is white except on the sub-dorsal area above mentioned, where it is tinged with orange. Mid-dorsally there occurs a prominent white band, which is covered with short white hairs. The cervical shield is pale mauve, with a broad orange band on each side of the central line. The entire shield is covered with minute orange hairs. This makes a very distinctive mark, by means of which the larva can be at once determined. The overlap is white. See Plate 51-A. Legs, colorless, with brown points. Pro- oe legs, pale bluish-white, with orange hairs on PLATE 451A the claspers. Spiracles, soiled yellow. Cervical shield of : ei, , larva of Strymon Abdomen, pale bluish-white, covered with adenostomatis. short silky white hairs. highly magnified Head, brown. Ocelli and mouth parts Reproduced from e B painting by Comm. brow Nn. Charles M. Dammers 211 The larva is illustrated on Plate 52. Pupation takes place on the foodplant in early June, the pupa being suspended by the usual girdle, and cremasteric button. Pupa. Length, 12.5 mm. Head, thorax and wing cases, dark buff, heavily blotched with black. Body, pale mahogany, with the same character of dark blotching. The first spiracle is a soiled white, the remainder being soiled yellow. The head, thorax and body are covered with short white hairs. Imagos began emerging June 25, 1934. There is only one brood annually. We are of the opinion that the species overwinters in the ovum. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 52, fig. C. Our examples were heavily parasitized by Anisobas bicolor Cush, PLATE 52 Larva and pupa of Strymon adenostomatis A. Mature larva, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4. B. Two segments of mature larva shown in dorsal aspect, enlarged x 4. C. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers 212 HEOpDES XANTHOIDES Bdy. The metamorphosis of this species has been unusually diffi- cult of solution, in spite of the abundance of the butterfly in certain regions of Southern California. As early as 1887 Henry Edwards’ briefly described the egg, but did not record the foodplant. In 1892 W. G. Wright re- corded’ the habit of laying on sticks, stones and debris, but also failed to name the larval foodplant. The junior author owes his first knowledge of this to Mr. J. A. Corcoran of Los Angeles. Later, the senior author was given some interesting details, in a letter from Paddy and Victor McHenry of Burbank, dated Sep- tember 10, 1934, which we quote in part: Noted female ovipositing on June 15, 1934 upon a species of Rumex. . . . The eggs were laid singly on the dead leaves, twigs, and the debris at the base of the plant. Ina few instances eggs were found . . . on the soil at the base of the plant like the others. On some occasions eggs were discovered piled on top of one another. In one case five were thus noted. Most probably this condition is explained as individual layings, as the female in each observed ovipositing was seen to lay but one at a time. The eggs that were examined immediately after laying were a very pale green, which in the course of a few days turned to a gray. At the base of two plants which we examined fifty some eggs were taken. Egg: Echinoid, with a flattened base. Size approximately 1 mm. in greatest diameter. Micropyle, small, deep and abrupt. The surface is covered with a network of walls, enclosing pits of irregular triangular, quadrate or pentagonal shape. The color of the egg is at first a pale green, later changing to white (rather than “gray’’). The superior aspect of the egg is illustrated on Plate 53. 1 Entomol. Amer. III, p. 162. 2 Can.-Ent. XXIV p. 73. PLATE 53 Egg of Heades ranthoides, superior aspect, enlarged x 25. Photc by Menke, retouched by Comstock The junior author secured numerous larvae in all instars, on February 10, 1935 at Alberhill, Riverside Co., Calif., feeding on Rumex hymenosepalus Torr., from which the following larval descriptions were prepared. Larva, first instar: Length, extended, 2 mm. Color, pale greenish yellow, with a mid-dorsal narrow divided pale magenta band. On each side of this band arises a single stout curved dark brown hair arising from a dark brown papillus—one such hair to each segment. A single colorless straight hair (one to each segment) arises just below the line of the overlap. Two or three dark specks occur laterally on each segment. The overlap (infrastigmatal fold) is slightly lighter than the body. Spiracles colorless. All legs, and abdomen are a very pale greenish yellow. On the first segment immediately below the usual position of the cervical shield there is a large diamond shaped dark olive shield or scutellum. A similar shield occurs on the caudal seg- ment, but is smaller. Head, black. Second instar: Length, extended, 3 mm. Color, pale green- ish white. A broad magenta mid-dorsal band extends the length of the larva, except for the first segment. On the outer edges of this band three erect stout black hairs arise from each seg- ment, their bases being formed as black papilliform points. The central hair of each group is longer than the others, and the ends of all hairs incline slightly backward. On the first segment a few black hairs arise, and arch over the head. Two long stout hairs arise from the scutellum. Laterally on the body there are three or four short black hairs, irregularly disposed, on each segment, and a few small black dots occur along the upper edge of the overlap. Below the overlap there occur four black papillae on each segment, from which arise single straight black hairs of medium length. The upper and lower edges of the overlap are shaded with a narrow band of pale magenta. The overlap is slightly lighter than the body. Subdorsally there occurs a broad longitudinal pale magenta band. Spiracles, invisible. Legs, dark brown. Prolegs and abdomen, pale greenish white. The scutellum is black, and the dark olive patch on the caudal segment still persists. In some examples a more general shade of magenta prevails. This instar is illustrated on Plate 54, fig. A. Third instar: Length, extended, 7 mm. The larva now becomes slug shaped; the body color being yellowish green. A narrow mid-dorsal band of magenta is present. The lateral surface bears three indistinct longitudinal narrow 214 PLATE 54 Larva of Heodes canthoides. A. Lateral aspect of larva in second instar, enlarged x 15. B. Lateral aspect of mature larva enlarged x 3. C. Cervical shield of mature larva, highly magnified. D. Two segments of the extreme color form of mature larva shown in lateral aspect, x 3. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers PLATE 55 Mature larva of Heodes ranthoides. a] dorsal aspect, enlarged x 3. Photo by Menke, retoucked by Comstock 215 magenta bands. Overlap, pale magenta. Spiracles, soiled white, with brown rims. Abdomen covered with colorless hairs, the other hairs on the body being arranged as in the previous instar. Head, and cervical shield, dark olive. Fourth instar: Similar to the third, except than in some examples only the mid-dorsal magenta band persists, the re- mainder of the body being pale green. Mature larva: Length, extended, 25 mm. There is now great variation in the color, ranging from examples resembling the fourth instar, through apple green with a slightly darker mid-dorsal band, to examples that are distinctly yellowish green, shading to yellow along the edges of the mid- dorsal magenta band. A still more extreme form is dark orange, with three longitudinal bars of magenta shading to green along their edges, and a mid-dorsal band of magenta. In all examples the abdomen is greenish white, and the legs pinkish green, with pale brown points; the prolegs are greenish white, with orange hairs on the claspers; spiracles, soiled white, with brown rims; head, soiled yellow, with brown mouth parts. The cervical shield is green, with slight mauve shading around its margin. It is bisected by a narrow bluish-white bar, and the surface is market by a few white points. This charac- teristic feature of the larva is illustrated in fig. C of Plate 54. The entire larva, except the head, is covered with short red-brown hairs, arising from brown points. The body surface is liberally sprinkled We small white punctae. The mature larva is shown on Plate 54, fig. B, and the extreme color variation mentioned above is illustrated by two typical segments, on the same plate, fig. D. ze B CG PLATE 56 Pupa of Heodes xanthoides, enlarged x 3%. A. Ventral aspect. B. Dorsal aspect. C. Lateral aspect. Photo by Menke, retouched by Comstock 216 The dorsal aspect of the mature larva is picture on Plate 55. The first larva went into pupation March 31, 1935, forming a loosely woven silk cocoon on the floor of the breeding cage, into which it incorporated particles of soil. This cocoon forma- tion by a Lycaenid is a most unusual feature, and the first of its kind encountered in our breeding of diurnals. Pupa: Length, 15 mm. Thorax and body, pink-buff, with the wing-cases slightly paler. Some examples show a darker coloration. The entire pupal surface is spotted and blotched with irreg- ular black markings. Spiracles, soiled yellow, The head, thorax and body are thickly covered with very short colorless pile, of so fine a character as to be indistinguish- able without a lens. This pile is thicker and longer over the anterior part of the thorax and immediately adjacent to the spiracles, Imagos began emerging April 30, 1935. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 56. Xanthoides is single brooded, the winter being passed in the ovum. An Ichneumon was recovered from our hatch, but the species has not been determined. This life history now completes all of the “coppers” occur- ring in southern California, with the single exception of Heodes heteronea clara Hy. Edw. Since the latter is only a race of heteronea, the metamorphosis of which was published by F. X. Williams, in Entom. News, XXI, p. 37, it is reasonable to as- sume that the early stages of the race clara will not vary from the parent species. The only California “copper” whose life story is entirely unknown is Heodes nivalis Bdy. Much remains to be learned concerning H. cupreus, rubidus, mariposa and editha. These are problems that should not be difficult of solution for our northern California contemporaries. 217 EVERES AMYNTULA Bdv. The habits of this larva were discussed in a most fasci- nating manner by W. G. Wright, in Papilio, Vol. IV, p. 126, 1884. He has, however, given no notes on the larva or pupa, and sev- eral points in the habits of the fall brood are left in question. Furthermore, his paper carries no illustrations. Our contribu- tion will therefore supplement his work with a minimum amount of repetition. Eggs and larva were taken in quantity on June 1, 1932 Riverside, Calif. Egg: Echinoid, of the characteristic Lycaenid form. Color. pale green. They are laid singly on the flowers or young seed pods [exceptionally, on the stem, W. G. R.]|, of Astragalus. Mature larva: Length, extended, 17 mm. The color is highly variable, ranging from a greenish-straw with pink and maroon markings, through a yellowish-green with pale mauve markings, to a solid green, with darker mid-dorsal line. The shape is of the usual slug form. Our description will apply to the greenish-straw variety. Body color, pale greenish-straw. A narrow mid-dorsal band of maroon-red runs the length of the larva, becoming greenish on the second to fourth segments. Diagonally across each segment except the first, are three narrow bands, the center one being maroon. The sub-dorsal and sub-stigmatal bands are pink. The overlap (infrastigmatal fold) is also pink. Spiracles, brown. Abdomen concolorous with body. The entire surface of the body is sprinkled with minute black punctae of various sizes. The body is covered with a fine straw-colored pile. Legs, greenish-straw, with brown points. Prolegs, greenish straw, with brown hairs on claspers. Head black; very small, and retractile into the first segment. The larvae went into hibernation in late June, 1932. At that time they were not fully matured. In March of 1933 they were placed on the first Astragalus blooms, and began feeding immediately. Pupation took place on the foodplant, the pupa being supported by a silk button for the cremaster, and a girdle over the middle. Pupa: length 11 mm, Ground color, pale soiled buff, varying in some examples to olive-grey, and a few nearly olive-white. The head, thorax and wing cases are slightly lighter than the body. A dark brown mid-dorsal band, broken at the seg- mental joints, extends from the top of the head to the cremaster. Laterally on the body there is a line of quadrate dark brown blotches (one to a segment), which are heaviest anteriorly, and obsolescent on the last two caudal segments. 218 at ] PLATE 57 Larva and pupa of Hveres anyntula. A. Mature larva, lateral aspect, enlarged x 3%. B. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 3%. C. T'wo segments of mature larva, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 3\%. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers PLATE 58 Pupa of Everes amyntula, showing ventral, lateral and dorsal aspects, enlarged x 3%. Photo by Menke, retouched by Comstock The body is sparingly sprinkled with olive-brown points. These are absent over the nervules on the wing cases, and hence give this area a striped appearance. Spiracles, cream-pink, Cremaster, light, with numerous minute yellow hooks. The head, thorax and body are sparingly covered with long white hairs, many of which end in dark points. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 57, fig. B, and also on Plate 58. 219 PYGARCTIA MURINA Stretch A large number of eggs of this species were secured from a female, taken by Mr. C. Henne, at Mexican Wells, San Ber- nardino County, Calif., on September 5, 1934. On September 10 numbers of mature larvae were found in the same locality, feed- ing on a small erect red-stemmed Euphorbia. The eggs were laid in a group on the side of the collecting cage. Egg: Spherical; smooth, with a flattened base. Color, yel- lowish-white. Eggs laid September 5, hatched September 14. The young larvae were given Philibertia, which they accepted, but later were transferred to Euphorbia. Larva, first instar: Length, extended, 1.5 mm. Color, soiled yellow. The future tufts are represented by single very long dark brown hairs. Head, yellowish-brown. There is a pale brown bar crossing thé top of the first segment. Larva, second instar: Length, 6.5 mm. Body color, soiled yellow, with a darker mid-dorsal shading. Subdorsally there occurs a translucent white band, and a similar band occurs below the spiracles. The upper two rows of hair tufts are composed of three or four dark brown hairs and a single white hair. All other tufts are made up of a few soiled white hairs, those on the second, third and eleventh segments being very long. Head, soiled orange. In the successive instars the larva gradually assumes the color of the mature phase which is described below. Mature larva: Length, extended, 22 mm. This larva is of the characteristic “wooly bear” type. The body color varies from a purplish-brown to a blue-gray. There is a narrow lemon-white sub-dorsal longitudinal band. A wide yellow band also occurs inferior to the spiracles. There are twelve tufts of hair on each segment, arising from the usual tubercles. The size, and placement of these, is clearly brought out in the illustration of the mature larva on Plate 59, fig. A. The pair of mid-dorsal tufts on the fourth to eleventh seg- ments are composed of a dense brush of long soft hairs, with a few soiled white hairs on their outer edges. The next lateral pair of tufts (one on each side) are com- posed of erect buff hairs. The next latero-inferior pair are com- posed of a few stiff buff hairs. The remaining tufts are made up of stiff white hairs, Around the base of the third pair of tufts is a large soiled orange raised area. From the uppermost tufts of the first, second, third, ninth, eleventh, and caudal segments arise a few very long hairs, which are mixed black and white. 220 PLATE 59 Larva and pupa of Pygaretia murina, enlarged x 3. A. Mature larva, iateral aspect. B. Pupa, lateral aspect. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers Spiracles, white with black rims. Legs, soiled orange. Pro- legs, soiled orange with paler ends; the claspers flesh colored, and bearing hairs of the same color. Abdominal surface, soiled white. Head: Dark orange, covered with hair of the same color. Ocelli and mouth parts, brown. Pupation occurred in October, 1934, in a silken cocoon, formed in the debris on the surface of the soil, Pupa: Length, 11 mm. Color, a uniform bright chestnut. Stout, oval, the cephalic end somewhat squared, and the caudal end bluntly rounded. Thickest through the fourth abdominal segment. The surface is heavily punctate. The thorax bears a low keel-shaped ridge, placed mid-dorsally. There are no setae or vibrissae. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 59, fig. B, and also on Plate 60. PLATE 60 Pupa of Pygarctia murina, enlarged approximately 2%. showing ventral, lateral and dorsal aspects. Photo by Menke, retouched by Comstock LATHOSEA DAMMERSI McD. This species was recently named! by Dr. J. McDunnough, from material furnished by the junior author. The moth has not heretofore been seen in any of our local collections, probably due to the fact that it does not come to light, and is on the wing in December and January, when collectors are not in the field. The larvae were taken on March 8, 1931, in the Gavilan Hills, Riverside Co., Calif., feeding on Ericameria palmeri Gray. They were subsequently taken at several points on the Mojave Desert, notably, near Palmdale, and in the Kramer Hills. A still earlier collection is on record from the upper end of the Cajon Pass on May 17, 1929, where they were feeding on Steno- topsis linearifolius (D. C.). They were again taken on Mary Street, Riverside, in late February, 1934, feeding on Gutierrezia sarothrae Britt, none being found on Ericameria growing in proximity. A visit to the Gavilan Hills at the same time disclosed exactly the reverse condition, the two plants being found in association, but the larvae occurring only on the Ericameria. An illustration of a paratype of the imago 1s shown on Plate 61. PLATE 61 Lathosea dammersi, paratype. No. 3979, Riverside, Cal., Jan. 22, 1935. Figure slightiy enlarged, the specimen measuring 41.5 mm. Mature larva; extended length, 45 mm. Ground color, blue gray, marked with large and small punctae, and lines of black, disposed as shown on Plate 62, fig. A, and also on Plate 63. A yellow interrupted mid-dorsal band having two expanded patches to each segment, is a prominent feature. There are also two lateral longitudinal yellow bands, interrupted by black at the segmental junctures and across the centers of the segments. The overlap is white, with a lemon yellow patch at each segmental center. Spiracles indistinguishable. Abdomen, green, spotted with black, and with a white area at each segmental center. Legs, prolegs, and anal prolegs green, spotted with black. Head, pale blue-gray, heavily marked with black, as shown on Plate 63. Ocelli and mouth parts, black. 1 Canadian Ent. LXVII, p. 135, June, 193%. 222 PLATE 62 Larva and pupa of Lathosea dammersi enlarged approximately its. A. Matura larva, lateral aspect. B. Pupa, lateral aspect. C. Two segments of larva, dorsal aspect Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers Be es (or fogan eee TO RUS oan eo i Race selon ect pie fad . a Lek PLATE 63 Larva of Lathosea dammersi, Upper figure, head of larva, hi Drawing by J. A. Comstock enlarged x 1%. ighly magnified. Middle figure, larva, dorsal aspect. Lower figure, larva, lateral aspect. Photo by Menke There is considerable variation in the larva. Some have a suppression of the mid-dorsal band. Others show an increase in the black markings, and the yellow spots and lines are re- placed with orange. The earlier instars (except possibly the first) are similar in coloration and pattern to the mature. Pupation takes place under the soil in late March, in a dis- tinctive cocoon, the soil being formed in the shape of a hat with the brim turned up. This is illustrated on Plate 64. Pupa: Length, 20 mm. Color, a uniform light chestnut, shading to green at the segmental joints. The surface bears a polished surface. The form is adequately pictured on Plate 62, fig. B. The larvae are heavily parasitized in their earlier instars by an Ichneumon. The recorded foodplants, thus far noted, are: Stenotopsis linearifolius (D. C.). Stenotopsis linearifolius v. mterior McBr. Acamptopappus sphaerocephalus Gray. Ericameria palmeri Hall. Ericameria pinafolia (Gray). Gutierrezia sarothrae Britt. PLATE 64 Cocoon of Lothosea dammersi, xatural size. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers PHASIANE ORILLATA WI1k. This geometrid moth comes to light abundantly in suburban areas of southern California. The larva feeds on Guadalupe Cypress, an introduced ornamental tree. In the wild state it probably occurs on Juniperus, as the species is common in the juniper belt. Larvae in all instars were collected at Riverside, Calif., Dec. 23, 1934. The earlier instars were so similar to the last that only the mature larva is here described. Mature larva: Length, extended, 29 mm., the form being of the usual cylindrical measuring-worm type. The ground color is a dark blue-green which gives an ad- mirable camouflage on the plant. There is a mid-dorsal longitudinal lemon-white line, with a similar line paralleling it on each side. 224 Subdorsally each segment is crossed longitudinally by a lemon-white band, broken in the center of the segment, and en- larging to a sub-quadrate patch at the fore end, Below each spiracle occurs a raised brown lobular protrusion, inferior to which is a lemon-white area. The abdomen is dark green, striped longitudinally with lemon-white bands. Body sparingly indented with longitudinal discontinuous creases. Spiracles, buff, with black rims. Legs, pale green, with pale brown points. Prolegs pale green with bronze hooks on the claspers. Head, pale green, blotched with irregular pale brown mark- ings, and sparingly covered with pale brown setae. Mouth parts, pink. Ocelli, black. Each typical body segment bears twelve brown setae arising from small brown nodules. The arrangement of these is illus- trated on Plate 65. The first larva pupated December 25, 1934. Pupation oc- curred under the soul in a light silk bag or webbing. Pupa: Length, 12.5 mm. Color, uniform dark olive-brown, with the caudal segment carmine. Spiracles, pale chestnut. Body and thorax finely punctate. A few colorless hairs occur over the anterior surface of the thorax. The form of the chrysalis is shown in the illustration, Plate 65, fig. D. The first imago emerged February 16, 1935. The species is evidently at least double brooded, as captures are recorded for the spring and fall months. PLATE 65 Larva and pupa of Phasiane orillata, enlarged x 3. » A. Larva, lateral aspect. B. Head, facial aspect. C. Two segments of larva, dorsal aspect. D. Pupa, lateral aspect. Reproduced from painting by Comm. Charles M. Dammers 225 NEW HOST RECORDS OF THE LINGUATULID, KIRICEPHALUS COARCTATUS (DIESING) IN THE UNITED STATES By Howarp R. Hitt Zoologist, Los Angeles Museum, from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Southern California With the exception of one species (Linguatula serrata Froeh- lich, which lives in the nasal passages of the dog), all members of the endoparasitic family Linguatulidae live as adults within or near the lungs of flesh-eating reptiles. The genus Kiricephalus of this worm-like family is easily recognized by the character- istic features of the group which consist of a club-shaped body with globular head and an elongate abdomen of uniform thick- ness which is devoid of stigmata or “skin pores.” Three species of the genus are known, all from snakes; K. tortus (Shipley) from New Britain, K. pattont (Stephens) from Southern Asia, and K. coarctatus (Diesing) which occurs in various hosts in North, South and Central America. K. coarctatus has been reported most frequently from the indigo snake (Drymarchon corais coupert Holbrook) which ranges from Florida to Texas and Northern Mexico. The writer has received over fiftv specimens from Silver Springs, Florida, taken from indigo snakes captured in the vicinity. Additional material as noted below, would seem to indicate that the species is widely distributed and that infection may be expected in many other snakes especially in the Southern States. New hosts of this linguatulid are here recorded for the first time. Supplemen- tary notes with regard to the range of host, the number and sex of the parasites obtained, the position in the host and the source of material are also given. New Hosts or KirtcEPHALUS COARCTATUS ( Diesing) Host, Green Garter Snake, Thamnophis s. sirtalis L. Host range, Eastern and Southern States. Number and sex of parasites, one female. Source, Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. Host, Common Water Snake, Natrix s. sipedon (L.). Host range, Eastern and Southern States. Position in host, lung. Number and sex of parasites, one male. Source, Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. Host, Brown Water Snake, Natrix tavispilota (Holbrook). Host range, Southeastern States. Position in host, lung. Number and sex of parasites, one male and one female. Source, Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. 226 Host, Woodhouse’s Water Snake, Natrix sipedon transversa (Hallowell). Host range, Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Position in host, lung. Number and sex of parasites, two males and one female, Source, Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. Host, Red-bellied Water Snake, Natrix sipedon erythrogaster (Forster). Host range, Eastern and Southern States. Position in host, under tongue and protruding from anterior end of body. Number and sex of parasites, three females. Source, Toledo Zoo, ) Host, Rattlesnake, Crotalus sp.? Number and sex of parasites, one immature female. Source, Pomona, Florida, U. S. Public Health Service Parasite Coll. No. 12641. Host, Virginia Opossum, Didelphis virginiana Kerr. Host range, Eastern, Central and Southern States. Position in host, nasal cavity. Number and sex of parasites, one female. Source, Ames, lowa. The female specimen from the opossum measured 114 mm. in length and possessed sixty annulations or abdominal segments. For several reasons, this record is of exceptional interest. It is the first time that an adult linguatulid has ever been obtained from an opossum. Furthermore, it is the first record of K. coarctatus in this mammal which has been known to harbor the larval form of another linguatulid, Porocephalus clavatus (Wyman). PLATE 66 Kiricephalus coarctatus (Diesing), natural size. 997 227 The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this program, the following forms are suggested: Form of Legacy To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value. I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of...........-..--....-2-2---------------- Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said ‘“‘Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, dispositions and benefits thereof forever. Form of Devise To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” of ‘the: City xof bos Angeles. {G2 2a eee here describe the property or ground rent..___........-.------------c-ceceeeececeeeeeeeeee Ve together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. bo bo [o,e) BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A. Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. B & Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902, nine numbers in 19038, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- ber) in 1920. miter 921 issues tare: Wolly axexs No: 1, April’ Vols Xx, Nos, 23 August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- ber-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1935, including volumes XXIV to XXXIV, three num- bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume 229 All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy at the appended prices: Vol. 3, No. 7. October, POA re arte er aerate $ .25 i A Se belive UU) aya: sienes verses ees Seat 25 6, 2. July, OO ar ete scene eegns 25 9, 2 diuliyzs GAO Ao fan. Gere eee aris) 12, 1. January, dS) ES ete ce est oduct einer .b0 15, 2. July, TURAL) Ge re eats oe .50 19, 1. January, D2 Orne ae, ei eek urea ces DO 19, 4. October, TAYPAD) eat ey eae ia Ane ees See .5O 21, 2. October, LIAS PAPA salen ean ABA ct Li 25 BBs. 1. January, SEG A anette aieiene ey Tatas 25 Dey, 2. March, OPAC eT reas te ees as 25 Dei, 3. May, nae Bie iis va et 25 WB. 4. July, IO )274 oie AG a ENE nye 225 Zotac HD ae SSDLEMMDEIS el OZ Aa eee sa iro .25 23; 6. November, 1924 ............ .25 24, 1. January, iL O)2 Sinemet atone wate BA) 24, 2. May, ALG) cea Pl Botts neatly 25 24, 3. September, 1925) sf 2 223k... 225 25; 1. January, KO 2 Gain ease ce nneie yn tate 15 25, 2. May, G2. Gilbey craters 25 PAT AN et) Wai SKE OUUSIOM Oey MIS VAM GG oi os dbo 129 26, 1. January, LO Zeit er es See spa eae .25 26, 2. April, GID enutasetrcy ena. etn Oi sat 50 PADS) COA Riri SH ey OLA EPOMY Oe Cue I SPAT LN Ben NG vel cicr cg .25 2030) slo January, AS ASW IMe eu se ya enn 25 Ze einnnuronnn Wanye BN AS Se AN Ree Mca tas 25 i GOON hen NOC DECTIOD CI ih 2S aes nas canis .25 Se Ominc niles sadam altaya TS AS ites aU ue Deahel su cl .25 Suna Om Monies uci Dey LOD ORS nie veui ei (ieha yy 25 28, SU SeplLembery: i OZOis reece te DO 29, “ 1. January, OS Oe i etiicespaineestiees <25 29, 2. May, HNO I3 Opa Beek ea et .25 A er Baw ASKeyayeyaalloyepes TUS XO oe On a a 125) eee OO! 1. January, TUS RSI eins Bes a ae a we 25 SO Oey OSD LeTINb erie MO Sale are eic seme tn ce .25 31, 1. January, DS B74 he a aes tr migrate 25 ile 2. May, IGS Raed Rhee ety. 25 Se Bilson Layer PSYe) OSV TOaey eae) LBA) digiets dias oa oe: 25 32, “ 1. January, OG OB aah ceca tae Alling tle he .25 ‘ Bye i PRS INE, OS Siew Veneers apa BW Bye tskeonmsran oie ASS}: ib 6b doo obo .25 Bon ee lee eamUanyes OSA rin eee operat antes B25 By ee IMI MOB ASS ee aie akcare aes a25 Bay Re Sehouevaolloyeres GREG olan dole 6 oc .25 : 34, “ 1. January, CR ea veert eee Avner ela 25 me aoa ne eo aMlaye POS Sie pheet ate eens 220) MOA eo La S CD ECTMD STs tml OS imu eveerieneta 25 The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 230 REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS 4pp. | 8pp. | 12pp | 16pp | 20pp. | 24pp. 28pp. 32pp._ 50 copies $3.75 $ 5.75 $ 8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 100 | 4.50 7.50 10.75 12.75 15.00 17.25, 20.25 21.50 1500 5.25 9.25) 13.00 15.25 18.25 21.00 24.50 26.00 2005 ss 6.00 11.00 15.25 17.75 21.50 2475 28.75 30.50 PAY 6.75 12.75, 17.50 20.25 24.75 28.50 33.00 35.00 300 *“ 7.50 14.50 19.75 22.75 28.00 32.25 37.25 39.50 Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 1%¢ each. “Since SERVICE and QUALITY, combined 1880” with FAIR PRICES, has been our guiding star for over half a century. McBRIDE PRINTING CO. 261-263 South Los Angeles Street Los Angeles, Calif. 231 Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLO; 1935 INDEX OF SUBJECTS A First Dynasty Letter A OLMEE UD Al OMY oece- 22s eee 155 Acrocephalites trifossatus Mason Adaina montana W\sh., HamlveiStazes Of 2... 85 Amecephalus strangulatus VIEIS O Time etre vee os cule et 106 Anomocarella spatha IVT Ogee en enn hs 107 Apantesis nevadensis geneura Strecker, Larva aval: JPW Oh Olin Wee ee ee ee 150 Bagisara buzea Grt., Early SiaseswO fee tes Sea ea a oe 138 Bathyuriscus maximus IVUETS GTtyipet ete seo ys snes eee Iba Butterflies of Yosemite INatonalmPanke= sc kee OM Ectypia clio Pack., Early SLE METEYSS” (O)] EP epee REO me 136 Erinnyis obscura Fabr., Harlya staves Oh 2.) es 128 Euchaetias zella Dyar, Brarhye StasescO ts acu 133 Eupanychis scissoides Benj. . 196 EHuphydryas magdalena B. & McD., Life History of .......... 145 EHutrepsia cephisaria Grt., Eeg of Euxoa bifascia bisagittifera Benj. _ 2... 202 Euxoa bifascia lowensis Benj. 202 Euzxoa brunneigera latebra Benj. Euxoa camalpa manca Benj. .. 198 Euxoa inyoca Benj. ~................ 199 Euxoa pleuriticoides Benj. .... 203 Everes amyntula Bdvy., Hamby stages Of 2.22 ee 218 Fauna of the Cambrian CadizehMormation 2224222. 97 Further Notes on the Desert Snails of Riverside County, Calif. Graptolitha lepida adipel Glaucopsyche lygdamus australis Grinnell, Early SAS esto fee seer meni Seay 127 Habrodais grunus Bavy., Hi aitlivar LAS CSN Oly seseneseeeneae eran 81 Heliosea celeris meliclepteroides Benj. ........ 195 Heliosea pictipennis defasciata Benj. .................... 195 ay YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Heodes xanthoides Bdvy., item EAS TOV Of eee ee 213 In Memoriam, Dr. Bernhardt Baumgardt — 161 Itame colata Grt., Larva yall PND Olt sa 153 Jocara trabalis Grt., Early Slaleesho fester ater ee ane Nn 149 Kodiosoma fulva ‘Stretch, HarlysStacesnoly esas nee 131 Lathosea dammersi McD.. HanlyastacesOt sa eee ee 222 Mammifrontia rileyi Benj. .... 208 Micrarionta granitensis Wal Ct base See. Rett ae 1 Micrarionta mccoiana AWAIT eect Sa See ne 2 Miscellaneous Notes on Western Lepidoptera _.._...... 142 New Host Records of the Linguatulid (Kiricephalus coarctatus ) Notes and New Species (Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae) 194 Notes on Southwestern Plants 177 Opuntia erinacea paucispina Dunkle —_............ 3 Papilio bairdii rudkini Comst. 143 Papilio polydamas lucayus R. & J., Life History of _..... 76 Patch-nose Snake, a New SUDSPECICS Of ea a 88 Phasiane orillata W1k., Hanlya Stages fem ase 224 Platyprepia guttata ochracea Stretch Warva ote 149 Plebeius icarioides evius Bdv., Early Stages of ............ 82 Pleocoma, Revision of the GO INUS eee oe ee ee Sats 4 Pleocoma staff dubitabilis LD) VA Set eee oe ee wee 6 8 3 Proceedings of the Academy .. 174 Pygarctia murina Stretch, Harlives tages: ofp. ee 220 Salvadora grahamiae Vingultea Bogert) ee - 8S Some Unpublished @ydinidemeSeall sy sees 184 Strymon adenostomatis Hy. Edw., Early Stages of .......... 211 Strymon columella Fabr., IDR. JEU WON, ONE, aca ke 120 Tharsalea hermes Edw., IDahitey JEDE KONA CONe ae 124 Two Unusual Butterflies Taken in Southern Calif. .... 210 New species and varieties indicated in bold face type. INDEX OF AUTHORS Benjamin, Foster H. -............... 194 Bogert CharlessMiy i 88 Comstock, John A. pets be Rates Bt dC 76, 88, 120, 142, 211 Dammers, Charles M. .. 81, 120, 211 Dav Ser At © ies penal ee 4 TB) sep Ta Kal Vso se ee ills 3 BWA JOSE p nines etee a ae 177 Fosberg, F. Raymond .............. We Garth, Johnas S222 aire Bel Grimshawe, Florence M. .......... 76 Hal towards se Bee ees Ae nb int: Sirs) ees ee 210 Knopf, Carl Sumner ................ 155 WM SXoyals! AMG Ns ee 97 Sp all Gum Seis A eee ee 161 Sw ht, RRS. Ebi ost aeeereeee 184 Willett, George _.......-0222.....2222.--- il BULLETIN Chea 2 bie Southern California ae of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Part 1 ae ie ON THE IDENTITY AND TYPE LOCALITY OF . _ BUPHYDRYAS EDITHA (LEP. RHOP.)—J. McDunnough - _ INTERRELATIONSHIP OF ANTHOCHARIS CETHURA AND A. PIMA—Charles N. Rudkin - - - - = = + Rs METAMORPHOSIS OF STRYMON LEDA— _. John A, Comstock and Charles M. Dammers - + CALIFORNIA MICROLEPIDOPTERA VIII—H. H. Keifer - - - NEW SCOLYTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF SOUTHERN CALI- FORNIA WITH A KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PSEUDOTHYSANOES—C. R, Bruck - = + + -- - + - A SYNOPTIC REVISION OF THE SUBFAMILY HYLESININAE OF WESTERN NO. AMERICA N, OF MEXICO—C, R. Bruck THE STATUS OF PHYLLOPHAGA LANCEOLATA (COLEOP, SCARABAEIDAE—Jack C, Yon Bloeker, Jr. - ~ - += += = = Issued May 15, 1936 Southern California Academy of Sciences @ @ OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS Mr. Harry K. SARGENT - - - - - - - = = = President Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER - - - - - -. First Vice-President Mr. THEODORE PAYNE - - - - - - Second Vice-President Dr. Cart S. KnopF - - - - - - = = -) - - Secretary Mr. Harry K. Sarcent - - - - - - = - = Treasurer Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Dr. Cart S. KNOPF Dr. WittiaM A. Bryan Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. Harry K. Sarcent Dr. Joun A, Comstock Mr. Wittram A. SPALDING Mr. Howarp R. HILtt Dr. R. H. Swirt Dr, D. L. TASKER ® ® ADVISORY BOARD Mr. Frep E. BuRLEW Dr. MeELvitLeE Dozier : Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN @ @ ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WitirAM A. SPALDING Chairman Secretary Mr. Harry K. SARGENT BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEeopore Payne, Secretary ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. Cart S. KNopr Dr. R. H. Swirtr FINANCE COMMITTEE Mr. Wirttr1amM A. SPALDING PROGRAM COMMITTEE Mr. Howarp R. Hitt, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr, Cart S. Knopr e @ COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Mr. WitttAM A. Spatpine, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock @ 86 OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Cal. Baar RA aD a al a a eee I aa A Sa at . ee at Y This specimen has been compared with a large series of Diodora panamensis Sowerby by Mr. A. M. Strong and it is his opinion that the specimen falls within the range of variation of Sowerby’s species. ’ 4 Mitra belcheri Hinds, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 11, 1843, p. 255. ‘“Gulfs of Nicoya and Papagayo, Central America, dredged from a muddy floor in 17 fathoms.’”’ -—— Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, vol. 2, Moll. pt. 2, October, 1844, p. 40, pl. 11, figs. 1 and 2. ‘“‘Gulfs of Nicoya and Papagayo, Central America. Dredged from a muddy floor in seventeen fathoms.” Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 4, 1882, p. 139, pl. 40, fig. 179. Hind’s record cited. This interesting species was col- lected from the Pleistocene at Escondido Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico by Mr. Bacon, who presented it to the California Academy of Sciences. 68 Tegula cf. rubroflammulata Koch Terebra strigata Sowerby Thais biserialis Blainville Thais triangularis Blainville Trivia pustulata Lamarck Trivia radians Gray Colubraria soverbii Reeve Turritella tigrina Kiener Turritella gonostoma Valenciennes var. | with strong spiral ridges | Vasum caestus Broderip Vitularia salebrosa King Cirripedia Balanus tintinnabulum peninsularis Pilsbry This fauna is decidedly tropical in character and all the species are known Recent. The majority of the species in the faunal list are now found in the waters of the Pacific Ocean adjacent to Oaxaca. A few of the species have not been reported north of Panama in their Recent range. This suggests an indication of the northward migration dur- ing the warm Upper Pleistocene, well known along the west coast of Lower California and Upper California. The similarity of certain species to those of the Recent and fossil Caribbean forms is an interesting feature of the fauna. In previous papers by Palmer, this fauna was considered to be of Upper Pleistocene age, and with this conclusion the present writers are in agreement. It appears that the Colotepec Upper Pleistocene formation of Oaxaca should be correlated with the Upper Pleistocene of the Tres Marias Islands,’ the Gulf of Cali- fornia region, Magdalena Bay,® San Quintin Bay,’ and the Upper San Pedro formation of San Pedro,* California and San Diego, California. These may be considered not as the same but as ap- proximately equivalent formations, 5° Hertlein, L. G., Pleistocene mollusks from the Tres Marias Islands, Cedros Island, and San Ignacio Lagoon, Mexico. Bulletin South. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 33, pt. 2, May-August (issued August 31), 1934, pp. 59-73, 1 pl. ® Jordan, E. K., The Pleistocene of Magdalena Bay, Lower California, Ms.; also Dall, W. H., Nautilus, vol. 32, no. 1, 1918, pp. 23-26. See also Dall, W. H. and Ochsner, W.H., Tertiary and Pleistocene Mollusca from the Galapagos Islands. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 17, no. 4, 1928, pp. 89-139, plates 2-7, 5 text figs. 7 Jordan, E. K., Molluscan Fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower Cali- fornia. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 7, pp. 241-255, 1 pl., 1 text fig. 5 Arnold, R., The Paleontology and Stratigraphy of the marine Pliocene and Pleisto- ecene of San Pedro, California. Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1903. - Smith, J. P., Climatic Relations of the Tertiary and Quaternary faunas of the California region. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 9. no. 4, 1919, pp. 123-173, 1 pl. 69 NODES ANDEDESCRIPDIONS Ossie Gis ARCA GORDITA Lowe Plate 19, figures 1 and 4 Arca gordita Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. ©, Mareh > 211935, p. 16) pl i heal ie Neapulcom2) fathoms” (type). Also “Guaymas, 20 fathoms” and “off West Mexico.” Specimens of this species from the Pleistocene of Oaxaca, Mexico, measure 61 mm. in length. Arca gordita Lowe is near to Arca golfoyaquensis Maury,° but differs in the fewer ribs, 30 rather than 38, and in that the beaks are less anteriorly placed than in Maury’s species. Other species of this group are Arca golfoyaquensis var. medioameri- cana Olsson,’® and A. henekeni Maury,"' all from the Caribbean Miocene. LiMa TETRICA Gould Lima tetrica Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 4, 1851, p. O35 = GulisoreCalitonmias Ia eaay, Boston Jour. Nat: Hist.; vol, 6, 1857; p..405, pl. 16; he 6) inhabits cay iaz Guilt or Calitonniais Grant and Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 239. “Upper Pleistocene of Coast of Oaxaca, Mexico. (coll. RE Palme ts) a Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 138. “Cape San Lucas; Mazatlan; Acapulco.” Radula tetrica Gould, Lamy, Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 57, no. 3, 1909, p. 214. “Golfe de Californie.” Lima lima forme tetrica Gould, Lamy, Journ, de Conchyl., vol. 74, no. 2, 1930; p. 98, ~Golte de Calitormie nm @plOZe “Basse-Californie, L. Diguet, 1894” (p. 104). ® Maury, C. J., Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 5, no. 29, 1917, p. 832 [168], pl. 54 [28], fig. 5. “Zones B, F, G, Rio Gurabo at Los Quemados; Zone H, Rio Cana at Caimito; Bluff 1, Cereado de Mao.’’ Santc Dominyzo, Miocene. 10 Olsson, A. A., Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 9, no. 39, 1922, p. 360 [188], pl. 26 [23], figs. 4-6. ‘Hone Walk Creek’’; Costa Rica. “Gatun Stage.” 1 [Area] Scapharca Henekeni Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 5, no. 29, 1917, p. 3381 [167], pl. 55 [29], fig. 2. “Bluff 2, Cercado de Mao; zone B, Rio Gurabo at Los Quemados.’”’ New name for Arca consobrina Sowerby, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 6, 1850, p. 52, pl. 10, fig. 12. ‘‘Santo Domingo, Miocene.”’ (Not Area consobrina d’Orbigny, Paleo. Franc. Terr. Crétacés, vol. 3, 1844, p. 209, pl. 311, figs. 4-7. ‘‘Elle est propre au terrain néocomien du bassin parisien. Je l’ai recueille a4 Marolles (Aube).’’ Arca Henekeni Maury, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleo., vol. 9, no. 39, 1922, p. 358 [186], pl. 24 [27], figs. 18, 14. ‘‘Gatun Stage: Water Cay,’’ Costa Rica, Miocene. 70 Lima tetrica is narrower and more compressed than Lima lima Linnaeus!” and the posterior and ventral margins are less broadly rounded. The Recent range has been given by Dall as Lower California to Panama, Galapagos and Juan Fernandez Islands. AMPHICHAENA Philippi Amphichaena Philippi, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 1847, p. 63. Sole species Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi. Dall, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 50, 1898, p. 58. Sole species Amphichaena kindermanm Philippi. “Mazatlan.”’ Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 5, 1900, p. 979. “Type A. Kindermannn Phil., logacits pl. 3 he.7; Mazatlan.” AMPHICHAENA KINDERMANNI Philippi Riates ieures Ay iB: (C= plate 19, figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) 10 Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi, Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, 1847, p. 63, Tab. 3, fig. 7. “Habitat litus Oceani Pacifici ad oppidum Mexicanum Mazatlan.” Psammohia kindermanni Philippi, Giebel, Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, Bd. 5, 1864, p. 146. “mit drei Schloszzah- nen in der einen Klappe unter Amphichaena.” Sanguinolaria kindermanni Philippi, Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1894, p. 156. “San Juanico.”’ Lower Cali- fornia. Amphichaena kindermannu Philippi, Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 5, 1900, pp. 979-980. “recent and in the Quaternary of the west American coast near Ma- zatlan, Mexico.” 12 Ostrea lima Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed.. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 699. ‘‘Habitat in O. meridional.’” Radula, Pecten testa ovali, . .. [ete.], Chemnitz, Syst. Coneh.-Cab., vol. 7, 1784, p. 349, pl. 68, fig. 651. “‘Tranquebzar.”’ Lima lima Linnaeus, Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 767. “Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie marls, Florida, Dall; Pleistocene of the West Indies; recent on the American coast from Sarasota Bay, Florida, to Brazil, and widely distributed in foreign seas.” Lima squamosa Lamarck, Syst. Anim. s. Vert., 1801, p. 136 [no loeality cited but reference given to Argenville, Chemnitz, ete.]. ———- Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, 1819, p. 156. ‘‘Habite les mers d’Amerique ete.’” —— Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1848, Lima, p. 84, p. 84, pl. 21, figs. 1, 18. ‘‘Red Sea, Mediterranean.” 71 Philippi and Dall have well described the characters of this interesting shell. The general shape 1s that of Tagelus divisus, but the texture and solidity and internal marginal grooving re- semble Donax. The smooth surface shows suppressed radial sculpture which on weathered specimens is much more pro- nounced. There are two cardinals on the right and three on the left valve. Several specimens are present in the collection from the Oaxaca Pleistocene. Recent specimens of the species were collected by the junior author at Loc. 27223 (C. A. S.), Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico; at Loc. 27217 (€. A S.),) Penacatita Bay, Jalisco, Mexicopeandia fine series of specimens was secured at Loc. 27230 (C. A. S.), Petatlan Bay, Guerrero, Mexico. PLATE 18 Amphichacna kindermanni Philippi. Recent specimens from Petatlan Bay, Guerrero Mexico. A. View of the interior of right valve, plesiotype No. 6954 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) ; length of valve 32.4 mm. B. View showing details of hinge of valve shown in figure A. C. View of hinge of left valve, plesiotype No. 6955 (C. A. S. Type Coll.). 72 CHAMA FRONDOSA Broderip Chama frondosa Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 148. “Hab. ad Insulam Platam Colombiae Occidentalis. It was dredged up from a rock of coral, to which it was adhering, at a depth of seventeen fathoms.’ ——— Bro- derip, Trans. Zool. Soc., London, vol. 1, 1835, p. 302, pl. 38, figs. 1, 2. — Chenu, Illustr. Conchyl., 1846, Chama, pl. 6, fig. 8. Reeve, Conch, Icon., vol. 4, 1846, Chama, pl. 1, fig. la. [Broderip’s locality cited]. —— Lamy, Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 71, no. 4, 1928, p. Se Acapulco, Panama: E. K. Jordan and Hertlein, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 14, 1926, p. 427, pl. 34, fig. 1. Pliocene of Cedros Island and Turtle Bay, Lower California; Recent from San Diego, California to Peru. Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. mcadea Nate. Sci sehiladelphias, voliv 842 1932-"p. 137. “Tres Marias; Cape San Lucas; La Paz; Manzanillo.” The specimens referred to Chama frondosa from the Pleis- tocene of Oaxaca, have in most cases lost the exterior ornamenta- tion of lamellae and spines as well as the color. Recent shells of this species in the collection have frondose laminae, and each lamella is somewhat of the shape of a broad fan-shaped leaf, which is radiately plaited on the upper surface and of saffron color, tinged with purple. Due to loss of lamellae and color it seems best to refer our specimens to C. frondosa Broderip. Perhaps they might equally well be included with the form listed as Chama purpurascens Conrad which was given as a synonym of C. frondosa by Tryon,'* or they might be listed under Chama frondosa var. b. Broderip,™ later named Chama frondosa var, mexicana Carpenter. Pirar (HySTEROCONCHA) LUPANARIA Lesson Cytherea lupanaria Lesson, Centurie Zool., 1830, p. 196, pl. 64. Lesson, Voyage autour du Monde... La Coquille, Zool., vol. 2, pt. 1, 1830, p. 430-432. “est tres-commune sur les greves, entre Colan et Payta, sur la cote du Pérou.”’ Cytheraea lupinaria Lesson, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1851, pe Os2, pl I32 nell. = Real lejos, CentralwAmerica: Cuming.” Recven Elem Conch -voleZ eilSG0rp: 109, pl. 35, fig. 189 [no locality cited]. 13'Tryon, G. W., Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 22, 1872, p. 117. 4 Chama frondosa var. b. Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 149. ‘Hab. ad Mexico. (Gulf of Tehuantepec). Dredged up from sandy mud attached to Aviculae (Meleagrinae, Lam., Margaritae, Leach) at a depth of ten fathoms. —— Broderip. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 1, 1835, p. 802, pl. 88, fig. 2 [according to Lamy]. —— Chenu, IIlustr. Conchyl., 1846, Chama, pl. 6, fig. 7. —— Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 4, 1846, Chama, pl. 1, fig. 1b. [Broderip’s locality cited]. Chama frondosa var. mexicana Carpenter, Mazatlan Catalog., [1855-]1857, pp. 87, 549. Mazatlan. —— Lamy, Jcurn. de Conchyl., vol. 71, no. 4, 1928, p. 31 “Basse-Californie,”’ Chama parasitica De Rochebrune, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. 1, 1895, p. 245. Basse- Californie [according to Lamy, 1928, pp. 315, 316]. 72 io Cytherea dione Linnaeus, Giebel, Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, Bd. 5, 1864, p. 149, figs. 351, 352. “tropischen West- kuste Sudamerikas.”” [Not Cytherea dione Linnaeus. | Dione lupanaria Lesson, Romer, Monographie Molluskengattung Venus, Linné, vol. 1, 1868, p. 130, pl. 34, fig. 2; pl. 35, fig. 1 (exspinata). “America centralis in Oceano pacif- ico (Salango, Tumbez, Payta (Peru), San Blas, Mazat- lan, Reallejos).” Cytherea (Dione) lupanaria Deshayes, Tryon, Struct. and Syst. Conch., vol. 3, 1884, p. 178, pl. 113, fig. 23. “Mazatlan.” Recent. Pitaria (Hysteroconcha) lupanaria Lesson, Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 26, 1902, p. 388. “Ballenas Bay, Pacific coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California, and south- ward to Payta, Peru.” Amuiantis (Hysteroconcha) lupanaria Lesson, Grant and Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc: Nat! Hist) vol 1s sI9Siipas 0: ~©axaca, Mexico (R. Hi. Palmer, Coll.) ia Allsopkecents Dall’s record. Pitar lupanaria Lesson, Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 134. “Mazatlan; Guay- mas: Acapulco:;Cornto: San) juan del Sites This species is an analogue of the Antillean P. dione Lin- naeus’? and has been regarded as a variety of that species by some authors. It is easily recognizable by the violet spots at the base of the spines. This species was figured by Delessert’® and the locality given was China, but Romer has pointed out that the species 1s definitely known only along the Pacific coast of North America. According to Romer, Dione exspinata™’ Reeve is considered as a synonym of P. lupanaria and Dall has regarded Reeve’s species as only a mutation. 1 Venus dione Linnacus, Syst. Naturae, Ed. 10., 1758, vol. 1, p. 684. ‘‘Habitat in O. Americae.’’ Cytheraea dione Linnaeus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, 1851, p. 631, pl. 132, fig. 110. ‘Venezuela and Trinidad.” Dione dione Linné, Romer, Monographie Molluskengattune Venus, Linné, 1868, p. 129, Taf. 34, fig. 1. ‘“‘Mare Antillarum.’’ 16 Cytherea semilamellosa Gaudichaud, B. Delessert, Recueil Coq. décrites par Lamarck et non encoree figurées, 1841, pl. 19, fig. 2. ‘‘rapportée des mers de China par M. Gaudichaud.”’ Cytherea Semi-Lamellosa Lesson, Chenu, Illustr. Conchyl., Cytherea, 1843, pl. 9, figs. 9, 9a, 9b, 9e [the date of this plate is 1843 according to Sherborn, see Proc. Malacol. Soe. London, vol. 9, pt. 4, 1911, pp. 264-267]. Dione semilamellosa Gaudichaud, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 14, 1863, Dione, pl. 6, figs. 20a, 20b, 20c. ‘‘Central America.” 17 Dione exspinata Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 14, 1863, Dione, pl. 6, fig. 24 for fig. 23 [see errata]. ‘‘Central America.”’ 74 Murex BRASSICA Lamarck Murex brassica Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 7, 1822, LOZ purerabiter. 9) 57 Sowerby, Conch. I[llustra- tions, Murex, 1834, p. 6, pl. 67, fig. 56. “Mazatlan acitic:; Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 1839, p. HOSi ple sonue. 1 -Pacifici@cean.7 Kiener, Icon. Coq. viv. Murex, 1843, p. 68, pls. 26, fig. 1; 27, fig. 1. “Habite la mer Pacifique. les coOtes de Mazatlan.” Menke, Zeitschr. fur Malakozool., Jahrg. 7, no, 12, 1850, p. 187. “Mazatlan.””, —— Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. Z, 1880, p. 100, pl. 22, fig. 200. “Mazatlan, Gulf of California.” t—— Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 4, 1879, Murex, p. 33, pl. 396, fig. 166. “Gulf of California.” Murex (Polylex) brassica Lamarck, Morch, Malakozool, Blatter, Gea Sol, prl00.> = Realejo./ Murex ducalis Broderip, Zool. Journ., vol. 4, 1829, p. 377. “Hab. in Oceano Pacifico.” “near Mazatlan.’ [Synonym of M. brassica according to Sowerby, Conch, Illustrations, 1834, p. 6.] Murex (Phyllonotus) brassica Lamarck, Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1894, p. 185. “Magdalena Bay.” wibavizaz.-2 Mulese Bay.” Phyllonotus brassica Lamarck, Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 118. “Mazat- lan; San Juan del Sur.” An excellent specimen of this handsome species is present in the Academy’s collection from the Oaxaca Pleistocene. VITULARIA Swainson oe Vitulina Swainson, Treatise on Malacology, 1840, p. 64. ss and is represented by the Murex Vitulinus of authors.” Vitularia Swainson, Treatise on Malacology, 1840, p. 297. Sole species “tuberculata Sw. En. M. 419, f. 1 (Murex vitul- tis wut.) tig, Oe. Chenu, Manual Conchyl., vol. 1, 1859, p. 136. Example, M. vitulinus Lamarck, ieee Oe ( p29 37))): Tryon, Struct. and Syst. Conch., vol. 2, 1883, p. 105. M. miliaris Gmelin listed, pl. 43, hee See Coast.ot Auinicas: The type.of this genus is Murex vitulinus Lamarck by mono- typy. According to Kobelt'* and Tryon,!® Murex vitulinus La- marck*® is a synonym of Murex miliaris Gmelin.?! * Kobelt, W., Illustrierte Conchylienbuch, Bd. 1, Lief. 1, 1876, p. 36. 17 Tryon, G. W., Manual Conch., vol. 2, 1880, p. 261. aU Murex vitulinus Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 173. ‘‘Habite ... Mon cabinet.’’ Reference given to Knorr, Vergen. 3, t. 29, f. 5. Mala. Murex purpura scabra Chemnitz, Syst. Conch.-Cab., vol. 10, pl. 161, figs. 1532, 1533. Murex miliaris Gmelin, p. 3536, no. 39, ete. * Gmelin, J. F., Linn. Systema Naturae, Ed. 13, 1790, p. 3536. 75 In Vitularia miliaris Gmelin the ribs are more prominent and rounded, the form is shorter and there is not as strong develop- ment of lamellae as in l. salebrosa. According to Tryon?’ the Murex vitulinus Lamarck figured by Kiener** and the /. purpura of Reeve** can be referred to Vitularia miliaris Gmelin. It is interesting to note that Swainson used both Vitulina and Vitularia in the original volume where the genus was pro- posed. Since the name Vitularia is so well established in the literature, that spelling is used in the present paper. Iredale*? has pointed out the resemblance of Transtrafer longmani Iredale, type of the genus Transtrafer, to Vitularia vitulinus Lamarck. VITULARIA SALEBROSA King Murex salebrosus King, Zool. Journ., vol. 5, 1831, p. 347. “Habi- tat? Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby.” Sowerby, Conch. Illustrations, 1834, Murex, p. 8, pl. 65, fig. 48. “South- ern Coast of S. America.” Kiener, licons Coq: aviv Maer, VA po l21) pl47, ese 1 lane alanine Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 3, 1845, Murex, pl. 24, figs. 98a, O8b. “Panama (found under stones) ; Cuming.” Menke, Zeitschr. fur Malakozool., Jahrg. 7, no. 12, 1850, p. 187. Mazatlan. C. B. Adams, Amnmley— ceum Nat. Hist. New York., vol. 5, 1852, p. 349. [Nu- merous localities from Lower California to South America. | Murex vitulinus var., Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 1839, p. 108, pl. 33, figs. 4 and 6. [No locality cited. ] Vitularia salebrosa King, Moérch, Malakozool. Blatter, Bd. 7, 1861, p. 99. “Realejo.” — Carpenter, Mazatlan Cat- alog. [1855-] 1857, p. 485. South America; Panama; Mazatlan. Kobelt, [lustrierte Conchylienbuch, Bd. 1 knet. 1, 1876; p: 36, Tato 5, fies lenovo Panama.” Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 2, 1880, p. 133, pl. 35, figs. 394, 396 and 398. —— Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 120. “Mazatlan.” “San Juan del Sur and Montijo Bay.” An excellent specimen showing the frilled ornamentation of this species is present in the collection at Stanford University. 22 Tryon, G. W., Manual Conch., vol. 2, 1880, p. 133, pl. 35, figs. 393 and 397. “W. coast of Africa.”’ 23 Kiener, L. C., Icon. Coq. Viv., Murex. 1843, p. 123, pl. 47, fig. 2 [mo loeality cited]. 24 Reeve, L., Conch. Icon., vol. 3, 1845, Murex, pl. 25, fig. 102. ‘‘West coast of Africa.” > Transtrafer longmani Iredale, new genus and new species, Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 9, pt. 3, 1929, p. 290. ‘‘eoral blocks at Michaelmas Bay,’’ Queensland. 76 PoLINIcEs CRICKMAYI Palmer & Hertlein, New Species Plate 19, figures 12 and 14 Shell ovate globose, medium thickness, spire very short, whorls flatly convex, smooth or with fine oblique striations ; aper- ture long and ovate; columella nearly straight and with callus at upper part; narrowly arcuately umbilicate. Altitude 18.8 mm.; greatest diameter of body whorl 14.2 mm. lolotype, No. 5615 (C. A. S. Type Collection) from Loc. 1299 (C. A. S.) Coast of. Oaxaca, Mexico; R. H. Palmer, col- lectoneebleistocene. Also Paratype, No. 5616 (€. A. S. Type Collection from Galapagos Islands?; W. H. Ochsner, collector; Recent ). This species is close to Polinices gallapagosa Recluz*® but is distinguished by the longer aperture and lower spire. Further- more, the figures of P. gallapagosa given by Reeve and Sowerby show an angular carina or angulation on the body whorl border- ing the umbilicus while on P. crickmayi this area is rounded. The callus on P. crickmayi is relatively somewhat larger than on the species described by Recluz. Polinices otis Broderip and Sowerby~* has a broader shell and larger umbilical area as well as a smaller funicle on the callus in comparison to P. crickmayt. Paratype No. 5616 is a Recent shell from the Galapagos Islands?; it was identified as Polinices fusca Carpenter at the United States National Museum by Mrs. I. S. Oldroyd. Polinices fusca was listed by Carpenter** but was first fig- ured and described by Sowerby and attributed to Carpenter. The illustrations of P. fusca given by Sowerby and Tryon ap- parently represent a species identical with P. otis Broderip and °5 Natica gallapagosa Recluz, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1843, p. 213. “ ‘Gallapagos Islands: found in coral sand at Albemarle Island’.’”’ ‘‘H. Cuming.’’ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, Natica, p. 89, pl. 460, fig. 95. ‘‘Albemarle Island, Gallapagos.”’ Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 9, 1856, Natica, pl. 19. figs. 86a, 86b. “Albemarle Island, Gallapagos group (in coral sand) ; Cuming.” Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 8, 1886, pp. 43, 44, pl. 17, fig. 71. *7 Natica otis Broderip and Sowerby, Zool. Jour., vol. 4, 1829, p. 372. “Hab. ad littora Oceani Pacifici.’”” ‘‘From Mazatlan.’’ Gray. Zool. Beechey’s Voyage. 1839, p. 136, pl. 34, fig. 13; pl. 37, fig. 3 [no locality cited]. ——— Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 8, 1886, pp. 43, 44, pl. 17, fig. 4. ‘“‘Gallapagos Is. to Cape St. Lucas, LL. Gal.’’ Mamma (Naticina) otis Broderip and Sowerby, Morch, Malakozoologische Blatter, Bd. 7, 1861, p. 71. Central America. Polynices (Lunatia) otis Broderip, Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, 1893, p. 402 [in part]. Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Group; on the mainland as far south as Payta, Peru. Recent. Polinices otis Broderip and Sowerby, Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila delphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 126. ‘‘Acapuleo; Salina Cruz; Corinto; Puntarenas.” 3 Polinices fusca Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863 [issued 1864], pp. 523, 624. Galapagos; Gulf district; Acapulco; Panama. Reprint of the same in Smithsonian Mise. Coll. no. 252, 1872, pp. 9, 110. Natica fusca Carpenter, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 5, 1883, Natica, p. 89, pl. 461, fig. 104. ‘‘Mazatlan.’’ —— Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 8, 1886, p. 44, pl. 12, fig. 2. ly dard ai Sowerby. According to Weinkauff*® there is a Natica fusca Blainville. The new species is named for Dr. Colin H. Crickmay, in recognition of his contributions to the geology and paleontology of Western North America. POLINICES INTEMERATA Philippi Plate 19, figure 3 Natica intemerata Philippi, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1851, p 233, Habs in sinuy)Californiae= lecit Neveras sree iam Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 8, 1886, p. 46, pl. 18, fig283i- pls 19M ne, 935 Mazatlan: # Natica alabaster Reeve, Conch, Icon., vol. 9, Natica, 1856, pl. 9, figs. 33a, 33b. “Mazatlan.” Polinices uber Valenciennes, var. intemerata Philippi, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 334. “Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms, mud, temperature 54°.1 F.” “Also at Mazatlan, Mexico, and living in Panama Bay, in 51 fathoms.” This species is represented in the collection by several speci- mens whose characters agree with the illustrations of Polinices intemerata Philippi. This is a fairly globose form with a thick callus on the inner lip which becomes very thick at the top of ‘the aperture. The umbilicus is moderately small and crescentic in shape. NAaATICA CATENATA Philippi Plate 19, figures 2 and 11 Natica catenata Philippi, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1851, p. 233. EOD. oe Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol, 9, 1856, Natica, pl. 21, fig. 92a. “Sicily.’ Tryon, Manual Conch.. vol. 8. 1886. Dy A, jolle 4. figs. 71, 72, 13 lean ama to Cape St. Lucas, L. Cal.” Natica catenatus Philippi, Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 126. “Tres Marias; Mazatlan; Acapulco; San Juan del Sur.” The type locality of Natica catenata was not given at the time of the original description but Carpenter®*® and Tryon as well as others have recognized it as a west coast species. Reeve and Sowerby illustrated specimens which they indicated came from Sicily but Tryon pointed out that they had confused N. 29 Weinkauff, H. C., Conchylien des Mittelmeeres, Bd. 2, 1868, p. 251. °° Carpenter, P. P., Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863 [issued 1864], pp. 538, 624, 669. 78 catenata with a related Mediterranean species, Natica marochien- sis Gmelin.** The specimens from the Pleistocene of Oaxaca fit the de- scription and agree with the figures of Philippi’s species given by other authors. The specimens are identical with specimens of a Recent species from the west coast of North America re- ferred to Natica catenata Philippi in the collections of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. The original reference to Natica grayi Philippi*? has not been available to us but that species was considered by Tryon to be a synonym of N. catenata. Our specimens resemble the figure of Natica depressa Gray** and it is quite likely that Tryon was correct in placing this species in the synonymy of Natica catenata Philippi. Natica unifasciata Lamarck** has a slightly higher spire, proportionately smaller umbilicus and globose whorls. In the Recent shells N. wnifasciata is ornamented by a single narrow yellowish white band on the upper part of the whorls, while the rest of the whorl is yellowish brown, chocolate or olivaceous and whitish towards the base. According to the description, Natica (Cochlis) scethra Dall,* appears to differ from N. catenata only in color. ALAS NY) Fig. 1. Arca gordita Lowe; true length of specimen 55 mm. ; height 37.5 mm.; plesiotype, left valve, No. 5624 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) : Pleistocene. Fig. 2. Natica catenata Philippi; greatest diameter of body whorl 11.5 mm.; plesiotype, No. 5618 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) : Pleistocene. 1 Nerita marochiensis Chemnitz, Neues Syst. Conchylien-Cabinet, Bd. 5, 1781, p. 270, pl. 188, figs. 1905-1910. ‘‘Ufern des Africanischen Meeres, und insonderheit an den Stranden des Marockanischen Reiches gefunden’; also ‘‘Antillen.’’ Gmelin, Syst. Nat., Ed. 13, 1790, p. 3673. Bose. Hist. Nat. des Coquilles, vol. 3, 1801, p. 290, ‘“‘Se trouve sur la ecéte d’Afrique et aux Antilles.” Natica marochiensis Gmelin, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 9, 1856, Natica, pl. 13, fig. 52. “North Africa and West Indies.” Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 5, 1881, Natica, p. 82, pl. 48, fig. 62. Tryon, Manual Conch., vol. 8, 1886, p. 22, pl. 5, fig. 74. 2 °2R. A. Philippi, in Martini und Chemnitz, Conchylien-Cabinet, Bd. 2, Abt. 1, 1852, pl. 11, fig. 13. 33 Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 1839. p. 136, pl. 36, fig. 2. ‘‘Inhab.”’ [no locality cited]. (Not Natica depressa J. Sowerby, Mineral Conch., vol. 1, 1812, p. 21, Tab. 5, lower figures. ‘‘Woodbridge, Suffolk.’”” (Ampullaria depressa? Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 32; vol. 8, pl. 61, fig. 3).) 34 Natica wunifasciata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, 1822, p. 201. seELADILC) os, 227 Delessert, Recueil de Coq. décrites par Lamarck et non encore figurées, 1841, pl. 32, figs. 13a, 13b. ‘‘Habite ... 2?” Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 9, 1856, Natica, pl. 12, figs. 49a, 49b. ‘“‘Bay of Panama (on mud banks at low water) ; Cuming.” Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 235. ‘Gulf of California, Panama and (fide Tschudi) Peru.” Pilsbry and Lowe, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 126. ‘‘Puntarenas; La Union: Montijo Bay; Corinto; San Juan del Sur.” 8° Natica (Cochlis) scethra Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, October 1908, p. 333, pl. 11, fig. 5. “U.S. S. ‘Albatross’, station 3391, Gulf of Panama, in 153 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 55° .8 F.’’ 79 Fig. 3. Polinices intemerata Philippi; true height of figured specimen 24.8 mm.; plesiotype, No. 5617 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) : Pleistocene. Fig. 4. Arca gordita Lowe; same specimen as figure l, interior view of shell. Fig. 5. Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi; true length of figured specimen 37.2 mm.; plesiotype, right valve, No. 5636 (Ces: diy pe Coll) eleistocene: Fig. 6. Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi; true length of figured specimen 35.8 mm.; plesiotype, left valve, No. 5637 (GEA Sa diyper Cols): zleistocene: Fig. 7. Amphichaena kindermanmi Philippi; true length of figured specimen 38.3 mm.; plesiotype, left valve, No. 5638 (C. Ge Sentby pen Colle) emaleleistocene: Fig. 8. Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi; true length of figured specimen 43.5 mm.; plesiotype, right valve, No. 5639 (GAS diy per Collb)iee Bleistocene: Fig. 9. Amphichaena kindermannt Philippi; true length of figured specimen 32.4 mm.; plesiotype, left valve, No. 6955 (C. AWS. Type Coll); trom Loe 27230) (GA. S))Retatlanminane about nine kilometers south of Zihuatanejo, Guerrero, Mexico: Recent. Fig. 10. Amphichaena kindermanni Philippi; true length of figured specimen 32.4 mm.; plesiotype, right valve, No. 6954 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) ; from the same locality as specimen shown in figure 9. Fig. 11. Natica catenata Philippi; true height of figured specimen. 14.5 mm.; plesiotype, No. 5619 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) : Pleistocene. Fig. 12. Polinices crickmayi Palmer & Hertlein, new species ; true height of figured specimen 18.8 mm.; holotype, No. 5615 (GALS iivpe Coll} eleistocene: Fig. 13. Mazatlama fulgurata Philippi; true length of fig- ured specimen 10.8 mm.; plesiotype No. 6956 (C. A. S. Type Coll.) = from eoc) 27223 (C. A S_), Mazatlan: ‘Sinaloa mWiexaicar Recent. This species also occurs fossil in the Pleistocene of Oaxaca. Fig. 14. Polinices crickmayi Palmer & Hertlein, new species ; true height of figured specimen 27 mm.; paratype, No. 5616 (C. A. S. Type Coll.), from Galapagos Islands?; W. H. Ochs- ner, collector: Recent. All the specimens illustrated on this plate except figures 9, 10, 13 and 14 are from Loc, 1299, (CA. S»): RacmicsCoasineon Oaxaca, Mexico, about 16 kilometers west of the mouth of the Rio Colotepec, from elevated beaches from five to sixteen meters above sea level; R. H. Palmer, collector: Pleistocene. 80 PLATE 19 AN ORDOVICIAN AULUROID FROM CALIFORNIA By Frep B. PHLEGER, JR. During the fall of 1931 John H. Bradley, Jr., had the good fortune to find specimens of an auluroid in the shales of the Barrel Springs formation. Dr. Bradley has generously placed these specimens at the author’s disposal. The rest of the Barrel Springs fauna is Middle Ordovician in age and has been de- scribed elsewhere.’ Phylum EcCH1NODERMATA Class STELLEROIDEA Subclass AULUROIDEA Order LysopHIurAE Gregory Family PALAEOPHIORIDAE Gregory GeNus INYOASTER gen. nov. The rays are long and slender. The plates alternate with each other. The ambulacralia are considerably smaller than the adambulacralia and are subquadrate in form. It is difficult to compare /nyoaster with other genera, inas- much as detail of either surface is not preserved. Absence of all features of the actinal surface is especially regrettable. Palaeophwira Sturtz may be closely related to Inyoaster but dif- fers in having rod-shaped ambulacralia which are very narrow. The plate arrangement of /nyoaster somewhat resembles that of Ptilonaster Hall, but /nyoaster is distinct from Hall’s genus in lacking the marginal series of plates. Genotype: Jnyoaster bradleyi sp. nov. INYOASTER BRADLEYI Sp. Novy. late ZOeieseolra2 One of the two specimens shows the shape of the central disk and the arrangement of the rays. It has been replaced by pyrite which is so badly altered that many details of structure have been obliterated. In the second specimen these is an excel- lent preservation of most of the water-vascular system in two of the rays. The radial water-vessel and its branches are exposed from the abactinal surface, and casts of the podial cavities are present. The ambulacralia and the adambulacralia are so poorly preserved that their shape on the abactinal surface is only sug-. gested in most cases. Although the shape of the actinal surfaces of the ambula- cralia must be inferred, it does not seem probable that they are 1Phleger, Fred B., Jr., Notes on Certain Ordovician Faunas of the Inyo Mountains, California, Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 32, pt. 1, 1933, pp. 1-21, pls. 1-2. 82 boot-shaped. Thin spines are produced laterally from the adam- bulacralia. The interskeletal radial water-vessel proceeds in a sinuous course from the central disk to the end of the ray. Short water vessels branch off from each lateral apex of the main canal and enter the podial cavities, which are mound-shaped, with the summit of the mound upward. Measurements: Wenguhn Of ine rays (average) 26 mm. Wadthwot thescentral disk) =) es 16 mm. Width of a ray at the widest part _.... 4 mm. WMWidthiotca podiall cavity 2.0. 34, mm. Horizon and locality: Barrel Springs formation, one-half mile east of Barrel Springs, Inyo Mountains, Calif. The cotypes are Mus. Comp. Zool. Nos. 50 and 51. The paratypes are Los Angeles Museum Nos. A-3158.1 and A-3158.2. PLATE 20 Fic. 1. Photograph of the most complete specimen of Inyoaster bradleyi Phieger, 1% x natural size. Fie. 2. Photograph of a portion of a ray of Inyoaster bradleyi Phleger, showing a cast of the water-vascular system. Approximately 3 x natural size. 83 NEW CALIFORNIAN OSMIINAE (HY MEN., MEGACHILIDAE) By CHARLES D. MICHENER Pasadena, California The present paper includes descriptions of a few of the many new bees of the subfamily Osmimnae found in this state. For the present types will be retained in the author’s collection. OSMIA CRENULATICORNIS N. Sp. Male: Length 8 mm.; blue green, the posterior margins of the tergites blue purple, narrowly edged apically with brown; legs black, the hind femora greenish, the other femora and the tibiae with a faint greenish tinge; apical tarsal joints reddish; hind metatarsus wider apically than basally; tegulae dark brown, greenish anteriorly; flagellum black, brown beneath, crenulate ; wings quite clear, the basal vein distad to transverse median, the second abscissa of cubital vein longer than fourth; head and thorax finely and closely punctate, the scutellum with a polished median streak; tergites with numerous piliferous punctures ex- cept on the apical margins; margin of sixth tergite unnotched, slightly sinuate at sides; seventh tergite with a median notch; posterior margin of second sternite with a sharp, slightly raised median angle; pubescence of head and thorax white, that of clypeus erect; pubescence of abdomen very sparse and short, perhaps worn, that of first tergite pale, that of tergites two to five dark fuscous or blackish, pale on posterior margins of ter- gites ; pubescense of sixth tergite pale. Holotype: Crabtree Meadow, Tulare Co., Calif., July 20, 1935 (Willis A. Evans). This is an aberrant Acanthosmioides. The crenulate an- tennae, erect hair of clypeus, and the form of the genitalia all show this relationship, although there is no distinct process on the second sternite. It will be noted that there is an inconspicu- ous raised point on the apical margin of the second sternite. This could be described as a dorso-ventrally compressed process, closely appressed to the base of the third sternite. In O. wyom- imgensis Mich. this process is also appressed to the abdomen, but in this case it is high and thick. OSMIA CLAREMONTENSIS N.. Sp. Male: Length 5'4 to 6% mm.; agrees with O. nemoris Sandh. but smaller; apical margin of third sternite with a deep notch, margined with orange hairs; basal vein a little more dis- tinctly distad to transverse median; legs more distinctly green; eyes more strongly converging below. 84 Holotype and two paratypes: Claremont, Calif. ( Baker). The holotype is in Prof. Cockerell’s collection. I give a key to some species of this group. O. abdominalis Mich. is related but the abdomen is long and parallel sided. Third sternite entire or hardly emarginate posteriorly, but with some orange hairs in the middle of apical margin nemoris Sandh. Apical margin of third sternite deeply emarginate : Weaitesonassy, Dlack:...2 0 2 a albiventris Cress. Tegulae brownish, the anterior half green — claremontensis Mich. The presence or absence of a small notch on the sixth tergite is of no value as a specific character in this group, as in both nemoris and claremontensis this notch may or may not be present. I have not seen the male of O. albiventris. The specimens of O. nemoris which | have seen are two paratypes from Olympia, Wash. (length 7-8 mm.; legs black with a strong greenish tinge). OSMIA PUNCTATA DN. Sp. Female: Length nearly 9 mm.; dark blue, rather robust with large head, the pubescence, including the scopa, white; ab- domen with inconspicuous pale hair bands; posterior half of sixth tergite covered by dense white hair; mandibles and antennae black, the former broad; legs black, the femora blue. the pubes- cence of under sides of tarsi ferruginous; tegulae shining black posteriorly, blue on anterior half; punctation of entire body very coarse and not very dense; punctures close, however, on face, comparatively fine on sides of face near antennae, and coarsest on vertex, scutum, and scutellum, the latter without an impunc- tate streak; enclosure of propodeum rather shiny, the upper margin narrowly roughened and dull, the lower margin with some large punctures; abdomen with punctures about the size of those on cheeks, though a little sparser; tergites without impunctate margins, though punctures on posterior edges of tergites are finer than! elsew here; wings nearly clear, the basal vein a little distad to the transverse median, the second abscissa of cubital vein twice as long as fourth. Holotype: Coachella, Calif., April 20, 1934 (collector un- known). This is a desert species, closely related to O. subfasciata Cress. and O. botitena Ckll. from Texas. The three form a dis- tinct little group, known by the coarse punctation, and may be separated thus: Top of head and thorax green, the punctures smaller and about as close as they can be Except 1m Center Ol SCULUum: = ee EBs a OE IA vt een DOTILEHO Ckll. Top of head and thorax blue; punctures coarser, distinctly sep- arated on large area in center of scutum, Flagellum black; head large; form robust; punctures a little coarser ; transfacial line longer than facial ___.. Le Seb NCE a beaters ee Ruan et Mi OAD _.. punctata Mich. Flagellum brown beneath; head normal; form more slender ; transfacial line about equal to facial ____. eek AR Ere el OO peepee LEGA, subfasciata Cress. OSMIA MARGINATA 0. Sp. Female: Length nearly 9 mm.; dull green; mandibles black, tridentate; clypeus normal, the apical margin black; antennae black, the under side of flagellum strongly reddish brown; tegu- lae, except anteriorly where they are green, dark brown; legs black, the distal joints of the tarsi faintly rufescent; scutum black except for a rather narrow green margin all the way around which is broadest anteriorly in the middle; pleura black below; eyes convergent below; punctation of head and thorax very close throughout, coarsest on clypeus; scutellum more coarsely punc- tate than rest of thorax, without a shiny streak; enclosure of propodeum dull, the upper margin narrowly roughened; wings dusky brown, the basal vein meeting the transverse median, the second abscissa of the cubital vein not quite twice as long as fourth; abdomen rather finely punctate, the punctures rather numerous; posterior margins of tergites punctate, but the punc- tures finer and sparser than elsewhere; tergites, especially pos- teriorly, lineolate as well as punctate; pubescence white except for the black scopa, rather pale fuscous hair on clypeus, and ferruginous to fuscous hair of under side of metatarsi. Holotype: Yen miles east of Mecca, Calif., April 14 1935" (Michener ). This is another desert species. It runs to O. seclusa Sandh. in the Sandhouse key to Western species.* It differs from O. seclusa by tridentate mandibles, from O. coerulescens (Linn.) by smaller size, dull area of propodeum, and closer punctures of head and thorax, and from O. hesperella Ckll. by black areas, punctate margins of tergites, etc. OSMIA LATISULCATA N. Sp. Female: Length about 10 mm.; dark green, the green color rather faint, the legs, mandibles, tegulae, antennae, and anterior margin of clypeus black; mandibles four toothed ; anterior margin of clypeus with a broad emargination, bounded by a sharp angle * Bees of the Genus Osmia in the Coll. of the Calif. Acad. of Sci. by Grace A. Sand- house. Proceedings of Calif. Acad. Sci., fourth series, vol. XIII, no. 22, pp. 341- 372, Nov., 1924. 86 on each side; middle of emargination with a slender tooth, some- what concealed by long fuscous hairs originating from the edge of the clypeus ; face rather broad; eyes slightly converging below ; head not large and subquadrate; punctures of vertex, scutum, and scutellum very coarse and not very close; scutellum without an impunctate streak; face, cheeks, and pleura with punctures finer than those of dorsum; lower half of enclosure of propodeum polished and shiny, upper half dull and rough; face of propodeum below enclosure with a large, broad, black pit; base of first ter- gite with a broad concavity (though not so broad or so deep as in Ashmeadiella), bounded by the usual faint carina; abdomen strongly punctured, without impunctate margins on the tergites; pubescence of head and thorax mixed black and white, except for the posterior face of propodeum, where there is no black; pub- escence of legs mostly pale, but black intermixed on femora; hair of first tergite white, a little fuscous intermixed basally; hair of second tergite mixed black and white, of third tergite mostly black, of fourth and fifth tergites mixed, and of sixth tergite white; tergites two to five with inconspicuous apical bands of white hair; scopa black; wings slightly brownish, the apices clearer; basal vein a little distad to transverse median; second abscissa of cubital vein longer than fourth. Holotype: Altadena, Calif., May 2, 1936, on Lotus scoparius (Michener, Coll.). This is a remarkable species. It differs from O. rostrata Sandh, by the emarginate clypeus and from O. nelsoni CkIl. by the different sort of clypeus. OsMIA TOKOPAHENSIS N. Sp. Female: Length 10 mm.; dark blue, the scutum, vertex, and front blackish in most lights, the narrow impunctate hind mar- gins of tergites concolorous posteriorly, slightly bluer on anterior tergites; legs black with metallic femora; antennae and mandi- bles black, the teeth of the latter low and rounded (probably worn) ; tegulae black, blue in front; clypeus normal, the anterior margin black ; face rather broad, the eyes converging below; head and thorax finely and closely punctured, the scutellum with a not too well formed polished streak; enclosure of propodeum dull, slightly roughened above; wings dusky, the basal vein basad to transverse median, the second abscissa of cubital vein a little more than twice as long as fourth; abdomen finely but not very sparsely punctate, the impunctate margins of tergites very nar- row ; pubescence white with black hairs mixed in on face, vertex, lower parts of cheeks, and on last three tergites; fore and middle tibiae with some blackish hair; scopa black; pubescence of man- dibles and lower edge of clypeus dark, coppery in certain lights ; brushes under margin of clypeus ferruginous. 87 Holotype: Tokopah Valley, Sequoia National Park, Calif., August 24, 1933, on Linanthus montanus (Michener, Coll.). Runs to O. clarescens Ckll. in the Sandhouse table of West- ern species. It differs from that species by the entirely pale hair of thorax, etc. O. tokopahensis 1s apparently near to O. densa Cress., differing by the finely punctured clypeus, etc. (In the species commonly determined as O. densa the clypeus and lower sides of face are much more coarsely punctate than rest of head.) OsMIA MIXTA N. Sp. Female: Length 9 mm.; rather dull blue, the hind margins of the tergites concolorous; legs, antennae, and mandibles black, the latter tridentate; tegulae black with a slight brownish spot, and perhaps very faintly metallic at extreme anterior tips; eves distinctly converging below; clypeus rather bulging, the anterior margin a little produced downward, black, and slightly emargin- ate; face and cheeks finely and closely punctate; vertex, scutum, and scutellum coarsely punctate, the latter without an impunctate streak; pleura not as coarsely or deeply punctured as top of thorax; area of propodeum dull, only slightly roughened above ; abdomen with abundant ordinary piliferous punctures, the im- punctate margins of the tergites not wide; head with black pub- escence, short and inconspicuous on upper part of cheeks, with a good deal of white intermixed on cheeks, and less on vertex, on sides of face, and between antennae; brushes beneath clypeal margin ferruginous; thorax with white pubescence with a little dark intermixed on pleura (especially above), and a very little on propodeum; scutum and scutellum, especially the latter, with many black hairs among the white; wings dusky brown, the basal veining meeting the transverse median, the second abscissa of cub- ital vein about twice as long as fuurth; pubescence of legs mostly. black ; pubescence of abdomen black with a good deal of white on first tergite and a little white at the posterior edges of tergites two to five, especially two to four, and especially laterally ; scopa black. Holotype: Altadena, Calif.. June 11, 1933, on Lotus scopar- ius (Michener, Coll.). Runs best to 25 in the Sandhouse key to Western species. Unless the pleura are carefully examined, the dark hairs are not seen. In color this species resembles O. clarescens Ckll., from which it differs by black legs, etc. It differs from O. sedula Sandh., by tridentate mandibles; from O. pentstemonis Ckll. and O. perbrevis Mich. by shorter hairs of face, etc.; from O. cauh- cola Ckll. by larger size; from O. albolatcralis Ckll. by presence of black hair on scutum; from O. phaceliae Ckll. by bluer color, more abundant black hair on scutellum, etc. The punctures of the scutum are about the same size as in O. coloradensis Cress., coarser than in any of the species just mentioned. 88 OSMIA POTENTILLAE N. Sp. Female: Length hardly 7 mm.; slender, dark blue green, the hind margins of the tergites concolorous (or a very little more bluish); lower part of face bluer, the center of scutum blackish in some lights; mandibles black, tridentate; antennae black, the flagellum sometimes faintly brownish beneath; tegulae greenish anteriorly and on outer side, otherwise black with a large brown spot in the middle; legs black; eyes converging below; face rather long; punctation of head and thorax fine and fairly dense, a little coarser and sparser on pleura; scutellum with a suggestion of an impunctate median streak; enclosure of propodeum dull; clypeus with a pair of orange brushes below the margin; head with black hair, mixed with shorter white hair on sides of face and to a very slight extent on vertex, and re- placed by white on cheeks; mandibles with ferruginous hair; hair of thorax white, intermixed with longer black hairs on scutum and especially on scutellum; hair of pleura very short and sparse; hair of legs black, reddish in some lights under sides of tars1; abdomen finely and sparsely punctate, especially anteri- orly, the impunctate margins of the tergites almost wanting, especially laterally ; hair of abdomen short and black, practically wanting on disk of second tergite, mostly replaced by white on first tergite and by dark fuscous on second tergite, intermixed with some white on sides of abdomen and on sixth tergite; pos- terior margins of third to fifth tergites with white hairs, form- ing narrow bands, most conspicuous on fourth and fifth tergites ; scopa black; wings dark brownish, the basal vein basad to trans- verse median, the second abscissa of cubital vein considerably longer than fourth. Holotype and paratype: Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Moun- tains, Calif., July 15, 1934, on Potentilla bolanderi var. bernar- dina (Michener, Coll.). Paratype: Tokopah Valley, Sequoia Na- tional Park, Calif., August 21, 1933, on Linanthus montanus (Michener, Coll.). In the keys this species runs persistently to O. phaceliae Ckll. 30th O. phaceliae and O. caulicola Ckil. are larger and more ro- bust, with clearer wings. The small size and slender form sug- gest O. pentstemoms Ckil. and O. hypoleucha Ckll., but these species have metallic legs, long bristles on the face, and less pale hair on abdomen. The legs of O. phaceliae Ckll. are black, not obscurely metallic as stated in the Sandhouse table. OSMIA SEQUOIAE DN. Sp. Female: Length nearly 8 mm.; dark greenish blue, the hind margins of the tergites very slightly more bluish, the lower part of face blue, tending to purplish; apex of clypeus normal, black; legs black except for the rufescent clawjoints of tarsi and the distinctly metallic fore and hind femora; antennae and mandibles black, the latter tridentate ; tegulae dark brownish black, the an- terior third bluish; eyes converging below; face rather narrow ; punctation of head and thorax fine and dense; clypeus, especially upper part, more coarsely punctate than rest of head; enclosure of propodeum rather shiny below, duller medially and laterally, dull and roughened above; vertex and dorsum of thorax black in many lights; scutellum with a narrow median polished, though not entirely impunctate, streak; wings dusky brown, the basal vein basad to transverse median, the second abscissa of cubital vein a little longer than fourth; abdomen rather distinctly punc- tate, the first tergite and the posterior ones rather closely so, the second and third tergites polished and less closely so; impune- tate margin of first tergite nearly wanting; head, except cheeks, with rather long black hair; cheeks with shorter white hair; vertex posteriorly, sides of face, and area between antennae with some short white hairs among the black; hair of pleura black, but that of propodeum abundant and white; scutellum with some long black hairs (few in the holotype) and some shorter white hairs; scutum with a little black hair, and some white intermixed at sides; large tuft of hair behind wing bases white; scopa black ; hair of legs black; pubescence of abdomen black except for first tergite, where it is white, and last tergite, where there are some gray hairs in one paratype. Holotype: Mineral King, Tulare Co., Calif., September 3, 1933, on Aster sp? (Michener). Two paratypes: Tokopah Val- ley, Tulare Co., Calif., August 12 and 13, 1933, on Eriogonum wrightu (Michener, Coll.). Runs to O. cyanosoma Ckll. in the Sandhouse key to West- ern species. It differs from that species by the black tibiae and shorter and less abundant hair. O. sequoiae lacks the bristles on the face found in the group of O. pentstemonis Ckll. O. sequoiae differs from O. grindeliae Ckll., pike Ckll., malina Ckll., nanula Ckll., and tristella Ckll. by the metallic femora. OSMIA INTEGRA NIGRIGENA n. subsp. Male: Length over 12 mm.; agrees with the description of O. imtegra Cress. but hair of cheeks (except at upper ends) black; hair of fore legs beyond femora not mixed with pale; hair of second tergite black at sides; first tergite with some black intermixed at sides. Differs further from a New Mex- ico specimen by the black (not reddish) small joints of tarsi. In a Colorado specimen there is a little black hair intermixed at sides of second tergite. 90 Female: Length nearly 12 mm.; robust, dark blue, the dor- sum of thorax greenish, the legs, antennae, mandibles, and tegulae black; clypeus partly black, not modified; head and thorax finely and closely punctate, the punctures of scutum so close as to leave no shiny ground between; enclosure of propodeum smooth and strongly shiny below, dullish laterally, and a narrow basal band (widened in the middle) dull and slightly roughened ; abdomen rather finely punctate, the smooth apical margins of the tergites of moderate width; wings dusky, the basal vein meet- ing the transverse median; mandibles broad, four toothed, the outer tooth long and broad; pubescence of head black, mixed with ochraceous on vertex; pubescence of thorax black except for the dorsum, where it is entirely ochraceous; hair of first tergite ochraceous except laterally; hair of second tergite och- raceous medially, black laterally; black hairs present basally and apically in the median portion; rest of abdomen all black haired, except for some pale hairs on sixth tergite; scopa black; pubescence of legs black, somewhat fuscous on tarsi. Holotype male: La Crescenta, Calif.. May 5, 1934. Allo- type female: same locality, April 28. 1934, both on Salvia melli- fera (Michener, Coll.). This is probably a distinct Californian subspecies, as Cock- enelleims W912 (Proc. U. S. N. M.) said “At Claremont, Cali- fornia, Baker has taken a variety of the male with the hair of cheeks (except above) and of anterior legs black.” The female seems related to O. novomexicana Ckll., but differs by smaller size, black hair between bases of antennae, paler hair of scu- tellum, etc. Mr. P. H. Timberlake considers O. novome-xicana the female of O. integra. OsMIA FEMORATA DN. Sp. Female: Length about 54% mm.; a robust black form; facial line shorter than transfacial; eyes quite strongly converging al- most to their lower ends; apical margin of clypeus broadly round- ed, with a shallow notch in the middle; antennae black ; mandibles black, with a broad red band just before the teeth; legs black, the hind femora and areas on inner sides of hind tibiae red; vertex and scutum somewhat shining, with rather small close punctures, Sparser on center of scutum; posterior face of propodeum pol- ished and impunctate, the extreme sides of upper part with a few longitudinal striae ; front medianly a little more finely punc- tate than near eye margins or than vertex; wings nearly clear, the second submarginal cell short, the second recurrent vein nearly meeting second transverse cubital, the basal vein distad to transverse median; tegulae dull reddish testaceous; abdomen black, shining, with rather small punctures, widely separated on dorsum of first three tergites; concavity of first tergite bounded 91 by a fine carina, but without a median sulcus; face covered with white pubescence, most conspicuous on sides of face, dull and rather grayish on clypeus and around antennae; cheeks, pleura, scutellum, edges of scutum, and sides of propodeum with fairly copious white pubescence; tergites one to five with white bands, the first widened at the sides; sixth tergite with much white pub- escence near base; scopa white. Holotype: ten miles east of Borego Valley, Calif., emerged June 15, 1933, from a mud nest of a Pseudomasaris found on a rock (Michener). This was not an old nest, as the Pseudo- masaris (one of the smaller species) pupae were alive, although they died just before the emerging time. This is a very distinct species. The form of the margin of the clypeus and the red hind femora distinguish this species at once from all previously described forms. O. timberlakei Ckll. has all the femora red. PROTERIADES TRISTIS N. Sp. Female: Black, with red on the first segment of abdomen; length 7 mm.; eyes convergent below ; mandibles tridentate, with a broad red band just before the teeth; apex of clypeus broadly rounded, hardly showing any angles; antennae black; entire head and top of thorax finely punctate, the face more finely and closely punctate than vertex and scutum; tegulae rufotestaceous ; wings brownish, the veins and stigma black; legs black, the claw joints of tarsi brownish; abdomen black, the first tergite dark red at the sides and on posterior margin; pubescence rather sparse, whitish, forming abdominal bands and abundant between the bands on last few tergites, rather abundant on sides of thorax, scutellum, and sides of face; hair on under sides of tarsi orange brown. Holotype: Eagle Rock Hills, Los Angeles Co., Calif., June 30, 1933 (Michener), Paratype: La Crescenta, Calif., on Cryp- tanthe, May 5, 1935 (Michener). The latter specimen has most of the face covered a pale hair and has a little red at extreme sides of second tergite. Differs from P. evansi and senurubra by the slightly con- vergent inner orbits. PROTERIADES EVANSI 0. Sp. Female: Length a little over 7 mm.; form very robust; head large; eyes divergent below; clypeus low, the apex medianly not farther downward than at sides where it approaches the eye margin; anterior margin of clypeus with two broad shallow emarginations, leaving a short median truncation ; anterior lateral corners of clypeus each with a small shining tubercle or raised area; mandibles tridentate, broad, but not widened in the middle 92 as in P. semirubra; anterior margin of clypeus with a very long fringe of pale hairs; wings brownish, the second abscissa of cubital vein longer than fourth; body black, the first tergite ex- cept base medially and lateral parts of second tergite red; tegulae reddish testaceous; flagellum dusky brown beneath; legs black ; punctures rather fine and close, a little coarser on clypeus (except for a small impunctate area on upper edge) and a little finer on abdomen; pubescence rather abundant, whitish, forming ab- dominal bands and abundant between the bands on apical tergites ; scopa slightly yellowish. Holotype: Loyds (Sierra Nevada Mountains), Tulare Co., Calif., August 3, 1935 (Evans). Easily distinguished from the other species by the form of clypeus. This species is named for Mr. Willis A. Evans of Pasadena, TITUSELLA CLYPEATA Nn, Sp. Female: Length a little over 6 mm.; black; eyes slightly di- vergent below; mandibles broad, four toothed, with rufescent hairs distally; antennae black; clypeus shiny, convex, nearly im- punctate and hairless except laterally, and with the distal edge, except for a narrow space in the middle, undulate and produced forward; rest of head and dorsum of thorax moderately punc- tate; tegulae and legs black; wings nearly clear, the veins and stigma black, the second submarginal cell hardly longer than the first on the cubital side; abdomen rather finely punctate, more closely so behind; pubescence pale, forming distinct narrow ab- dominal bands, and abundant between the bands on the posterior segments; present also on the sides of the thorax, pronotum, around the edges of the scutum and scutellum, and to a lesser extent on the face and elsewhere; hair on under side of tarsi orange brown; scopa whitish; first joint of labial palpi a little shorter than second. Holotype: Eagle Rock Hills, Los Angeles Co., April 14, 1933, on Rhamnus crocea (Michener, Coll. ). Differs from T. cubiceps (Cress.) by the absence of an emargination on anterior edge of clypeus (the clypeus appears slightly emarginate if viewed from above) and by more coarsely punctured tergites. While on the subject of Titusella, I wish to state that T. promitens Ckll. is the same as T. cubiceps (Cress.). A specimen from Monanche Meadows, Tulare Co., Calif., July 26, 1935 (W. A. Evans) is indistinguishable from Colorado specimens. 93 A NEW SOUTHERN RACE OF EUCHLOE AUSONIDES (DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA) By Lioyp M. Martin Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. EUCHLOE AUSONIDES R. ANDREWSI RACE NOV. g , expands 35 mm. Superior surface, ground color snow white with no sugges- tion of yellow tinting, the bases of wings greatly reduced in gray scaling, such as is characteristic of ausonides and coloradensis ; apex considerably rounded, with powdering of gray scales (some- times slightly tinted yellow) as in the usual markings of colo- radensis; bar at outer end of cell reduced, sometimes becoming only a small black oblongate bar. Secondaries generally clear white with a mottled appearance resultant from the markings on the under surface showing through. Inferior surface of pri- maries; apex tinted with yellow-green scales which correspond to the gray on the superior surface; bar at outer angle of cell repeated but slightly reduced with a minute white mark in the center. Secondaries; the marbling is much reduced compared with that of typical coloradensis; mottled with light yellow-green forming no distinct bands, and with a much increased area of the white ground color. All veins yellow, standing out very prominently, and with no pearly luster on the ground color of the under surface. 2, expands 36 mm. Same size and coloring as the ¢ , with no suggestion of yel- low such as is characteristic of 9 9 of ausonides and colo- radensis. The three main features that distinguish andrews: from colo- radensis (which is its nearest ally) are: first, the very rounded apex ; second, practically no dark scales at base of wings, and third, the under surface on the secondaries having no pearly luster and with very light yellow-green marbling. The type series contains twenty-five ¢ g and twenty-six @ © which are as follows: Holotype g Crest Line Highway, near Lake Arrowhead, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 15, 1936. Allotype @ Crest Line Highway, near Lake Arrowhead, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 10, 1936. Paratypes Nos. 2 to 30, fourteen g¢ g and fourteen 2 9, Crest Line Highway, near Lake Arrowhead, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 8 and 10, 1936. 94 EAA PeSeN OSs Ol fit 32.9 edad , O42 , 30.97, 30.9, 40 9, 42 9 , and 449, Crest Line Highway, near Lake Arrowhead, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 15 and 18, 1936. acatypes INOS. 37g, 39g 414,43 ¢, 49 ¢, 469,47 3, 49g, 509, and 51 9, Crest Line Highway, near Lake Arrow- head, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 19, 1935. Paratypes Nos. 35 g , 482, near Big Bear Lake Dam, San Bernardino Co., Calif., June 14 and 18, 1935. Paratypes Nos.73,89,9¢, 109, will be placed in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Paratypes Nos. 11 ¢, 129, 4523, 329, will be placed in the collection of the Canadian Museum at Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Paratypes Nos. 37 g , 50 9 , are to be placed in the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Calif. The holotype, allotype and the remainder of paratypes will be retained in the collection of the Los Angeles Museum, Expo- sition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. All specimens except one were collected by Mr. Robert H. Andrews of Pasadena, Calif., for whom | take pleasure in nam- ing this new race. I am informed by Mr. Andrews: that the butterflies were quite scarce and hard to capture as they fly in dense under- brush and on steep hillsides at an elevation of 5,000 to 6,000 feet. —— —&- @——— NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF EREBUS ODORA L. (LEPIDOPT.) By JoHn AbamMs CoMSTOCK This giant Noctuid has been frequently reported in the lit- erature as occurring in the various states, and has even reached Canada. There has always existed a doubt as to its breeding north of the Mexican line. It seems a surprising fact that North American collectors have failed to locate the larvae. These have been taken by sev- eral collectors in southern California, and we have little doubt but that it will be found in many of the southern states. The foodplant of choice in this area is Acacia decurrens Willd. The larvae are night feeders, and rest during the day on the bark or branches of the tree, where their protective col- oration makes them difficult to find. The young larva is flat, and presses close to the bark. The mature larva is stout and cylindrical, and would be a conspicuous object, but for the fact that it chooses depressions or crevices in the bark, or a deep crotch between two limbs in which to hide. 95 The larva is difficult to rear in it earlier instars. It does not stand handling, and refuses to eat if disturbed. It must be fed with the youngest and most tender leaves. We have not been successful in rearing young larvae, but Mr. Karl Christian of Los Angeles has managed to bring a few through to maturity, from the egg. The egg has been described several times, as will be noted in the appended bibliography. Gundlach described the larva and pupa in Entomologica Cubana, but this publication is not avail- able to the average worker. The young larva was described by Fernald, and also by the Hisers (see bibliography). We know of no published illustrations of the early stages. Larva, intermediate instar. Ground color gray, irregularly mottled with dark grayish brown, as noted in the accompanying cut, Plate 21. PLATE 21 Larva of Erebus odora, intermediate instar, enlarged. Photo by Menke. 96 Head, black, or brownish black over the crown, topped by two light spots on the apex. The lower part of the cheeks, light gray. Ocelli black. The legs are relatively large and are held wide apart. The posterior two pair of prolegs are prominently developed, and with the anal pair of prolegs are separated laterally, thus show- ing prominently in a view of the dorsal aspect. Mature larva, length 63 mm. Cylindrical, plump, widest at the fourth segment tapering abruptly at the eleventh segment. Ground color gray or gray-brown, heavily mottled with black. There is a wide mid-dorsal longitudinal band of light gray, ir- regular in outline, expanding on the tenth segment into a sub- triangular area. This is bordered laterally with an irregular wide black, or brownish-black band. There is also a narrow broken black stigmatal band. Stigmata, prominent, dark centered, with grayish margins. Head, black over the crown; mottled gray on the sides. The accompanying illustrations, Plate 22, adequately figure this larva. PLATE 22 Mature larva of Hrebus odora enlarged approximately x 1. Upper figure, dorsal view. Lower figure, lateral view. Photo by Menke. The very fragile semblance of a cocoon was formed among leaves on the floor of the breeding cage. Pupation occurred October 1935: Pupa, length 45 mm. Greatest width through shoulders, 12 mm. Color, uniform blackish brown. Surface, smooth, except for the rugosity of the caudal area. There are two long black cremasteric hooks with recurved tips, measuring 1.75 mm., and at the base of these a few short brown hooklets about one- third the length of the long pair. The form of this chrysalis is adequately shown on Plate 23. Imago emerged November 8, 1935. Foodplants listed: Cassia, Acacia, Kentucky coffee tree (Gymnociadus dioica (L.)) Koch., Pithecolobium, Saman. BIBLIOGRAPHY .... Larva, pupa. Gundlach. Ent. Cubana. 1888. Egg, young larva. Fernald. Ent. Amer. IV:36. 1908. Egg. E. Was. Ent. News. XIX:83. 1908. Notes. Coolidge. Ent. News. XIX:342. 1917. Egg, young larva. D. F. & J. S. Hiser. Ent News. XXVIII:79. A. B. (Gy, PLATE 23 Pupa of Hrebus odora enlarged x 1%. A. Ventral view. B. Lateral view. C. Dorsal view. Photo by Menke. 98 NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF FIVE MOTHS FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA By Joun A. Comstock and Cuartes M. DAMMERS EUCHAETIAS ELEGANS STRETCH. Described from a series reared from eggs that were secured from a 9 (taken in copula) collected in Rattlesnake Canon, San Bernardino Co., Calif., on May 1, 1932, on milkweed. The de- scription of mature larva was subsequently checked with numer- ous examples collected in the [banpah Mts., San Bernardino Co., in May, 1936, feeding on a broad-leaved Ascle pias. Egg: Spherical, with a smooth glistening surface; trans- lucent and nearly colorless. Eggs are laid in a mass on the leaves of the foodplant, and are covered with a mat of hairlike scales, produced from the caudal portion of the female’s abdomen. Peri- od in the ovum, 15 days. See Plate 24. LAN eran hans if Mn ; Grege As known to have collected at Monterey, Nuevo Leon, as evidenced by Gregg’s collection from Monterey, Mexico, of E. cinerascens cited by Engelmann, Bot. Mex. Bound. 186. 1859. It is prob- able that both authors were citing the same collection. EupHorBIA FENDELERI T. & G., Pacif. Rail. Rep. If 2: 175. 1855. The fourth collection of this species for California is: Keystone Spring, New York Mts., eastern Mohave Desert, San Bernardino Co., Munz 13842 (P, W). EUPHORBIA GLYPTOSPERMA Engelm. in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., 187. 1859. Millspaugh, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 409. 1916, gives Chamaesyce aequata Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. 7: 204. 1910, and Ch, aequata var. claudicans Lunell, idem, as synonyms of Ch. glyptosperma. 1 am ‘unable to place them here from Lunell’s description. Likewise, Ch. glyptosperma var. integrata Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. 3: 142. 1913, is given by Millspaugh, FMPB 2: 409. 1916, as another synonym of Ch. glyptosperma. Without examining the type I cannot be sure that the plant Lunell described was Euphorbia glyptosperma. I have seen the type of E. Greenei Millsp., Pittonia 2: 88. 1890: Beaver Canyon, Idaho, E, L. Greene in 1889 (F), and agree with Millspaugh’s © later reduction of this to synonymy under F. glyptosperma. Rydberes, Fl) Pramies’& Plains, 517. 1932, % cites) Chamaesiyce erecta Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. 1: 204. 1910, as a synonym of Ch. glyptosperma, The description does not enable me to refer it to that species. EUPHORBIA HIRTULA Engelm, ex. S. Wats., Bot. Calif. 2:74. 1880. Apparently this has not been reported from the Coast Ranges. There are two collections. California: Monterey Co.: Jolon, Eastwood in 1894 (C); “The Indians,” Santa Lucia Mts., Uelor ilowell s0ou (OAs), EUPHORBIA HUMISTRATA Engelm. in Gray, Man. ed. 3: 386. 1859. Greene, Fl. Franc., 92. 1895, reports this from a specimen collected by him at Ione, Amador Co., Calif. I have not seen the specimen. It if were this it was introduced and the species has not reappeared. 128 “RUPHORBIA INAEQUILATERA Engelm. in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. 187.” 1859, appears in Index Kewensis. As a matter of fact Engelmann, idem, properly credited this to Sonder, Lin- naea 1850:105. Boissier, DC. Prod. 157: 43. 1862, was the first writer to erroneously credit Engelmann with this species. This “E. inaequilatera Engelm.” equals E. serpyllifolha at least for the most part. EUPHORBIA MICROMERA Boiss., DC. Prod. 15°: 44. 1862. In GAlitonmua this has been reported” (Bull) ‘So, ‘Cal. Acad. Sci. 33: 107. 1934) north of the Colorado Desert only from Owens Lake, Inyo Co., Purpus 3046 (C). It occurs at Rosamond, Mo- have Desert, Los Angeles Co., collector not stated but probably Hoffmann, in 1928 (SB) EUPHORBIA NOVOMEXICANA (K. & G.) Wheeler comb, nov. Anisophyllum novomexicanum Klotzsch & Garcke, Abh. Akad. Wissen. Berlin 1559: 31. 1860. There seems to be no refer- ence in American botanical literature to this species. !t was pub- lished too near the appearance of pede in DeCandolle’s Prodromus 75°. 1862, for Boissier to include it. Greene, in pub- lishing his Euphorbia neomexicana, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 56. 1886, Grade MOmEe Terence nO Anisophyllum novomexicanum. It is doubtful that he knew of that name. A study of the litera- ture makes it appear that Greene’s name was the equivalent of the earlier name of Klotzsch & Garcke. The type collection of A, novomexicanum was Fendler /95 from New Mexico. Engel- mann, Bot. Mex. Bound., 187. 1859, cites Fendler 795 as Eu- phorbia inaequilatera Sonder. Boissier, DC. Prod. 15°: 43. 1862, cites Fendler 795 as E. serpyllifolia var. consanguinea Boiss. Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:56. 1886, cites in synonymy under his FE. neomexicana: “... E. imaequilatera, Engelm., Mex. Bound. as to the plant of New Mexico. E. serpyllifoha var. consanguinea, Boiss. DC. Prod. XV*:43, with the same limitation.” Therefore, according to Greene’s own statement, Fendler 795 is his species and his name must be a synonym of Amsophyllum novomexicanum. An examination of an isotype of A. novomexicanum: New Mexico, Fendler 795 im 1847 (G); reveals that this specimen is at best a peripheral member of an entity separable from Euphorbia serpyllifolia by narrow, sharply quadrangular, acute, seeds; and usually narrow leaves. The seeds of the isotype of Amsophyllum novomexicanum are shorter and less sharply quad- rangular and some of the leaves much broader than is typical of the species as here interpreted. Sometimes specimens of Ew- phorbia serpyllifolia such as Lumgrey Creek, Siskiyou Mts., Siskiyou Co., Calif., Wheeler 3289 (P, W.): have the leaves narrow and some linear by revolution on drying. However, the seeds definitely place this collection in E. serpyllifolia. This Wheeler 3289 was erect in part but the erect plants were rusted which seems to explain the erect habit for some usually pros- 129 trate Euphorbias assume an erect habit when rusty. (E. novo- mexicana is usually at least suberect.) A specimen with rather narrow seeds is: Flagstaff, Coconino Co., Arizona, Jones 3998 (P). The habit was prostrate and the leaves mostly broad so that I leave it in FE. serpyilifolia. This collection furnished the seed chosen by Millspaugh to illustrate E. serpyllifolia in Plate 1, No. 5, Pittonia 2: opposite 86. 1890. This seed looks too much like Plate 1, No. 16 from the type of EF. neomexicana Greene. It is unfortunate that Millspaugh used this atypical seed from Jones 3998 for his illustration. . .. The smooth, or at least not transversely ribbed, seeds of E. novomexicana (K. & G.) Wh. readily separate it from E. glyptosperma Engelm. For the present I am using E. novome-xicana as the earliest spe- cific name applicable to this entity. (According to Standley, Con. US Nat. Herb. 13: 146. 1910, “novomexicanum” is the proper adjective while “neomexicanum” is a hybrid of Greek ‘and Latin forms. Happily the valid name here is the grammati- cally correct.) Millspaugh placed undated annotation labels on Fendler 791 and 795 mounted together on one sheet at Gray Herbarium. He considered 795 to be part Chamaesyce serpyllifolia and part Anisophyllum novomexicanum. 1 consider both parts to be the second species. He labeled 791 Chamaesyce serpyllifolia. 1 con- sider it Euphorbia novomexicana. Millspaugh must have placed his annotation labels on the sheet about 1909 or later for he seems to have used Chamaesyce first about 1909. Strangely he never combined Anisophyllum novomexicanum into Chamaesyvce and never disposed of it in synonymy to my knowledge. Euphorbia novomexicana has not been reported from Cali- . fornia. Citation of representative specimens from California and elsewhere follows: California: 5 miles south of Barnwell, eastern Mohave Desert, San Bernardino Co., alt. 4,500 ft., Manz WSS5O, OG Ze 55 0 (2 NNO) e on limyon Conta WNaldgixose Canyon, alt. 5,400 ft., Hoffmann, Sept. 29, 1931 (SB); 5 miles south of Skidoo, Panamint Mts., Hoffmann, Sept. 30, 1931 (SB). An- zona: Fairbank, Cochise Co., W. W. Price in 1893 (P). Utah: Moab, Grand Co., VM. E. Jones im 18917 (P). Whis#specmicn matches well the foliage of the biologically atypical isotype of Anisophyllum novomexicanum but the seeds are typically long, narrow, and sharply quadrangular. Colorado: Ft. Collins, Lar- imer Co., alt. 5,000 ft., C. F. Baker in 1892 (P). New Mexico: Grants, Valencia Co., M. E. Jones in 1584 (P). Gray, Lincoln Co., alt. 6,000 ft., Josephine Skehan 71 (P). Twenty miles south of Roswell, Chaves Co., alt. ca. 3,600 it., F. S. & E. S. Earle 273 (P). Sierra Co.: Hillsboro, O. B. Metcalf 1298 (P); Lake Valley, Mrs. Beals, no date or No., (P). One plant of Mrs. Beals’ specimen has typically narrow leaves, the other has some broad leaves. EUPHORBIA NUTANS Lagasca, Gen. et Sp. Nov., 17. 1816. Rydberg, Fl. Prairies & Plains, 517. 1932, cites as synonyms of Chamaesyce hyssopifola (L.) Small, Euphorbia nutans Lag., and &. Presiu Guss. Small, Man. SE FI., 796. 1933, adds E. brasiliensis Lam. to the list of synonyms. For the present it seems advisable, at least for our territory, to consider FE. nutans as valid and E£. Preslii as its synonym. No Pacific States speci- mens have been referred to the other two species in local litera- Minemboissier, DC. Prod. 157.23. 1862, uses E. Presin Guss. and cites E. nutans as a synonym. E. nutans is the earlier name. Several species that are closely related to, if not conspecific with E. nutans, need study. EUPHORBIA OCCIDENTALIS Drew, Bull. Torr. Club 16: 152. 1889. I have seen a specimen of the type collection which is probably the type: Hy-Am-Pum, Humboldt Co., Calif., Chestnut G& Drew, July 23, 1888 (C); and it is typical E. serpylhfoha Pers. The herbage is quite glabrous and not “puberulent” as stated by Jepson, Man. Fl. Pls. Cal., 599. 1925. The above lo- cality is evidently the Hyampom, Trinity Co. of present maps. EUPHORBIA OCELLATA D. & H. var. Rattani (S. Wats.) WiheclemeBall: So, Cal) Acad. Se: 33: 107. 1934. At the time of Rattan’s collection of the type Colusa Co., Calif., included all of the present counties of Colusa and Glenn and part of Tehama Co. Consequently Watson’s statement that Stony Creek, the type locality, was in Colusa Co., was correct at the time. At the present time Stony Creek lies in the north end of Glenn Co. in its lower reaches. The third collection of this rare variety and the second collection at the type locality was made recently by the writer: Stony Creek two miles north of Orland, Glenn Co., Wheeler 4041, Oct. 16, 1935 (P, Peir, UCLA, W). It was growing on the dry sunny gravelly flood bed of the creek with Chrysopsis, Mentzelia laevicaulis, and Brickellia californica. EuPHORBIA SANGUINEA Hochst. & Steud. ex. Boiss., DC. Erodmeie- 35. 1862, Greene, Bull, Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:57. 1886, refers some California specimens to this African species. For the present I refer the California material to E. serpyllifolia. EUPHORBIA SERPYLLIFOLIA Pers., Syn. Pl. 2:14. 1807, not Balb. Persoon spelled the specific name “‘serpillifolia” but nearly all later authors have taken the liberty of spelling it “serpylli- folia’ as it was apparently named for Serpyllum. I have yet to be satisfied with the validity of any of the proposed varieties of this species except var..neomexicana which seems to be a good species to which | apply an earlier name. E. serpyliifolia is greatly in need of study. Judging by com- ments here and there in the literature, similar or perhaps iden- tical African species must be considered when the relationships of this species are studied. 131 Section T1THYMALUS Workers preferring to use the segregate genera of Euphorbia would do well to consider the validity of 7ithymalus Adanson. Rydberg, Fl, Prairies & Plains, 519. 1932, takes up Galarhoeus Haworth (under a variant spelling). Small, Man. SE FIL, 800. 1933, also uses Galarhoeus. Incidentally, Small, 1. c., 804, takes up Tithymalus Mill, instead of Pedilanthus Neck. V EUPHORBIA CRENULATA Engelm. var. FRANCISCANA Norton, Ann. Rep: Mo, Bot. Gard. 77:38. 1899 (reprint 38). have seen topotypes of this, notably: San Francisco, Calif., Heller 6625 (P); and the only difference I can see is that the fifth gland is perhaps a trifle longer than usual but I do not con- sider that sufficient difference to maintain the variety. The San Francisco Bay region plants are neither more nor less perennial than those from Monterey, the type locality of the species, and I consider none of them perennial. EupuHorsia Cyparissias L., Sp. Pl. 461. 1753. Although reported in the Pacific States only from Pullman, Washington, Piper, Con. US Nat. Herb. 17: 382. 1906, it 1s includedw@here because it is likely to reappear as it is sometimes cultivated about cemeteries. EUPHORBIA DICTYOSPERMA Fischer & Meyer, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop, 2:37. 1835. Engelmann, Bot, Mex. Bound; 193s: reduces E. arkansana Engelm. & Gray to synonymy. I agree with this and, after examining a good series of specimens at Pomona College herbarium, I am convinced that the characters used by Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11:7. 1899 (reprint 38), to distinguish E. arksansana and its varieties and EF. mexi- cana (Engelm.) Norton, from E. dictyosperma are too variable and lacking in correlation to maintain any of these segregates. HUPHORBIA EXIGUA I) Sp. Ply 456. 1753. > Uhissiwasene- ported first by Millspaugh, Pittonia 2:90. 1890, and later by Greene, Man. Bay Region Bot., 80. 1894, and FI. Franc., 90. 1895, from Santa Clara, Calif. This report, based on a collec- tion by B. F. Leeds in 1888, was confirmed by Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 117: 28. 1899. The species apparently has not reappeared and so does not merit consideration as part of the Pacific States flora. EurHorsia Latuyris L., Sp. Pl., 457. 1753. This species has long been known in California. It was first noted by Engel- mann, Bot. Mex. Bound., 193. 1859, at Monterey. In California herbaria there are specimens from all the coastal counties south of San Francisco Bay except San Diego, Ventura, and Santa Clara. ‘Norton, Ann. Rep: Mo. Bot, Gard: 17-10) 1899} cites specimens from Ventura and Santa Clara counties. It was col- lected in Berkeley, Alameda Co., Chestnut in 1885 (C). North of San Francisco Bay it is known from Myer’s Ranch, South 132 Fork Eel River, Humboldt Co., Tracy 5110 (C), reported Jep- conmmviany be Pl Cal 601; 1925- and from Scott Bar, Scott River, Siskiyou Co., Wheeler 3358 in 1934 (P, W). The alti- tudinal range of the species is considerable, for it ranges from near sea level as at Watsonville, alt. ca. 25 ft., Santa Cruz Co., Wheeler 4058 (P, W); to 3,250 feet altitude at Seven Oaks, San Antonio Canyon, San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co., John- chommiggn- (GD); 1, P). EupHorstA NortoniAna A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 47: 437. 1909. It appears that Nelson did not understand what Euphorbia cren- ulata is. Furthermore, if he had considered the plants about San Francisco Bay region distinct as did Norton, and Heller (Muhl. 1:56. 1904), he should have taken up Tithymalus franciscanus Heller. I have seen duplicates of both collections constituting Nelson’s “type’: Calif.: San Francisco, Heller 6625 (P); woods about Pacific Grove, near Monterey, Heller 6486 (P); and they are both Euphorbia crenulata. This last is a topotype of E. crenulata. E. Nortoniana is typical E. crenulata. EUPHORBIA PLATYPHYLLA L., Sp. Pl., 460. 1753. Reported byetooker Ill Bor, Am. 2: 140, 1838, from “Plains of the Columbia River. Douglas.’ There is some doubt as to the val- idity of the report. Aside from this report there is no other report of this species west of the Rocky Mts. If it ever oc- curred in Oregon or Washington it was probably a waif. TissA LUTEOLA Greene, Pittonia 5:114. The line bearing the above species name, author, and reference was misplaced at the end of Tithymalus in Index Kewensis Sup. 3: 180. KEY Leaves all opposite, not decussate, usually inaequilateral ; stipules present ; inflorescence solitary or glomerulate; glands 4 __............ ne onsca cect; ce ase ee RE eee Se Cia A NISOPR EYEE Ua Leaves alternate at least below the inflorescence (except decus- sate in Euphorbia Lathyris), aequilateral; stipules wanting, or, if present, gland-like; inflorescence cvmose or umbellate, or, if solitary, glands 5. Sicibvelands 5) with’ petaloid appendages ci rea Coss a OS el ae ER SRE Se DD Sect. I] TrRICHEROSTIGMA Herbs; glands 3 to 5, without petaloid appendages. Glands 3-5 per involucre; inflorescence cymose ; stipules laird alice wither tee oe Sect. II] Pornsetria Glands 4; inflorescence mostly umbellate ; stipules want- WIN ae ees mee ete ... sect. [LV TirHyMaALus I ANISOPHYLLUM Leaves toothed at least at the apex. Perennial; andropeds (staminate pedicels each bearing one Slighaarsial)) ioavorrs awa, AO) 4. E. capitellata Annual; andropeds fewer than 12. Some of the leaves 1-2 cm. long; plant usually erect Be eee eee eee en ee eM meee AAO) (8). NI OTLS Leaves shorter than 1 cm.; plant usually prostrate or ascending, sometimes erect. Herbage glabrous throughout. Seeds sharply quadrangular ; leaves mostly nar- rowly oblong to linear. Seeds with transverse ridges including the angles; plants usually prostrate; leaves Ne Veral in eCatw ais 11. E. glyptosperma Seeds with nearly smooth facets; plants usually nearly erect; some of the leaves often linear though sometimes only by revolution of the margin on drying _........ SSA ered ete ee ec 19. E., novomexicana Seeds ovoid-quadrangular, 1. e., turgid with © rounded angles; leaves broadly oblong to obo- VatG theses 1: Saleen eve mee tae 31. E. serpyllifoha Herbage, at least the stems, hairy. Andropeds ca. 10; seeds turgidly quadran- ula: on ei eee heel ya eee 13. E. hartula Andropeds ca. 5; seeds sharply quadrangular. Involucral lobes next to sinus mostly en- tire; sinus U-shaped, depressed ca. one- third of distance to base of involucre ___.. SE meee Re Ae ie 15. E. maculata Involucral lobes next to sinus parted into 3-4 linear segments; sinus very narrowly V-shaped, not depressed = ae BNP NCRA Gomes aS One Pate 1. £. Abramsiana 134 Leaves entire. Glands discoid (circular) or radially elongate, without ap- pendages (except E. ocellata var, Rattani1), Andropeds more than 10; upper stipules distinct. - seeds rounded on back, ACCME Dla torsetescte ene all ae eee 8. E. eremica Glands radially elongate; Glands strictly discoid ; seeds quadrangular or ovoid. Seeds ovoid; leaves mostly over 10 mm. long. Herbage glabrous. Leaves ovate - lanceolate, at most slightly falcate, usually without evi- dent lateral veins ; seeds always smooth Eee 22h, wocelata Valu anentcola Leaves ovate-deltoid-falcate, blunt or mucronulate, lateral veins evident be- low; seeds mugolose! om nugose. = = ERIE ad ee 7 eNO Ce OLE Feller agent bDESCe mit wee men: wie ee knees wees Pee ea Se POCCUIOLE ate Cartan Seeds quadrangular; leaves mostly less than 4 imaraal, Moyer ieee he en BS Zi S/S VeXon a) Andropeds fewer than 10; upper stipules united —_... chic he SRM AR Seg ae aaa ec 17. E. micromera Glands tangentially elongate, usually appendaged. Stipules united into a white glabrous membranous scale ee re aw en Usa Bi alDOMmManginara Stipules distinct or at least not forming a white glabrous membranous scale. Andropeds 10 or fewer. Appendages little if any wider than the glands, or wanting; sinus not greatly depressed _.......... Bee iota rest Mites yn CANNY. ... 17. E. micromera (See also 1, 11, 13, 19, 31, which are some- times entire-leaved. ) Appendages 3-4 times as wide as the glands; sinus depressed ca. two-thirds of distance to base of involucre. Appendages deeply 3-4 parted into atten- 135 uate segments; annual; hairs tapering 2g Se SE ei Ae Lena ee 32. E. setiloba Appendages entire to crenate; perennial; hairs mostly clavate _..... 3. E. arizonica Andropeds more than 10. Plants glabrous or with short spreading hairs. Seeds 1.75 mm. or more long; capsule 2.25 mm, or more long; plant glabrous through- OLE Oi ae Mahe em 10. E. Fendlen Seeds 1.25 mm. long or shorter; capsule 1.75 mm. long or shorter; plant glabrous to pubescent but stipules always hairy. Plant glabrous, or if pubescent ap- pendages wider than glands _.......... eee eee ee. JE), DOUNCOL DE Plant pubescent and the appendages no, wider than’ the glandsaa mes ates ... 29. E. polycarpa var. hirtella Plant (at least the stems) with curved, ap- pressed hairs, or tomentose. Seed cylindrical, encircled by 4-5 rounded ridges; at least the stems with curved, ap- pressed hairs 4... 26. E. “pedienlijena Seed quadrangular; plant tomentose. Appendages wide and with short spreading hairs on margin and_be- Meath snare 33. £E. vallis-mortae Appendages wide to absent, glabrous or rarely with a few hairs beneath next to glands 16. E. melanademia Il TRICHEROSTIGMA @ursonlive Speciess satus ews see ees Ca 18. E. misera iS SPormsEanes OE, Only WS pe Che swe eee ne len aoe 9. E. errvantha LY Dinmyvacsrus Stem leaves decussate; capsule 7-10 mm. long, spongy before GENS cana ae eae eae an eRe 14. E. Lathyras Stem leaves alternate ; capsule less than 5 mm, long, never spongy. Stem leaves serrate or serrulate; glands entire and rounded; seeds reticulate. Capsule smooth; seeds ovoid 12. E. Hehoscopia Capsule verrucose; seeds distinctly flattened-ovoid —.... ort pO OE OP Met ON Thre aera 7. E. dictyosperma Stem leaves entire (or crenulate) ; glands usually horned, at least not entire; seeds not reticulate though often mottled. Stem leaves narrowly linear; capsule rugose -........ aa oe Bs Miata ae an anaes Ose CA PANISSLAS: Stem leaves not linear; capsule smooth. Seeds with two longitudinal rows of pits on the back, one row on each side, and two longitudinal grooves on the face; andropeds 1.5 mm, long or SOT tet wee eeeees one Ea en ie NES Ere DIAOS Seeds without regular pits or grooves; andropeds 2 mm. or more long. Horns longer than the gland; annual or bien- nL vee ACI Pe eat a. Ee crenulata Horns shorter than the gland; perennial. Glands horned, margin otherwise entire or nearly so; andropeds glabrous —..... LEE NS Une ee Ue ne aie aM YL aS) EO LH AD Glands short horned or hornless, margin lacerate, andropeds usually sparsely pub- CS Ceti teeter ele caenar ae oka 30. E. schizoloba THE NOMENCLATURE First, is an alphabetical list of valid species and varieties, their type localities, and their ranges in the Pacific States. This list is the result of compilation from floras and papers dealing with the Pacific Coast species combined with a study of material in the major California herbaria and a revisional study, to ap- pear shortly in the Bulletin of the Torrey Club, of the entire- leaved members of section Anisophyllum for this territory. The numbers following each citation refer to the synonyms of that name in the second list. 137 Second, is an alphabetical list of synonyms. This list was compiled and assembled in the same way as the first. The synon- ymy for section 7ithymalus before 1899 was taken almost en- tirely from Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 11:1-60. 1899 (reprint 38). The number following each synonym refers to its valid name in the first list. The numbers following the name of each section refer to the valid names in that section given in the first list below. iN) Ansophyllum= V2.3, 48. JOM 135s) 6s ioe Z0r IN LBs, Lz: Pay JAD, AS, A) hs SE, SS): Poinsettia: 9. dithymalus= 5) O72 4246 27030: Tricherostigma: 18. VaLip NAMES Euphorbia Abramsiana Wheeler, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. B35 VOD VOSA se ie sO io Oe NSIS CaO oe 38 Type loc.: Heber, Imperial Co., Calif. Imperial Co., Calif. on the arid desert; Lower Sonoran Zone. E., albomarginata T. & G., Pacif. Rail. Rep. 2: 174. 1855. Sven acre A ote ara ee 5, 108 Type loc.: Not stated. Cismontane Southern California east of Ventura Co., and in the Colorado and Mohave Deserts and north to Inyo Co.; Lower and Upper Sonoran Zones. E. arizonica Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 186, 1859 _____. BY ASO ees ale oa ap Mae ae [earn cion Os, 25), SS, Wu Type loc.: Sierra Yanos, Sonora, Mexico.) Edgevotmiine mountains bordering Coachella Valley and Colorado Desert, Calif., on the west; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. capitellata Engelm. var. typica Wheeler. Name published hereinbefore: is ee aise ol A ee eae 9, 34, 61, 99 Type loc.: San Bernardino, Sonora, Mexico, Apparently in the’ San Jacinto; Mts) Riverside’ Co. ‘Calif. See ullasa: Cale Acade Scieo5 105-65 1934 E. crenulata Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 192. 1859 Le Smeg eae un ooh ee 66; 78,79) 84127. Woe Soemloe: Type loc.: Near Monterey, Calif. Western Oregon and throughout California in the hill country; Upper Sonoran and Transition Zones. E.Cyparissias e:, Sp: Pl, 461.1753... ee Leite Silke eae tele AS 49 Sle OOn EZ a lelo snag) ive 1g Type loc.: European. Recorded only from Pullman, Wash- ington, Piper, Con. US Nat. Herb, 11: 382. 1906. 138 Te 10. Ut. We 14. VS). E. dictyosperma F. & M., Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 2: 37. VO O9 1/07 SONS C2. S123, 1255126. 130) 136; 137 Type loc.: “The type was grown from seed collected at Bodega Bay, Sonoma Co., Calif.” Heller, Muhl, 1:56, 1904. Hill country of cismontane California, southern Oregon, and southeastern Washington; Upper Sonoran Zone. E. eremica Jepson, Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 600. 1925. Type loc.: Coachella Valley, Riverside Co., Calif. Known only from the type collection of a single plant made on the sandy floor of the desert; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. eriantha Bentham, Bot. Voy. Sulphur, 51, 1844 -......... 124 Type loc.: Magdalena Bay, Lower California, Mexico. Colo- rado Desert, Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. pplenidlent A... so Geakactt. Rail (Rep 724 W751 1855. ee _ecetccuccine past ana Ne SATIN eee eee oe Meee IE NGS, Ze MOZ Type loc.: “Big Springs of the Colorado, New Mexico.” San Bernardino and Inyo Co., Calif.; arid Upper Sonoran Zone. E. glyptosperma Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 187. 1859 _...... _ectcecuto SSS A See Ba a PA OA NSAP ll OO ese SO Ya 14, 16, 73 Type loc.: Not stated. Occasional in the valleys throughout ; Lower and Upper Sonoran Zones. eiecivoscopia le. Sp, Pler459° 1753) 2. es SO Zk sy Type loc.: European. Introduced from Europe at Elk, Men- docino Co., and El Monte, Los Angeles Co., Calif.; Upper Sonoran Zone. EM artula Engelm. ex S. Wats., Bot. Calif. 2: 74. 1880 ._. 17 Type loc.: “Near San Digeo,” Calif. Cuyamaca, San Ja- cinto, and San Bernardino Mts., central Sierra Nevada, rare in the South Coast Ranges, Monterey Co., Calif.; Transi- tion Zone. Belatnyris esp, Pl: 457. 1753-46, 47, 68; 114,120) 1225135 Type loc.: European. Coastal from Orange Co., to San Francisco Bay, also in Humboldt and Siskiyou Co., Calif., reported from Oregon by Howell, Fl. NW Am. 7: 605. 1902; Upper Sonoran Zone. EO CHIOLOE: NO Malb ls tO Dau 7 OO) ek ee ee een IS) Type loc.: “America septentrionali.””. A mainly urban weed introduced from the Eastern U. S., nearly throughout except in the deserts. 139 16. 18. IQ), Ee melanadenia, Dorr, Paci. Rail Repy 4 7135, 185/74 Uppy Pescara PSUS EAN Ny ansuane eee aero A0) (2, Oil Oi Type loc.: “San Gabriel,” Calif. Probably actually the foot of the San Gabriel Mts. a few miles north, South side of the Santa Monica, Verdugo, and San Gabriel Mts., San Jose and Puente Hills, Los Angeles Co., and desert drainage of San Diego Co., Calif.; Upper Sonoran Zone. Emieromera Boiss. DG. Prod. 152144. 1862.3 Type loc.: New Mexico. Occasional on the deserts from Inyo to Imperial Co., Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. misera Bentham, Bot. Voy. Sulphur, 51. 1844 .. 59, 143, 144 Type loc: San Diego, Calit.- Coast of Orange andmsan Diego Co., Whitewater, Colorado Desert, Calif.; Lower and Upper Sonoran Zones. E. novomexicana (K. & G.) Wheeler. Combined hereinbe- SG) ey i ea US oat mRNA One HRD acAieti GMI Do. 4 22 2385.05 Type loc.: New Mexico. Panamint Mts., and Barnwell, eastern Mohave Desert, Calif.; arid Upper Sonoran Zone. E. nutans Wag., Gen. et Sp. Nov., 17, 1816 2) 24 32e7- os type loc: = Habitat in N-[oval’ Ho lispanialic]) Stequam Nie vada foothills from Placer to Butte Co., and at Chico, Calif. Introduced from eastern U. S. or Mexico; upper Sonoran Zone, E. ocellata D. & H., Journ. Nat. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, pt. 3: 46. TS See Se i OR To Sea ale ne eee 26, 42 Type loc.: Poso Creek, Kern Co.; Calif. Sacramento ane San Joaquin Valley, and near San Bernardino, Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. ocellata var. arenicola (Parish) Jepson, Man. FI. Pls. Calif TO00 51 O25 jee a a ee ae eI (Le ae 6, 54, 67 Type loc.: Camp Cady, Mohave Desert, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Eastern Mohave Desert, Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. ocellata var. Rattanii (S. Wats.) Wheeler, Bull. So. Cal. cad? Set. Soe OZ VOSA i eG ea eae a nee 36, 100 lype loc: Stony, ‘Creek Glenn’ Co,” Calit® Wowempstomy Creek drainage, Glenn Co., Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. HE. Palmer, Engelm. ex Wats., Bot. Calif. 2775, 1s30peee= : ENCOUN er 2 ACs soy ORRIN Nl aI) RAR dees 138, 139, 140 Type loc.: Talley’s Ranch, Cuyamaca Mts., San Diego Co., Galit.” Laguna Mts. San. Diego Co. to Mit Pinos) i@alnte: Transition and Canadian Zones. 140, “apy, ZY: 30. ot E. Parishi Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2: 56. 1886 .. 27, 87 Type loc.: Warm Springs, Mohave Desert, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Deserts from Inyo south to San Diego Co., Calif. ; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. pedicuhfera Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 186. 1859 .......... we crane ci ice ea gaa Seeman ae Ta 10, 18, 28, 64, 77, 88, 89, 110 Type loc.: Sonora, Mexico. Colorado Desert, Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. Emigepiesiea sp). lalw450: L75375. 50; 52.759 11517, 141 Type loc.: European. Occasional weed near the coast in Calif., reported from Washington but not Oregon. E. polycarpa Bentham, Bot. Voy. Sulphur, 50. 1844 _.. 29 Type loc.: Magdalena Bay, Lower California, Mexico, Cali- fornia deserts from Inyo south to Imperial Co., along the coast from Ventura Co., to San Diego, and occasionally inland; Lower and Upper Sonoran Zones. E. polycarpa var. hirtella Boiss., DC. Prod. 15°: 44. 1862 Snes ihe csp.) Pong ay ON csr AR ERE Be iure ek a 30, 43 Type loc.: “California,” probably Colorado Desert, Calif. Southeastern Mohave Desert, and Colorado Desert, Calif. ; Lower Sonoran Zone, E. schizoloba Engelm., Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 173. 1861 .. 76, 142 Type loc.: “East of the Lower Colorado, lat. 35°.” Desert ranges of Mohave Desert, Calif., also Fig Tree John Spring, Colorado Desert; Lower and Upper Sonoran Zones. E. serpyllifolia Persoon, Syn. Pl. 2: 14. 1807, not Balb. .... 11, ZA 7, 39) OD, 7.1295, SO, 101, 103, 104,106; 1074 109 Type loc.: “Hab. in Amer.[ica] calidiore.’”’ Cismontane Calif., Oregon, and Washington; Lower and Upper Sonoran and Transition Zones. E. setiloba Engelm., Pacif. Rail. Rep. 5:364. 1857 . 40, 41, 72 Type loc.: Fort Yuma, Imperial Co., Calif. California des- erts from Inyo Co., south to Imperial Co.; Lower Sonoran Zone. E. vallis-mortae (Maillsp.) J. T. Howell, Madrono 2:19. ILS) s oes SE PS ae Oy eet Bede mre 44 Type loc.: Between Mohave and Keeler, northwestern Mo- have Desert, Calif. Northwestern Mohave Desert to Owens Lake, Calif.; Lower Sonoran Zone. 141 24. Je SYNONYMS Amsophyllum Fendleri (T. & G.) Klotzsch & Garcke, Abh. Mad Berl, 1599-26, S60. one a ee ee 10 A maculatum(E: )ellaw-., Syms Pla Suce 62s 15 A. melanadenium (Torr.) Klotzsch & Garcke, Abh. Akad. Berl. 1350s 23s T8O0 ge. ce i oe err 16 A, novomexicanum Klotzsch & Garcke, l. c., 31 .............. 19 Chamaesyce albomarginata (T. & G.) Small, Fl. SE US, TWOP 908. So So CL GRO 2 Ch. arenicola (Parish) Millsp., Field Mus, Pub. Bot. 2: 408. Ch. arizonica (Engelm.) Arthur, Norreya 17-7260) 19s Ch. aureola Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 406. 1916 _.. 16 Ch capitellata, (‘Engelm:)) Mullsp: lc) 408\ eee 4 Ch conjuncta ((Millsps) Mallsp.) deni. eee ees 26 Ch. consanguinea (Engelm.) Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. I 205. VOUS ie 1 Ch. consanguinea (Engelm.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2 AOS OVO (ee uaa NOC ee oa i ee 31 Ch. Fendlern (ho & G:) Small, bleSE US, 71071903 10 Ch. glyptosperma (Engelm.) Small, 1. c., 712 2 11 Ch. Gooddingu Muillsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 406. rae Ch. Greenet (Millsp.) Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mts., 544. 1917 _. 11. Ch. hirtula (Engelm.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 409. ISG ee es La ENO ONE Oe) 13 Chvinvoluta (Mallsp.)) Millspy lc. 410-2 esse 26 Ch: maculata (>) Small Fl SE US; 7181903 WS Ch. melanadenia (Torr.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. ZA Oe ONG: Bee A eae Le We Nee 16 Ch. micromera ( Boiss.) Wooton & Standley, Con. US Nat. Flerb 16s TA (MO 3: ek ie ioe Wi, Ch. neomexicana (Greene) Lunell, Amer. Midl. Nat. 7: 205. aime DONO eee cc ei ets Shia ae Nea 19 Ch. neomexicana (Greene) Standley, Con. US Nat. Herb. 13199 Oct 31. NOM 28 ee I) Chenutans (Eacs)\_Small hl Sh USy7122)190 35a 20 Ch. occidentalis (Drew) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. Des AMO! MOMUG is Soe WR ica SRC eee Le a 31 Pouam@nocellota (Dur & Eilg.) Millsp., idem 21 27. Ch. Parishii (Greene) Millsp. in Parish, Carn. Inst. Wash. St, UGS Sma EO DN eee a ts ee ee ee ee ee ee a5) 28. Ch. pediculifera (Engelm.) Rose & Standley, Con. US Nat. ESL, LUCENA G5 VA SS i HY ae eee ee hE nee Caer 26 29. Ch. polycarpa (Benth.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2 2 Sel Th. GAN res A a ae een nl emer us ine eee 28 30. Ch. p. var. hirtella (Boiss.) Millsp. in Parish, Carn. Inst. i agle. IEIT oper Ree ya od US) Ke ips ieee ane ee ee tae are OS 29 31. Ch. portulana (Wats.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 411. BIG cede is ete er ane SMe ie ag eI re = 3 Weenies: (Guss:) Arthur, Porreya 11: 206. 1911 20 33. Ch. purissimana (Maillsp.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. gee aH ae LS) NG elt eee tre UN UN 2 a es ee aS 3 34. Ch. pycnanthema (Engelm.) Millsp., idem. _.............----.-._-- - 35. Ch. pseudoserpylliifolia (Millsp.) Millsp., idem. —-.--..... 17 NommOmaartanit. (S. Wats:) Millsp., idem: 22-25) = ZS 37. Ch. rugulosa (Engelm.) Rydb., Bull. Torr. Club 33: 145. LS SS) sccescce te aa See JRO te Oa BR ela ety ele nea ai it 38. Ch. saltonensis Milisp. in Parish, Carn. Inst. Wash. Pub. LDS = Gi (CANO) ya WS I ee ea ee ea Te eee ee eee 1 I Oweserpylifolia (Pers.) Small, Fl. SE US, 712. 1903 ._. 31 40. Ch. setiloba (Engelm.) Millsp. in Parish, Carn. Inst. Wash. LPL D., INOS) EOFS BS Le Fe eae ea es ees tee ees eee 32 41. Ch. setiloba (Engelm.) Norton, Con. US Nat. Herb. 25 :345. VQILS> a eee eee BO Bh od eo ie aaa Na eae ena eRe 2 32 42. Ch. sulfurea Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 405. 1916 _ 21 Pmmvrarorsiia Mallsp.. bic: 412 dee ae ey) Pomewalis-mortae Mullsp., le. 403) 212022 ee 33 45. Ch. versicolor (Greene) Norton, Con. US Nat. Herb. 2D 2 SAUD. SPATE eG RS OS oP ae SEO Cae RI 3 46. Epurga Lathyris (L.) Fourr., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon n. s. LH = WLU VES G8 FR a ee SD iv oat aI Sine Bo Pe nee es 14 . Epurga pensylvanica Gandoger, Fl. Eur. 20:70. 1890 _.. 14 Esula cupressma S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pls. 2: 259. [Poe Th she 2 SE oe ra ele nO Ne Se Er nce a aa Re By eT 6 Esula Cyparissias (L.) Haw., Syn. Pl. Succ., 155. 1812 -... 6 ECE Ll aWweel a Cel O 5 semen en en a ee ee tae o25 Bsula Peplus (el) Haws Syne PISSuce 58.5317 SSE sula ee So Be Gray, Naty Atcr aS mit eismeree ae WS2 [ys ca es OR aS Li 54. Euphorbia arenicola Parish, Erythea 7:93. 1899 ______.. Ze, 55. E. arkansana Engelm. & Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 5: 53. PSAS i eee ee ee Je Se oO en 7. 56. E. a. var. atrosemina Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Gard. 11: 21. 1899" Greprint 38) see Se 7 57. Eas vac, coloradensis Norton) idem.) 2 7 50. 1G. Vat. nussourvensis Norton, ly cy 1Ol eee 7, 293) 2. benedicta Greene Pittonia 17263.) 889) ae 18 60. E. capparis Hyams, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 1884-5: 75. DSSS ee eR Ne ea 6 61. E. Chamberlinu Johnston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. [V 12 :1066 POD Ai PRUE Ghanian Ga latal oC SNS eet SOE ae ee 4 62. E. cimerascens var. appendiculata Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bounds 186.859 os ie Oe 16 63: 723 collma VW. S) Brandegee, Unive Cal) Pub, Bog atsse TOS a GU 6 Ue i OS De ee ON Gs ne 3) 64. E. conjuncta Millsp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II 2: 227. 1889 SVEN na eae Ms ENA as ON SSN Gh. J ee 26 65. BE. consangumnea Hngelm. ex. Boiss, DC. erodes: PSOZ eel Oe PAO NGS ol rd Ee 31. 66. E. crenulata var. franciscana Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard! 21:38; 1899; (reprint 38) 67. E. cuspidata Engelm. ex. Parish, Erythea 7:93. 1899, not IB Cr tOlgssee set 2 PO et OU neu ha Caen Ueda ne aaa Le, 68: EB. decussata;Salisb) Prods 38951796 2 eae 14 69. E. dictyosperma var. mexicana Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., OD ASSO Maa sak Ma Ae aa eon NG CC Ce ee 70. E. d. var. multicaulis (Engelm.) Coulter, Con. US Nat. Plerb::2.2 3938 TOW no ncse he a e o 7 71. E. Fendleri var. dissimilis Payson, Bot. Gaz. 6:379. 1915 . Esula pensylvanica Gandoger, Fl. Eur. 20: 107. 1890 _.... 6 NER es NOU iieon, UO ae eee eer 10 2. E. floccosiuscula Jones, Con, West. Bot. 15: 145, 1929)... 32 733 EXGreenes Millsp.“Paittonia:2; 28. 1S90) = seas 11 (ASB hy pericipolva ot @alitaanthors; nots.) = ene 20 144 78. 79) 99. . E. inaequilatera Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 187. 1859. not SIOUAGIGTE 52 sb SN ic ae eA Red IE lee ed ie a Reese ee al 3] E. incisa Engelm., Ives Rept. on Colorado R. of the West Als 2G) 5, NSN A eae SIO OBE eee 2s eee meee gee Nei ce 30 E. involuta Millsp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II 2: 227. 1889 _. 26 B leptocera Engelm., Pacit. Rail. Rep. 4: 135. 1856 ___... 5 bal var. crenulaia (Engelm.) Boiss., DC. Prod. 157: 143. LES (epee iti re oA na eM I at lela Ne ene Tin Se 5 E. mexicana (Engelm.) Norton, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. eZ 1899) (reprint 38) Th E. missouriensis (Norton) Small in Britton, Man. FI. N. WSyeo>. 190L = RS et ED he ee Te GSA Crea Rear ees 7 E. multicauhs Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 191. 1859, not TE antsirllin@ie seah ss ie e Ar ARS e asa taee EST e caU Dy uel pee ete eS Wf E. neomexicana Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:56. 1886 .. 19 E. Nortoniana A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 47: 437. 1909 __......... 5 enotarangelm. ex; Boiss:, DC. Prod: 1572437 1862 —~ 31 Emoagiacntais Drew. Bull. Corr. Club l6: 152: 1889.0. 31 Be patellipera |. 1. Howell, Leafl. West. Bot. 7: 53. 1933... 25 Renee ee 26 E. p. var. mvoluta (Millsp.) Johnston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. VARIA OZ OPO 246 Ota et ee lis. 2 pus ee ok ZO E. podagrica Johnston, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 7: 440. 1922 ais ape Sbeeh a gb Ne eae gt ee Su Dre OS REN DoE 17 E. polycarpa var. appendiculata (Engelm.) Munz, Bull. So. CAMP NCAG SCliS 1 OSe 1932) 2 np) NTL a esate 16 epi var vestita s, \Vats., Bot. Calif..2:73. 1880) 22: 16 E. portulana S. Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 24: 73. 1889 .. 3 IZES I GUSSY Ee SIGE TLOd. OO mSZ7 wea te peeaysA0) E. pseudoserpyllifoha Millsp., Pittonia 2:87, 1890 ...... Wi, ips, forma typica, }. 2: Howell, Leatl West, Bot. 1:32: LOU Si ee a) ae ae NN ce Yar OER Ne ARIE EA ca re 1, JE, 0S. werner, aaloses | Ws laloniielll, Ms Cy, SS) eee cent 7, E. purisimana Millsp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II 2: 225. 1889 eR ee al ire Ne lca Rely lea AOA LAS ae la 3 E. pycnanthema Engelm., Bot. Mex. Bound., 188. 1859 .... 4 145 . E. Rattanu S.Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 20: 372. 1885 — 23 1 E ruigulosa (Hugelm:) Greene hl krane, 925 (69) 31 102. E. rupicola Scheele, Linnaea 25: 153. 1849, not Boissier .. 10 103. E. serpyllifolia var. consanguinea Boiss., DC. Prod. 157: 43. W862) sc A a ea ae Ss ee 31 1045 Es. var_genuna Boiss. adem. = se 31 105. E. s. var. neomexicana (Greene) Millsp., Pittonia 2: 84. NOOO 7 2e ie Se os ae ee an 19 106. E.s. var. occidentalis (Drew) Jepson, Fl. Mid. West. Calif. ed. 2025 190 be ee ee eee 31 107. E. ss var wugulosa’ Pngelm. ex. Mullsp: Rittontam eo SOO are BON Er AU es A 31 108. £. stipulacea Engelm. ex. Boiss., DC. Prod. 157330) 1862) = 2 1095 2. subserrata, Engelm:, ex Boiss., lic. 43,2 ee 31 110. E. vermiformis Jones, Con. West. Bot. 16: 23. 1930 ___ 26 111 Eversicolor>Greene, Bot Gaz) 621842 138) =e 3 112. Euphorbion Cyparissium (L.) St. Lager, Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon. 7120. 1880 2 2 ee ee 6 113. Euphorbion Hehoscopium (L.) St. Lager, idem. -........ 12 114. Euphorbion Lathyrum (1) St. Lager, idem, _==Seees 14 11S: -Euphorbion Peplum (ze) St; Lager, e125) ee 27 116. Keraselma Cyparissias (L.) Rafin., Fl. Tell. 4:116. 1836 _ 6 li7. Vk. Beplus (i) Rahn. adem, <2 27 i118. Galarhoeus arkansanus (Engelm. & Gray) Small in Rydb., Bl Prairies: & Plains 520) 1932.2 2 ee 7 119) G. Cyparissias (1) Small in Rydb:- idem. eee 6 120. G. decussatus (Salisb.) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pls: eZ SO eal SO erie Es rth.) AE on CN nse te el ef se 14 121, G¢. Hehoscopms- (1) Waw., Syn. Pl. Suce, 1527132 12250G. Lathyris (e)) Hiaws, Vic 743 i ie ee 14 23. G. missouriensis (Norton) Rydb., Brittonia 7:93. 1931 _. 7 124. Poinsettia eriantha (Benth.) Rose & Standley, Con. US Nat blerbeOn 3 OI ee ise 9 125. Tithymalus arkansanus (Engelm. & Gray) Kl. & Gke., Abh. Akad) Berl. 1539°:06, 1800. 22 ee i 126. T. a. var. coloradensis (Norton) Rydb., Fl. Colorado, 224. 1 OO G Es ET SAS Se OMI BOY Re Saree sae pepe at 7 146 127. T. crenulatus (Engelm.) Heller, Muhl. 7:56. 1904 _.._...... 5 128. T.Cyparissas [error for Cyparissias| (L.) Hill, Hort. Kew., LD, CGP vA Chere see ot ee Ona ate at ge Pee) Sea as eve ee aa 6 In On parissas, (L?)| amt, Fl Br, 3296) 1778 6 130. 1. dictyospermus (F. & M.) Heller, Muhl. 7:56. 1904 .... 7 ole ancuscanus (Norton) Heller, idem, 2... EM etree 5 SZ iweleloscopius (L.) Hill., Hort. Kew., 172 (3). 1768 .. 133. T. leptocerus fo JeNigumese IKosmteayeay 2745 610), IMS YAZ es) 134. T. leptocerus (Engelm.) Millsp., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. DS WS, TAs tah esa wa I tcl at oie area ab a a ea Ue a 3 ee cariyris (i) Hall Hort: Kew.172)(3). 1768 2 14 136. T. mexicanus (Engelm.) Wooton & Standley, Con. US iat itenb as! P45 SOUS Se Us nen Bh eo a 7 137. T. missouriensis (Norton) Small, Fl. SE US, 721. 1903 .. 7 138. T. Palmert (Engélm.) Abrams, Fl. Los Angeles, 216. Apr. NCO MRIS ao Ne Seis AE SLR marie ts 24 139. T. Palmeri (Engelm.) Parish, Plant World 20: 221. July, NI V/eeemes ernie! Repent aie atl LN Ae Gee ye on 24 140. T. Palmert (Engelm.) Arthur, Bull. Torr. Club #8: 33. IS emer casts Fie WE Viasat aor re is Nn ye ol at 24 IAleerlieeeepiies (Ic.)) Hull ort. Kew. 172 (3). 17608 27 142. T. schizolobus (Engelm.) Norton, Con. US. Nat. Herb. ZS 2 SAAS, * GAS) ss se Ua ae pe Neen ie tp A EEE ea 30 143. Tricherostigma benedictum (Greene) see Addisonia 2% 3). ese AVE USGI Sie DR re es OE AP Se OE ce 18 144. Tricherostigma miserum (Benth.) Kl. & Gke., Abh. Akad. Bem, Tey AA te) Weed SO) ae Ne et aN ea ay me an ae Deg SA 18 La Verne, California. 147 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A. Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. B B Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in. 1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- ber) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- ber-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1935, including volumes XXIV to XXXIV, three num- bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume 148 BULLETIN Ces Lia Es - Southern California Academy of Sciences en LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA | “4 _ Page aye NEW MOUNTAIN GOAT FROM THE QUATERNARY OF ith y SMITH CREEK CAVE, NEVADA—Dr, Chester Stock - - - = 149 PLANT REMAINS IN SHELTER CAVE, NEW MEXICO —F, Raymond Fosberg - = ee ee a ee a e154 REVIEW OF THE WILLISTONT, FULGIDA, ‘PAROWANA “AND SENILIS GROUPS OF THE GENUS CICINDELA _ (COLEOPTERA—CICINDELIDAE)—Mont A, Cazier ar = - 156 t) oe Hine NEW MELYRID OF THE GENUS TANAOPS 3 ae (COLEOPTERA) —Dr. M. Y. Marshall wpe ae eee hein ye =) 164 - NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY Or’ OENEIS DAURA —John A, Comstock, John L. and Grace H. Sperry asin ey = 165 ae NEW RECORD AND. A NEW LIFE HISTORY—J ohn ys Comstock 169 ‘AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LEPIDOPTERA OF SANTA - CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA—Don Meadows. - - + = 175 IN MEMORIAM, PROF. MELVILLE DOZIER—William A, Spalding sy | Taeuea Jan. 81, 1987 Southern California Academy of Sciences e@ @ OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS Mr. Harry K. SARGENT - - - - - - = - - - President Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER - - - - - - Furst Vice-President Mr. THEODORE PAYNE - - - - - - Second Vice-President Dr. Cart. S. KNopF - - - - - - - = > = = Secretary Mr. Harry K. SarGentT - - - - - - - -. - Treasurer Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Dr. Cart S. KNopr Dr. WitttAM A. Bryan Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. Harry K. SarcGEent Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. WitiiAm A. SPALDING Mr, Samuet Moopy Haskins Dr. R. H. Swirr Mr. Howarp R. Hitt Dr. D, L. TASKER e 2 ADVISORY BOARD Mr, Frep E. BurLew Dr. CHESTER STOCK Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN e@ @ ASTRONOMICAL SECTION Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. W1Lt1AM A. SPALDING Chairman Secretary Mr. Harry K. SARGENT BOTANICAL SECTION Mr. THEODORE Payne, Secretary ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION Dr. Cart S. Knorr Dr. R. H. Swirt FINANCE COMMITTEE Mr. WitiiAm A. SPALDING Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS PROGRAM COMMITTEE Mr. Howarp R. Hitt, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. KNopr 6 © COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION Me, Witttam A, Spatpine, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock eo ®@ OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Cal. FEO LS Wel DKA “EW YORK $i ( CAt tae sej A NEW MOUNTAIN GOAT FROM THE QUATERNARY OF SMITH CREEK CAVE, NEVADA 3y CHESTER STOCK M. R. Harrington’ has called attention to the occurrence of a large limestone cave in the canyon wall of Smith Creek, ap- proximately 34 miles north of Baker, White Pine County, Nevada. Preliminary excavations by the Southwest Museum brought to light considerable material representing a Quaternary assemblage of mammals and birds? preserved in the cave deposits. The rela- tionship of the fauna to a possible occupancy of the cavern by Man and the intrinsic interest which this assemblage possesses as coming from a site with elevation of approximately 6,200 feet, adjacent to the Bonneville basin of Utah, made a further investi- gation desirable. This was undertaken with the support of the Carnegie Institution of Washington during the past summer. One of the mammals whose remains are found in the Smith Creek Cave deposits is a mountain goat. While the genus Oreamnos occurs in the Pleistocene of North America, no species distinct from that of the living type has been recorded. In the present instance, however, the animal is clearly separable spe- cifically from Oreamnos americanus. Family BovipaE OREAMNOS HARRINGTONI Nl. Sp. Type specimen: Parts of frontals and two horn-cores, No. ZOZseCalte Inst, Vech, Coll: Vert, Pale, plate 35, figure 2. Paratypes: Front cannon bone, No. 2030, and hind cannon bone, No. 2029, plate 35, figures 5 and 3. Locality: Smith Creek Cave, Snake Range, approximately 34 miles north of Baker, White Pine County, Nevada; Calif. Inst. ech oe 2511. Specific characters: Approximately two-thirds the size (linear) of Oreamnos americanus. Horn-core extends farther at tip end and possesses greater backward curvature than in O. americanus, Anterior cannon bone with better developed knob for tendon attachment on anterior face of Metacarpal III ad- jacent to proximal border. Posterior cannon bone with shaft narrower in lower half than in Recent species and with median groove of anterior face deeper. This species is named for Mr. M. R. Harrington in recognition of his noteworthy contributions to the study of cave occurrences in the Southwest. Description: Probably no less than six individuals are rep- 1M. R. Harrington, Masterkey, vol. 8, pp. 165-169, 1934. ? Study of the bird remains is now in progress and the description of a new species of extinet eagle has been published by Hildegarde Howard in The Condor, vol. 87, pp. 206-209, fig. 40, 1935. 149 resented in the collections thus far acquired from the deposits in Smith Creek Cave. All of the material occurs in a dry dust or earth within three or four feet of the surface of the cave. Oreamnos harringtoni is clearly a smaller type than the living mountain goat, O. americanus. It differs likewise in character of size from the specimen recorded by Sinclair? from Potter Creek Cave in Shasta County, California. Unfortunately, no skull of the extinct species is available, but the horn-cores fur- nish evidence of the difference between this type and the modern species. When the profile of the frontal bone in front of the horn-core is so placed as to correspond to the profile in O. americanus, the horn-core in the extinct species is seen to be less erect than in the former. It is also extended more at the free end. Thus the horn-core possesses over its length a greater curvature than is the case in the living form. The illustrations of the metapodials from Smith Creek Cave indicate the known variation in size in these elements in O. har- rington. The front metapodial corresponds more closely in shape to that in O. americanus than is the case when the hind cannon bones of the extinct and living species are compared. As viewed from the proximal end, plate 35, figures 5 and 6, the knob for tendon attachment, situated on the anterior face and at the upper end of metacarpal III, stands in bolder relief in the fossil than in the living species. The nutrient foramina appear to have a variable development for in No. 2030, plate 35, figure 5, not only is the lower one present but a second occurs on the median line approximately at the middle of the shaft. This foramen is absent in No. 2032. The shaft of the hind cannon bone does not widen so notice- ably in its lower half as in the Recent species and possesses in this regard a little of the appearance of the element in Capra. The median longitudinal groove on the front face of the shaft appears to be a trifle deeper than in the Recent species of Oream- nos. The cannon bone illustrated in plate 35, figure 4, lacks the lower nutrient foramen and shows in the lower half of the shaft an elongate depression on the posterior face which is absent in No. 2029. Remarks: The finding of remains of Oreamnos harrington at Smith Creek Cave is perhaps not surprising in view of the elevation of the Snake Range in which the cavern is located. Mountain goats are rarely encountered in Pleistocene deposits of North America and the occurrence in eastern Nevada is the most southerly of the four localities recorded from the region south of the present range of Oreamnos (Plate 34). It is evident that, as in the case of other bovid groups, the area of dis- tribution of mountain goats in western North America has shrunk since the period of its optimum size, sometime during the Pleisto- cene. One may wonder whether the differences that separate 2W. J. Sinclair, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 4, pp. 152-153, pl. 20, figs. 3 and 4, 1905. 150 Scale of miles Ve 0) f | | 130 PLATE 34 Map showing Quaternary occurrences of mountain goats (1, Smith Creek Cave, Nevada; 2, Potter Creek Cave and Samwel Cave, California; 3, Washtucna Lake, Washington; Klondike, Canada.) Area shown with oblique lines indicates Recent range of Oreamnos, after Ernest Thompson Seton, Lives of Game Animals published by Doubleday, Page & Co. Oreamnos harringtoni from the living species are due to an 1s0- lation of the former species on the Snake Range. Associated with O. harringtoni in the fauna from the deposits of Smith Creek Cave are the genera Equus, Camelops and Ovis among the larger herbivores. While the age of the assemblage is presumably late Quaternary, the question of position of this stage in the Quater- nary succession may be answered assertively only when the oc- currence and entire fauna are studied in detail. Measurements (in millimeters) of Oreamnos harringtoni iSpy: SKULL FRAGMENT TYPE SPECIMEN ‘ No. 2028 C. I. T. Transverse diameter across frontals between outer bases of horn-cores _....... (OZ Transverse diameter of horn-core at base... 26.8 Anteroposterior diameter of horn-core atsbase a ee 30 Length of horn-core in straight line TrOMPAntLeTIOM DAS LOmtlpy se. eee 89.8 Least distance between bases of horn-cores.. 17 FRONT CANNON BONE CANONIBERe 203) -2032-«=«2083,=S« 2020208 CLT. (CLT. (Crt) aCe Cem Greatestleme thee oe ‘sligo) Sl 91 DOS 9985 Length: through middle =. NG S6.5) Width of proximal end_._..... 23928 29.0 2A2 a eA Thickness of proximal end. 19.6 19 19:87 P20 eZ OIG [ceast- wadthvoreshakt. = 20) 5a 20 *2018. AsO lee Thickness of shaft at middle.. 12:3 eee lSe5 Greatest width om distalvend™ ~32slis (32133253 Width across condyles .......... 32 33 29:3 S277, Thickness of condyles ............ S20 WS WO37/ * Approximate. Postscript: While this paper has been in press, remains of mountain goats with characters of Oreamnos harringtoni have been uncovered by the National Park Service in quaternary de- posits of Rampart Cave, lower Grand Canyon, Arizona. PLATE 35 (opposite page) Oreamnos americanus (Blainville) Figure 1. Skull, lateral view, x 4%. Recent, Canada. Oreamnos harringtoni n. sp. Figure 2. Type specimen, parts of frontals with horn-cores, No. 2028, lateral and anterior views, x %. Figures 3 and 5. Paratypes, posterior cannon bone, No. 2029; anterior cannon bone, No. 2030; anterior and proximal views; x %. Figures 4 and 6. Topotypes, posterior and anterior cannon bones, Nos. 2031, 2032, anterior and proximal views; x 3. Quaternary, Smith Creek Cave, Nevada. Calif. Inst. Tech. Coll, 152 PLATE 35 PLANT REMAINS IN SHELTER CAVE, NEW MEXICO By F. RAyMOND FOSBERG University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii In the summer of 1930 the writer was privileged to spend two months with the Shelter Cave Expedition of the Ios Angeles Museum, collecting plants in the Mesilla Valley, Dona Ana Co., New Mexico, chiefly in the vicinity of Pyramid (Bishop’s Cap) Peak. While excavating in Shelter Cave on the west side of Pyra- mid Peak the paleontologists of the expedition frequently en- ~ countered plant remains. A few of these which-seemed identi- fiable were set aside, unfortunately however without any data as to the location or association in the cave deposit. The depth was not satisfactorily determinable due to the looseness of the material and to possible and observed disturbance by Indians and animals. It is definite that none were taken from the par- tially consolidated bottom layer. Indian material was found chiefly in the upper layers while the remains of extinct animals were found throughout the deposit excepting possibly at the very top and the consolidated layer at the bottom. There is some uncertainty as to the age of this material. Paleontologists place it as either late pleistocene or early recent. It is suggested that the mammals and birds formerly thought of as only pleistocene may have in some localities persisted into recent times. Dr. Chester Stock who has worked extensively with fossils from this and other caves tentatively suggests that the caves may be considered early recent. The remarkably good preservation of the material, permitting specific determination in most cases is an indication supporting this idea. The mere as- sociation of these remains with those of extinct animals seems to make it of sufficient importance to record in detail. The only significant fact that this study brings to light is that the flora of the region at the time that this deposit was laid down was an arid land flora in all discoverable respects similar to that of the country at present. This view is completely sup- ported by Dr, Eames’ findings in the study of the plant remains contained in a sloth coprolite found with a sloth skeleton in Aden Crater, a few miles west of the Shelter cave deposit. Dr, Eames found the sporangia of a Polypodiaceous fern, fragments of cruciferous fruits, stems of Sida and Sphaeralcea, stems, roots and fruits of Atriplex representing at least three species and stems, roots, flower fragments, involucres and achenes of Gutierrezia and possibly other composites. 154 Coprolites of either sloth or horse found in Shelter Cave have not been opened up and examined minutely as yet, but on the surface they seem to be made up largely of grass with a few fragments of woody stems of some sort. The following were identified from the material collected from the Shelter Cave debris: Hilaria mutica (Buckl.) Benth., (?) plant minus leaves (except a sheath) and inflorescence. Dasylirion Wheeleri Wats., fragments of stems, leaves and leaf bases. Agave sp., tip of leaf. Selinocarpus chenopodioides Gray, (?) part of fruit minus seed; S-4258. Prosopis pubescens Benth., fruits; S-4253. Prosopis chilensis (Mol.) Stuntz, woody branches, leaves, parts of fruits with seeds. Only the hard inner part of the sec- tions of these pods was left. The softer outer part had evi- dently been eaten off by small rodents or insects. Fouqumeria splendens Engelm., thorns; S-4251. Opuntia spmosior (Engelm. & Bigel.) Toumey, stems, joints and distal end of fruit; S-4254. Opuntia phaeacantha Engelm., spine clusters with glochids; S-4261. Opuntia Engelmanni Salm-Dyck, spine clusters with glochids; S-4262. Echinocereus, neomexicanus Standl. (?) base of plant with spines; S-4259. Echinocereus pectinatus (Scheidw.) Engelm., (?) spine cluster; This plant was not found growing in the vicinity, but this is well within its range. S-4268. Echinocereus stramincus (Engelm.) Rumpl., spine clusters; S-4266. Echinocereus Rosei Woot. & Standl., spine clusters; S-4265. Coryphantha tuberculosa (Engelm.) Fosberg, spine clusters; S-4263. Lippia Wrightii Gray, small branch with twigs; S-4252. Brickelha sp. involucre; S-4267. Fluorensia cernua DC., leaves; S-4260. The determinations were made by the author. The specimens are preserved in the Los Angeles Museum Herbarium. The num- bers are the author’s collection numbers. 155 REVIEW OF THE WILLISTONI, FULGIDA, PARO- WANA AND SENILIS GROUPS OF THE GENUS CICINDELA (COLEOPTERA-CICINDELID AE) By Mont A. CaziEeR University of California The present paper represents the results of a detailed study of the Great Basin species of Cicindela belonging to the groups enumerated above, presenting evidence which tends to indicate that these groups have been incorrectly associated in the past. For example, Cicindela parowana Wickham is a well marked species and a representative of a distinct Great Basin group, being only distantly related to C. fulgida Say, under which it has been listed as a sub-species by Dr. Walther Horn (Genera Insectorum, 1908, p. 378). A new race of C. parowana is recorded herewith. Evi- dence is also presented to show that the senilis group of the Pa- cific Coast is closely related to the willistoni group and that the fulgida group does not enter the Great Basin as previously re- corded by others. The Great Basin, as considered in this paper, is that area lying between the Rocky Mountains on the east, the Sierras and Cas- cades on the west, and extending from Mexico north to the Okan- agan Valley in British Columbia. For many years it has been known that species occurring within these limits often exhibit remarkable variations. The area has comparatively few species overlapping from adjacent territory due to the presence of the mountain barriers, which are especially effective in preventing the migration of species of Cincindela. The species occurring within the limits of the Great Basin break up into many variations as a result of the varied geological and climatic conditions present. Inasmuch as the southern limit of the Great Basin does not have a distinct barrier and the fact that the senilis group occurs in southern California as well as in central California leads me to conclude that, although the species are distinct at the present time, they probably arose from a common ancestor occur- ring inthe south. This is also supported by the marked structural similarity to be indicated below. The same may also apply in the case of the fulgida and parowana groups. The author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for his many helpful suggestions and for the loan of material from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Also to Mr. J. C. von Bloeker, Jr., for reading the manuscript and giving many constructive criticisms. I am greatly indebted to F. R. Platt, Edson Fichter, Roy Wagner, and H. P. Lanchester for generous loans and exchanges of specimens which helped in the study of the groups presented. 156 KeEy TO GROUPS A. Labrum short with acute median tooth; humeral lunale C- shaped. 1. Front sparsely hairy or bare; tarsi short; elytra rug- osely-punctate ; cupreous brown to blue _.. willistoni 2. Front moderately hairy; tarsi long; elytra granulate punctate ; cupreous brown to green _............. _.. senilis B. Labrum moderately long, imperfectly tridentate; humeral lunule transversely descending; elytra strongly, evenly punc- (IEE & EGLO) OW is Oa tt oa bare ne enn ee fulgida C. Labrum very long with one long median acute tooth; humeral lunule descending less transversely, longer; elytra evenly punctate with interspaces smooth; brilliant blue to cupreous- [D.CACORROAY: el a OA Nac parowana WILLIsToNrI Group CICINDELA WILLISTONI Le Conte C. willistoni Lec., Bull. Geol. Geogr. Survey, 1879, p. 507. Moderately robust; brown or green-bronze, beneath metallic green or blue. Head sparsely hairy or bare, interocular striae coarse; labrum short with acute median tooth; prothorax wider than long, impressed lines shallow, subquadrate, convex, scarcely narrowed behind; elytra rugosely-punctate and plainly dilated a little in front of the middle in the female ; elytral markings broad, consisting of a C-shaped humeral lunule which is broadly con- nected with middle band; middle band enters perpendicularly, rectangularly bent at two-thirds width of elytra, descending por- tion long, hooked at tip and almost reaching the apical lunule; apical lunule connected on margin with middle band or in a few cases narrowly separated ; beneath moderately hairy ; tarsi shorter than tibiae. Length: 12-13 mm. Habitat: The only locality from which this species is re- corded is Lake Como, or Aurora Lake, Wyoming, June. C. WILLISTONI subsp. ECHO Casey C. echo Csy., Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 1897, p. 298. C. amadensis Csy., Canad, Entom., vol. 51, 1909, p. 272. Narrow and more parallel than in willistoni; brown to green- ish-bronze or black with very little bronze. Head and prothorax same as in willistoni; elytral markings narrower than in that species; middle band sometimes narrowly connected at margin with humeral lunule which is the same as in willistomi, descend- ing portion shorter than in willistoni and hooked at tip in only a 157 few specimens; apical lunule complete, widely separated from middle band; otherwise as in willistoni. Length: 11-13 mm. Habitat: Great Salt Lake and Provo, Utah; atypical black forms which show no sign of cupreous, being ee or brown throughout, were taken at Amedee, Calif., July, by Wickham; Humboldt Lake, Nev., June, by Wickham ; cree ead Mojave, Calii= y)june by KD: ‘Sloop. These latter phases were intermingled with greenish-brown forms that are similar to the typical echo occurring at Salt Lake, Utah. This illustrates the instability of the subspecies and the tendency of divergence from the typical form as the geographical range is extended. A brownish-black specimen collected at Owens Lake, Calif., July, by Wickham is similar to those specimens taken at the above localities, showing the progressive divergence of this subspecies down the Owens Valley and southward to Saltdale and Mojave, Calif. C. WILLISTONI subsp. PSEUDOSENILIS W. Horn C. pseudosenilis W. H., Ent. Nachr., vol. 26, 1900, p. 117. This subspecies is identical to subspecies echo Csy., except that the elytra are dark green and have little or no bronze tinge. C. W. Leng (1902, p. 141) states that the elytra are “green- bronze or almost black”; H. F. Wickham (1904, p. 648) gives the color as “green, shining, a few varying to brownish or red- dish,” otherwise as in echo. A specimen from the Leng collection collected by H. F. Wickham at Owens Lake, Calif., July 7 is brown in color and is inseparable from those forms of echo collected at Mojave and Saltdale, Calif., and Humboldt Lake, Nev. These localities lie on either side of Owens Lake, Inyo Co., Calif. (type locality of pseudosenilis) and as there are no great barriers between, I am inclined to believe that the brown form occurring at Owens Lake, Calif., is C. willistoni echo. The subspecies pseudosenilis should apply only to the green forms of willistoni which, as far as I know, occur only at Owens Lake, Calif. The less brilliant forms of pseudosenilis are inseparable from the dark green forms of echo except for the lack of the bronze lustre. C. WILLISTONI subsp. SPALDINGI Casey C. spalding: Csy., Mem. Col., No. 11, 1924, p. 14. “Rather narrow, moderately convex; bright green above and beneath. Head finely and closely strigilate, bald in the male; labrum white, short and transverse, with a broad truncate median lobe ; prothorax one-third wider than long, narrowed but little at base, surface deeply impressed, finely and closely sculptured medially, less finely toward the sides; elytra three-fourths longer 158 than wide, the entire sides and apex broadly white, with two small subequal sinuses toward the base, broadly dilated at the middle, the dilated part with a short posterior internal lobe, which is very narrowly separated from the broad white margin; punc- tures strong and close; anterior tarsi of male extremely narrowly dilated, very closely clothed beneath.” Length (male): 12.0 mm. Habitat: Callao, Utah, Mr. Tom Spalding. This subspecies is allied to willistom, but 1s much more broadly marked, more coarsely punctured. Although [| have never seen a specimen of this subspecies I include it as such in view of the close parallellism existing in the related parowana group, to be given later. SENILIS Group CICINDELA SENILIS G, Horn Gasemls Eom, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Philad:, 1866, p. 395. C. exoleta Csy., Canad. Entom., vol. 51, 1909, p. 272. Gaines Natas, Rev. Chil. Hist, Nat., vol. 31, 1927, p. 173-175. Form throughout as in subspecies echo Casey; color black or brown tinged with green and coppery reflections; head mod- erately hairy in front, granulate rugose; labrum imperfectly tri- dentate, short; prothorax as in echo except that the impressions are deeper; elytra granulate-punctate, interspaces granulate giv- ing a dull appearance ; markings as in echo except that the trans- verse portion of the middle band is arcuately bent upward before bending rectangularly downward, the descending portion at right angles or transverse toward margin; humeral and apical lunules sometimes broken; beneath densely clothed with long white hair. Habitat: San Francisco Bay Region, Calif. May to Sep- tember. This species occurs abundantly on the tidal flats and shores of San Francisco Bay at Alameda, Redwood City, Antioch, Berk- eley, San Francisco, San Rafael, and Port Costa. Specimens have also been taken at Seal Beach, San Diego, and Anaheim in southern California. So far as I know, no specimens have been taken in the intervening area, although it is probable they do occur there, FuLcipa Group CICINDELA FULGIDA Say C. fulgida Say, Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1823, p. 141. C. wallisi Calder, Canad. Entom., 1922, p. 191. Red cupreous, brilliant, highly polished, grading into deep purple, dark green and black, beneath green. Elytral markings broad, consisting of obliquely descending humeral lunule, which 159 approaches and rarely connects with middle band, never margin- ally connected; middle band enters perpendicularly, descending portion either oblique or rectangularly bent, expanded at extrem- ity ; apical lunule complete and never connected with middle band ; head rugose, hairy in front; labrum imperfectly tridentate, inter- ocular striae fine and numerous; prothorax moderately rugose, hairy at sides, impressed lines deep; elytra strongly punctate, area between punctures finely granulate; beneath hairy. Length: 10-12 mm. Habitat: Wyoming, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, and New Mexico. C. FULGIDA subsp. WESTBOURNE! Calder C. westbournei: Calder, Canad. Entom., vol. 44, p. 62. Form, size, and general maculation similar to fulgida; above deep chestnut brown to dark green with distinct purple lustre; beneath deep greenish-black, tinged with cupreous on the sides of the prothorax; elytral markings similar to fulgida, differing in that the humeral lunule is less oblique, longer, extending almost to middle band; transverse portion of middle band shorter than in fulgida extending to middle of elytra, dilated at margin, de- scending obliquely and closely approaching the apical lunule, ex- tremity slightly enlarged; apical lunule complete. Length: 11 mm. Habitat: Westbourne, Manitoba (J. B. Wallis), represent- ing the northern limit of the filgida group. C. FULGIDA var. SUBNITENS Calder C. subnitens Calder, Canad. Entom., vol. 44, 1922, p. 62. This is a color phase of fulgida and differs from that species by being completely black with no metallic lustre ; beneath wholly black without tendency towards greenish. Habitat: Lincoln, Nebr., F. N. Schoemacker, PaROWANA Group CICINDELA PAROWANA Wickham C. parowana Wick., Canad. Entom., vol. 37, 1905, p. 165. C. remittens Csy., Mem. Coleop., no. 11, 1924, p. 14. General form as in fulgida, but larger and more elongate; markings heavier; above bright shining blue-green, sometimes with coppery reflection, beneath purple-blue; head granulate, interocular striae fine and numerous, front very hairy, cheeks with a few white hairs; labrum strongly, arcuately lobed, the median tooth narrow, long and asciculate ; prothorax as in fulgida but more narrowed behind; elytra more finely and clearly punc- 160 tate than in fulgida, the intermediate areas being smooth; elytral markings of the same type as fulgida but heavier, humeral lunule longer sometimes connected with transverse portion of middle band, less transverse; middle band prolonged backward along margin but not reaching apical lunule, descending portion longer, not transverse and not hooked at tip; apical lunule as in fulgida; middle and hind legs longer than in fulgida. Length: 12-13 mm. Habitat: Iron Spring, Iron Co., Utah, 5,500 feet, July 20, 1917 (Engelhart); Parowan, Utah, 6,000 feet, July 24, 1921 (Knaus); Bear River, Milford, Utah, July; Little Salt Lake, Utah; Touchet and Walla Walla, Wash. This species is collected along irrigation ditches leading out of reservoirs, and around the reservoirs. It was collected at Lind, Wash., April 25, 1924 by M. C. Lane; Touchet and Walla Walla, Wash., by H. P. Lanchester. The specimens from these localities are typical parowana except that the color is cupreous- green. Casey described this phase as remuttens, but in my opinion it is identical with parowana and is not of subspecific standing. The cupreous-green phases also occur at Parowan, Utah, C. PAROWANA subsp. PLATTI Cazier subsp. nov. Form as in parowana but more parallel and elongate ; above, head and prothorax green with brilliant coppery reflections, elytra brown to black with brilliant coppery reflections, sometimes tinged with green, head as in parowana but more hairy; labrum more strongly lobed in center and longer; prothorax same but more narrowed behind; elytra more evenly punctate with inter- spaces smooth; elytral markings consist of a broad white mar- ginal band, sometimes slightly interrupted in front of apical lunule; tip of humeral lunule indicated by small interior lobe; descending portion of middle band narrowly separated from mar- gin and approaching near to but never connected with apical lunule; apical lunule usually connected at margin, interior lobes entering logitudinally ; underside as in parowana. Length: 13-15 mm, Type locality: Benton’s Crossing, Mono Co., Calif., July and September, 1935. Taken by Mr. F. R. Platt and the author. Holotype male, allotype female, and paratypes in the Cazier collection. Two paratypes in the California Academy of Sci- ences, two paratypes in the collection of Mr. F. R. Platt, and one paratype in the collection of Mr. J. C. von Bloeker, Jr. I take pleasure in naming this subspecies in honor of Mr. Platt, who presented the two specimens collected by himself in July to me for study and returned to the type locality with the author in September when 271 additional specimens were taken. 161 The specimens were collected on the slope of a hillside where the soil was dry and powdery. There were stubbles of grass sparsely scattered over the area which made it difficult to see the insects who stayed, for the most part, within the shaded area beneath the plants. The region in which all the specimens were collected was about 100 feet from the Owens River and ex- tended farther away for approximately 150 yards in a narrow contour band from 10-30 feet wide along the base of a hill. Ex- tensive collecting in the surrounding area did not yield addi- tional specimens of this subspecies although other species were in abundance. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36 Figures 1 to 6 show the size, shape and markings of the species concerned. Figures 7 to 9 show the shape of the labrums. Figure 1. Cicindela senilis G, Horn, Figure 2. Cicindela willistont Lec. Figure 3. Cicindela willistoni subsp. echo Csy. Figure 4. Cicindela fulgida Say. Figure 5. Cicindela parowana Wickh. Figure 6. Cicindela parowana subsp. platti Cazier. Figure 7. Labrum of willistoni and senilis groups. Figure 8. Labrum of fulgida group. Figure 9. Labrum of parowana group. 162 9 PLATE 36 (For caption, see opposite page) A NEW MELYRID OF THE GENUS TANAOPS (COLEOPTERA) By M. Y. MarsuHatt, M. D. Los Angeles, Calif. The unique specimen from which the following description is drawn has been in my cabinet for several years, waiting for others, especially males, of the same species, but as no others are apparently forthcoming, there seems to be no good reason for further delay in describing it. The specimen has been ex- amined by several well-known coleopterists in this part of the country and | am especially indebted to Dr. E. C. VanDyke, who has compared it with the material of the same group in the re- search collection of the California Academy of Sciences and who likewise agrees that it has been hitherto undescribed. The peculiar and distinctive habitus given to the insect by the extreme narrowing and elongation of the head, especially in the post-ocular portion, suggests the possible propriety of estab- lishing a new genus for it, but this idea will not be further pursued at the present time. Tanaops testaceus, new species. Oblong, parallel, uniform rufotestaceus in color, with the antennae, palpi, knees. tibiae and tarsi fuscous and the elytra gradually paler toward the apex. Head narrow and elongate, fully twice as long as the width across the eves, which is the greatest width, and scarcely one- half as wide as the prothorax. Eyes elongate oval, placed mid- way between the labrum and the occiput. Antennae slightly longer than one-half the entire length of the body, practically filiform, inserted just behind the frontal suture and slightly closer to the sides than to the midline, the basal three joints largely testaceous. Clypaeus paler, membranous, the mandibles exposed. Surface of head glabrous, shining, the punctures and yellowish pubescence fine and inconspicuous. Thorax quadrate, the angles all broadly rounded, the base very shghtly wider than the apex, the surface similar to that of the head. Elytra gradually widen- ing toward the apices, which are separately rounded; lateral margins narrowly explanate, the humeri well defined. Surface of elytra definitely more opaque than that of head and thorax, finely wrinkled, very finely and rather densely punctured and pubescent, the pubescence yellow, depressed, with a few longer erect hairs toward the sides. _ Legs long, slender, finely and densely pubescent, the tarsi and claws simple, the membranous appendages slightly more than one-half the length of the claws. Under surface very finely punctured, shining, the last abdominal segment prominent, elongate, evenly rounded and with numer- 164 ous long, dark bristling hairs. Length 4 mm. Collected by Mr. G. ©. Searl at Grand Canyon, Ariz., August 20, 1929. Holotype, female, in collection of author. This species may easily be distinguished from all others of the genus Tanaops, as well as from those of the genus Attalus with elongate heads, by the uniform testaceous color. As the characters that separate Tanaops and Attalus are mainly sexual in nature, the assignment of the present species to the former genus is, in the absence of the male, provisional. It is not thought, however, that there is much chance of error in doing this, as none of the known species of Attalus and only one of Tanaops, angusticeps Fall, even approach it in the extreme narrowing and elongation of the head. The length, as given, is inclusive of the head, but for purposes of comparison with the species de- scribed by Fall in 1917, would be 3 mm. from the anterior margin of the thorax to the tips of the elytra. NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF OENEIS DAURA, STKR. (LEPIDOPTERA) By Joun A. Comstock, JoHN L. and Grace H. Sperry The most southerly of our Arctics, Oeneis daura, was first described by Strecker in 1895 from a 2 taken by Morrison on Mt. Graham, Arizona. For many years the record was questioned and the species was generally considered as one of the “lost” items. Some four or five years ago examples began to reach our museums through a commercial collector stationed in Arizona. In the summer of 1935 the authors spent considerable time collecting on the high meadows in the White Mountains, at a point about twenty miles west of Springerville, Arizona, on the McNary road. Our attention had previously been called to this locality through the courtesy of Dr. E. L. Hulbirt of Glendora, California, 165 These meadows lie at an average altitude of about 9,000 feet. They are gently rolling lands, cut by occasional streams and small canyons, interspersed with patches of aspen and pine, and stretch for many miles along the divide. This area is the center of the daura population in the White Mountains. Late June and early July is the best period for collecting. An ovipositing female was followed, and a single egg secured on June 16, 1935. This hatched July 1. Ece: Ovoid, the base slightly flattened. Color, when first laid, lime-green, changing very rapidly to white. Micropyle very small, and only slightly depressed, There are about nineteen longitudinal slightly sinuous ridges, rounded at the top, the sides furrowed like an eroded hillside. Several of these ridges fuse before reaching the micropylar area. We were unable to measure the size, having no micromillimetric scale in our field outfit. A sketch was made, with the aid of a pocket lens, the result being recorded on Plate 37, The egg is laid on the side of a blade of grass. The newly emerged larva consumed the entire egg shell. PLATE 37 Egg of Oeneis daura, highly magnified. Reproduced from painting by John A. Comstock LARVA, FIRST INSTAR: Length 3.1 mm. Color, ivory white with fine longitudinal stripes of light brown. The widest of these is a mid-dorsal, lateral to which are two narrower stripes on each side running parallel with the mid-dorsal. A third interrupted stripe occurs in the stigmatal area. Legs and prolegs white. Abdomen white. . The body is cylindrical, tapering progressively toward the tail, and ending in two pointed processes. Head, white, wider than body segments, with a few minute dark points on its surface. Ocelli, black, mouth parts tinged with brownish black. 166 As the young larva grows the body becomes as wide as the head throughout the thoracic area, gradually tapering toward the tail. The stigmatal line becomes wider, and is margined with darker brown, giving it a doubled appearance. The larva cast its first skin July 14. SECOND INSTAR: Length, 24 hours after moult, 5 mm. The head is now longitudinally striped with brown, these stripes being a forward continuation of the bands on the body, the mid-dorsal line however being doubled on the head. These bands are of about equal width on the face, whereas they are of unequal measurement on the body. The body color remains, as in the first instar, an ivory, with the longitudinal lines light brown. The lines of the stigmatal area are more prominent, being formed of a double supra-stigmatal band which is continued caudally onto the tail-like projections. Below this is a much lighter stigmatal band. In all other respects the larva is colored and marked as in the prior instar. The larva cast its second skin July 27. THIRD INSTAR: Length 6.5 mm. There is no change in color or markings except that an addi- tional longitudinal band begins to be apparent below the infra- stigmatal area. This band is clearly defined along its upper margin, but gradually fuses and blends inferiorly with the ivory color of the abdomen. Third skin cast August 5. FourTH INSTAR: Thirty hours after moult, length 11.5 mm. Head, ivory white as formerly; heavily rugose. The same bands of grayish-black color occur, and it becomes increasingly apparent that these are formed of dark pigment placed in the bottom of shallow pits. The entire face is pitted in this manner but the pigment occurs only in the area of the six longitudinal bands. Between these pits are numerous white warty prominences, each of which bears a short spiculiferous hair. Ocelli black, as formerly. Mouth parts ivory, except on the edge of mandibles which are black. Body, ivory ground color as in previous instars. The mid- dorsal line is very distinct and is composed of a central gray area and a narrow outer edging of black. This line is more in- tense on the posterior half. The marginal black edging is also intensified at each segmental juncture, giving the entire line a checkered appearance. There is also a slight contraction of the line at the juncture and a widening at the middle of the segment. The dorso-lateral line is now rather poorly defined and there is a slight suggestion of another stripe above and below it. 167 The supra-stigmatal line is gray, with black margins, and is slightly wider than the mid-dorsal line. The upper margin of this line is a more intense black than is its lower edge. It con- tinues as formerly to the tip of the caudal process. The double stigmatal band is light gray, edged with darker gray above and below. The black stigmata show in strong con- trast to it. Abdomen, ivory. Legs and prolegs, ivory, as in former instars, The entire larva is covered with minute white papillae bear- ing very short spiculiferous hairs which give it a frosted appear- ance. This instar is shown in Plate 38. It measured 18 mm. just prior to the ecdysis. Moult occurred August 18. PLATE 38 Larva of Geneis daura, lateral aspect, approximately x 7. Photo by the late Wm. Menke 168 Firru instar: Twenty-four hours after moult, length 20 mm, All markings and coloration as in the previous instar ex- cept for a slight intensification of the mid-dorsal band. The papillae over the head are very noticeable, due probably to their increased size. The larva discontinued feeding on about August 20 and gradually shrank in size. It failed to pupate, and eventually died. A NEW RECORD AND A LIFE HISTORY (LEPIDOPTERA) By JoHn A. Comstock In 1935 one of our Museum attendants brought in two ex- amples of a larva that was quite unfamiliar to me, reporting that it was taken on Wandering Jew (T7radescantia fluminensis Vell. ). One of these was raised to maturity and proved to be a noc- tuid which, through the courtesy of Dr. J. McDonough and Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke, was finally determined as Mouralia tinc- toides Gn. This moth has not heretofore been recorded north of the Mexican border. \We have seen examples taken in Santa Barbara, California, and Dr. Clarke reports that it is represented in the U. S. National Museum by an example taken in Victoria, Texas. It seems to be permanently established in the southwest. In 1936 Mr. James Morrill of Glendale, California, secured a number of examples of the larvae which were turned over to Mr. Chris Henne, and were raised to maturity on Wandering Jew. We also found the larvae in large numbers in our garden on the same foodplant. [Eggs were secured, and the following life his- tory notes recorded, Ecc: Sub-spherical, the base flat; color, ivory white. Size, 68 mm, broad x .44 mm. high. Micropyle not depressed. The surface is covered by some 35 longitudinal ridges about half of which join with others before reaching the micropylar area. High magnification discloses numerous fine transverse lines or ridges crossing the depressions between the longitudinal ridges. The egg is usually deposited on the under surface of the leaf. See Plate 39, 169 PLATE 39 Egg of Mouralia tinctoides, enlarged x 36 First INSTAR, immediately after emergence: Length, 1.5 mm. Head, large, jet black, strongly bilobed ; width about .38 mm., which is about twice the width of the average body segment. Body. cylindrical, sub-translucent. Color, ivory white. The first segment is topped by a prominent shield-shaped scutellum bearing two setae each side of the median line. There are three black papillae lateral to the scutellum, each bearing a seta. The body has five rows of setae each side of the median line. On the typical segment these are placed as follows: One placed anteriorly on the segment close to the median line. The next lateral seta is posteriorly placed on the segment. The third, laterally placed is anteriorly located, and the fourth, posteriorly located. The fifth is again anteriorly placed on the segment. Thus each segment alternates in its position in the usual typical manner. Each seta arises from a black tubercle. Legs, black. Prolegs concolorous with body. There are four pairs of prolegs, the anterior two being small and non- functional. Anal prolegs concolorous with body. Duration of the first instar, four days. SECOND INSTAR, twenty-four hours after first moult: Head: .56 mm. wide; translucent ivory, with a number of blackish-brown spots over the crest and upper cheeks. Mouth parts, dark brown. Ocelli, black. Body, translucent ivory; cylindrical, the green food sub- stance showing through and giving the larva a slightly green tinge. Over the head and body the numerous black papillae give rise to colorless setae. Legs: Terminal two joints, black; proximal joint concolor- ous with body. 170 Prolegs, concolorous with body—the first pair much dwarfed, second pair larger, third and fourth pairs fully formed and func- tional. Claspers, brown. Period of the instar, two days. Turd INSTAR: Length, 6.5 mm. Head, .8 mm. wide. Color, ivory. Two brownish black mottled bands extend from the crown nearly to the base of antennae. Mouth parts, light brown. Ocelli, black. Setae arise from minute black tubercles. Body: First segment bearing a scutellum formed by two brownish-black patches, one each side of the median line, each bearing four papillae from which the usual setae arise. Body color, ivory, with an olive-green cast due to trans- lucence, and the alimentary content. On the fourth segment in the median line there is a large black patch placed midway between the two uppermost papillae. Period of the instar, two days. FourTH INSTAR, twenty-four hours after moult; length, 11 mm. Head, 1.1 mm. wide. Coloring as in previous instar. Body: Semi-translucent, olive-green, with the darker mark- ings of the foliowing instar present but less clearly indicated. Mid-dorsally on the fourth segment there is a large black shield-shaped spot, anterior to which is an arched or crescentic white shading. Lateral to the black spot, a prominent round white dot. Abdomen, lighter than the dorsal and lateral areas. Legs, black. Prolegs, concolorous with abdomen. Setae as before, the black papillae from which they arise showing prominently. Period of the instar, two days. FIFTH INSTAR: Length, twenty-four hours after moulting, 14 mm. Head, 1.4 mm. wide. Color and markings much as in the last instar except that the dark markings are somewhat more clearly developed, and a white stigmatal broken line begins to be apparent. Setae, white, arising from minute black papillae, each papillus being placed in the center of a round white spot. There is also a large white elongate spot on the fifth segment between the two most dorsally placed setae, on each side of the median line. Period of the instar, two or three days. SIXTH INSTAR: Length, 23 mm. Head: Width 2.08 mm. Similar in coloring to last instar, except for more intense coloring, a heavy black band across the face, and a narrow black line on inferior margin. Mouth parts tinged with yellow-brown. Mandibles black. Body: Similar to preceding instar except that on the mid- dorsal portion of the fifth segment there is a slightly darker mottling suggestive of the large prominent spot which is to occur in the next instar. One example shows this large spot fully developed. Period of the instar, four or five days. 171 PLATE 40 Larva of Mouralia tinctoides, last instar, enlarged x 2. Upper figure, dorsal aspect. Lower figure, lateral aspect. There is a whitish area, mid-dorsally, on the first three segments, shaded laterally with a dark olive green band. This band continues on to the fourth segment, but there inclines latero- inferiorly and runs superior to the stigmata as a wide dark band, which continues caudally to about the tenth segment where it becomes obsolescent. This band is bordered inferiorly by a white : area on which the spiracles show prominently as black-rimmed ovals with gray-green centers. The first three segments are narrow, the fourth to tenth cylindrical and larger, the eleventh largest of all and bearing a poorly defined bump on its dorsal aspect. Setae as before. Period of the instar, three or four days. SEVENTH INSTAR: Length, 38 mm, Head, 2.80 mm. wide; soiled ivory, heavily mottled with black, and narrower than the first segment. Ocelli, black. Mouth parts, soiled ivory, tinged with maroon, The body color has now changed to a rich mixture of black, brown, chocolate and white, giving it a very different appearance from that of previous instars. Mid-dorsally there is a whitish line on the first three segments, overcast with chocolate, and shaded outwardly with black. 172 Mid-dorsally on the fourth segment, a large velvety-black shield-shaped spot, bordered by a narrow white or yellowish- white line. At the outer angle of the shield, a round yellowish- white spot. On the fifth segment, mid-dorsally, a black spot, larger than the one anterior to it, but somewhat similarly shaped. This lacks the round white spots at each of its outer angles. From this large spot there runs, mid-dorsally, a narrow, discontinuous mid-dorsal stripe, bordered laterally by a mottled cream and chocolate area. Lateral to this is a wide mottled black band which begins near the supra-stigmatal band and inclines medially and caudally, to meet with its fellow of the opposite side, thus forming a prominent V on each segment. This V is, however, somewhat obscured on the last two or three caudal segments. The upper figure of Plate 40 shows this dorsal ornamentation, There is a black supra-stigmatal line from the fourth to the ninth segments, below which is a whitish stigmatal band, overlaid with mottled light chocolate. On the eighth and ninth segments this light area extends diagonally downward and back- ward on to the prolegs. (See Plate 40, lower figure.) Stigmata, black rimmed, cream centered, Legs, light brown. Prolegs concolorous with body. Claspers, black. All setae black, those on the body arising from lighter colored round points. Period of the instar four to six days. Pupation occurs on or near the foodplant, a thin fragile cocoon being formed with leaves incorporated in it. The pupa can be clearly discerned through the cocoon. Pura: Length, 21 mm. Color, blackish brown, the wing cases slightly darker. Thorax not prominent. Stigmata con- colorous with body. The surface of thorax and wing cases, heavily rugose, as is also the cremasteric projection. Cremasteric hooks: A pair, centrally placed, strongly re- curved laterally, and a few very minute recurved hooks at the base of the larger pair. Period in pupa, ten to twelve days. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 41. Eggs hatched August 20, 1936, produced imagos Sept. 23. We have not determined the number of broods in a season. In a series of more than twenty examples reared, no parasites have resulted. 1738 The larvae are mainly night feeders, resting by day on the ground under the foodplant, or on the stems. In the earlier instars they feed only on the parenchyma of the leaves, giving the plants a slug-seared appearance. After each ecdysis the larva consumes its cast off skin. Larvae of Prodenia ornithogalli have been taken on the same foodplant. The imago of Mouralia tinctoides is illustrated in Biologia Centralia America, Heterocera III, plate 91, fig. 10 under the synonymic name annulifera. PLATE 41 Pupa of Mouralia tinctoides enlarged x approximately 2%. Ventral, lateral and dorsal aspects. 174 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE LEPIDOPTERA OF SANTA CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA PART I—RHOPALOCERA By Don MerEapows Laguna Beach, Calif. Only a few scattered references to the lepidopterous fauna of Santa Catalina Island are found in scientific literature. Dur- ing the past forty years many entomologists have visited the island and collected for brief periods, usually in the neighbor- hood of Avalon, but until the material for this paper was as- sembled no extensive collections of island butterflies and moths were made. During the years 1927 to 1934 insects were netted at all seasons on all parts of the island, and during 1932 and 1933 light traps for moths were operated at Avalon and Middle Ranch. Excluding the micro-lepidoptera, which have not yet been worked up, 167 species of lepidoptera were taken. Santa Catalina is one of the California channel islands, lying twenty miles southwest of San Pedro. It is approximately twenty-two miles long, seven miles wide at its widest part, and contains 48,400 acres. It is a sunken mountain range which was separated from the continental land during Miocene times. A greater part of its surface consists of rolling table land aver- aging 1,400 feet above sea level. Two peaks, Black Jack and Orizaba, reach an altitude slightly over 2,000 feet. The fauna and flora of the island is typically upper sonoran, with tendencies toward the San Diegan region. Four more or less distinct associations are evident. The first is in the im- mediate vicinity of Avalon where extensive plantings of sub- tropical plants and the close commercial contact with the main- land have introduced conditions not native to the island. A sec- ond association is that of the deep shaded canyons which drain from the highlands into the sea. Island oaks (Q. tomentella) cottonwood, willow, Catalina cherry and elderberry trees mark well defined areas. Hamilton, Gallegher, Toyon, White's, Cherry, Howland’s, Johnson’s, Cottonwood, Middle Ranch, Bullrush, Grand and Silver Canyons are typical examples. Running water is found in most of these canyons throughout the year. A conspicuous ecological condition exists in the upper parts of all the canyons on the leeward or channel side of the island. Here the southern exposed slopes are densely covered with white sage, sumac, deer-weed and giant buckwheat (EF. giganteum), while the northern exposures are usually massed with a dense jungle of scrub oak. 175 A third association, covering the greater part of the island, is the high, windswept table land and the upper slopes of the canyons above 600 feet in altitude. Scrub oak, scattered holly trees, cactus and tree tobacco are distinctive. Grasslands are common. In sheltered spots considerable groves of Catalina ironwood and amanzanita are found. A fourth association is that of the Salte Verde on the south- west slope of the island where an area two miles wide and five miles long is almost destitute of vegetation. Tuna cactus (QO. occidentalis), and Astragalus are the only noticable plants. The soil is of volcanic origin and is badly eroded. Salte Verde is the nearest approach to the lower Sonoran zone found on the island. Trapping for moths was carried on in a canyon near the outskirts of Avalon about a mile from the sea, where the exotic flora of the village contacted the holly-sage-sumac-oak associa- tion of the island canyons. Collections made with the trap were representative of the Avalon-canyon association. At Middle Ranch a trap was operated at an altitude of 600 feet on a grease- wood covered slope near the ranch buildings north of the reser- voir. Catches at Middle Ranch were representative of the can- yon and highland associations. No trapping was done in the SaltenVerde: I am indebted to Dr, John A. Comstock of the Los Angeles Museum for help with the butterflies and Noctuidae; to the late Mr. W. S. Wright of the San Diego Museum of Natural History for assistance with the Geometridae and to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee of the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco for use of the collections at that institution. The nomenclature of Barnes and Benjamin (Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. XXV, 1926) has been followed in the classification of the diurnals and that of Barnes. and McDunnough, List of North American Lepidoptera, (1917) in the rest of the families. Family PAPILIONIDAE 1. Papilio zelicaon Luc, Fairly common during the spring in the island valleys. Family ASCIIDAE 2. Ascia occidentalis (Reak.) Two males were taken in Avalon, Sept. 30, 1927. 3. Ascia protodice-vernalis (Edw.) Only two records: male near Summit, April 1, 1933, and a female, Avalon, April 6, 1933, both by Clyde Gibson. 4. Ascia rapae (L) Rather an uncommon species taken during late winter and early spring. 176 N Ascia rapae yreka (Reak.) A common form frequently taken at many places on the island. Most abundant around Avalon. Anthocharis cethura race catalina race nov, Upper side. Typical Anthocharis cethura F. & F. Under side. Primaries: Apical spot a pale creamy yel- low instead of orange yellow as in typical cethura. Green maculations between spot and apex of wing lacking, or only faintly showing. When present they appear as a few very small flakes of olive green, contrary to the yellow green of the typical species. Secondaries: Less heavily marked than typical cethura with maculation a pale olive green in place of the usual yellow green. Twelve examples, eight males and four females, as fol- low: Males, Grand Canyon IV-1 and IV-9 1933; White’s Landing IV-7-1929; Renton Mine III-28-1930 (3); and III-23-’30; Salte Verde IV-15-’30. Females, Grand Canyon TV-1-’33 and IV-9-’33; Little Harbor III-31-’28 (2). Type locality, Catalina Island, California. Number and sexes of types: Holotype g, Allotype 9? , Paratypes 7 males, 3 females. Holotype and Allotype in the Los Angeles Museum. Paratypes in author’s collection. My attention was first called to the apparent differ- ences between catalina and cethura by Mr. C. N. Rudkin who has made an extensive study of the Anthocharis group. When a series of catalina and typical cethura are compared the island race has a more chalky white appearance on the upper surface. Probably the most accessible locality where catalina may be collected is a small open meadow at the top of a ridge between the Renton Mine and Jewfish Point, two miles south of Avalon, at the head of Pebbly Beach canyon. Anthocharis sara Bdy. Typical sara were taken at Little Harbor, Middle Ranch and Avalon during the latter part of April, although never in such abundance as the following form which flies from two to six weeks earlier in the year. Anthocharis sara reakirtu. Edw. The most common Orange-tip on the island, on the wing from December until late in April. Frequents grassy canyons and highlands up to 1,400 feet. In certain locali- ties extremely abundant at times. My good friend, Mr. Chas. H. Ingham of Los Angeles, described this spring form from the island as 4. sara gunderi (Pan-Pacific Entomolo- gist, IX, 75, 1933), from specimens collected at Middle Ranch in April. After a careful comparison of a large series of specimens with material taken on the mainland I fail to find any characteristics which would warrant the separation of the island forms from reakirtii. 177 7: 1,9 Catopsila sennae eubule (L.) Not seen at all in 1927 but in increasing numbers each year since that time. Fairly common around Avalon in 1934, probably due to the extensive cultivation of the food plant, Cassia. Catopsilia sennae pallida (Ckll.) A single badly worn specimen of this female form was taken in Avalon, X-24-’29. Eurymus eurytheme (Bdv.) Contrary to expectations, the eurytheme group was poorly represented on the island. Only one typical speci- men was taken, a female, Little Harbor, VI-26-’30. Eurymus eurytheme amphidusa (Bdv.) Somewhat better represented than the above. Three specimens were taken: a male, Avalon X-26-'32, and two females, Empire Landing XI-11-’27 and Middle Ranch V-25-’30. An aberrant female alba (Stkr.) was collected in Ava- lon, XI-2-’32. Eurema nicippe (Cram. ) Common around Avalon during the autumn months. Family DANAIDAE Danaus menippe (Hbn.) Common on the island during fall and spring migra- tion, especially during 1932. Panaus berenice strigosa (Bates) One record, a female, Avalon XI-2-’27. Family NyMPHALIDAE Dione vanillae (L.) One record, a male, Avalon [I-19-’30. Hamadryas californica (Bdv.) The first record of this species was a badly worn male taken in Avalon on October 26, 1932 following a hard wind which blew from the mainland. During March and April, 1933, several specimens were taken around Avalon. Hamadryas antiopa (L.) Common at the Haypress and in Cottonwood canyon where willows are abundant. Frequently taken at other parts of the island. ; Cynthia atalanta (L.) An uncommon species found on windswept ridges above 1,400 feet. Records: Renton Mine I-1-’28, X-31-’29, 1V-1- °33, Black Jack Peak V-13-’30. 178 iS) iS De: Cynthia virginiensis (Dru.) Fairly common around Avalon. Cynthia cardwi (L.) The most abundant butterfly on the island. In the fall and winter it swarms in thousands around the lantana bushes in Avalon. Well distributed over the whole island. Several specimens were taken in the light trap at night. Cynthia carye (Hbn.) Common with the two preceding species. Two aberrant forms, muelleri (Letch.) and letcheri (Grin.) were occa- sionally collected. The relative abundance of species in the Cynthia group found on Catalina was in the approximate proportion of C. cardum 1,000, C. carye 100, C. virginiensis 40 and C. atalanta 1. Family LycAENIDAE Strymon avalona (Wright) A common endemic distributed over the entire island. Especially abundant in the hills around Avalon, the type lo- cality. Taken every month in the year. Multiple brooded with the early spring brood by far the largest. The food plant is Lotus, though the imagoes have a decided prefer- ence for the flowers of the giant buckwheat, E. giganteum, and the common sumac, Rhus lawrina. Most available col- lecting locality is around the sumac along the road to Renton Mine, south of Avalon, in early March. For life history notes see Comstock and Dammers, Bull. Se Gal Acad, Sci; XXXII, 107-110; 1933. Leptotes marina (Reak.) Not uncommon, Brephidium exilis (Bdv.) Abundant around Atriplex wherever that plant grows on the island. Everes amyntula (Bdv.) Common in the Salte Verde country, Little Harbor ridge, Johnson’s Valley and Parson’s. Rare at other places on the island. Food plant Astragalus. Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus echo (Edw.) Common in the wooded valleys and canyons. Larvae feeds on a great number of plant species. 179 Family HrsPERIIDAE 28. Urbanus tessellata occidentalis (Skin.) An uncommon species taken a few times in Avalon dur- ing the winter months. 29. Erynnis tristis (Bdv.) One record, a male, September 22, 1931, in Avalon. 30. Hylephila-phylaeus (Dru.) Extremely abundant around Avalon during the summer and fall. Greatly attracted by Lantana flowers. 31. Ochlodes sylvanoides (Bdv.) Only three records, all males: Ridge above Avalon VII-10-'29 (2), and Black Jack Peak VI-28-’30. 32. Ochlodes nemorum (Bdv.) One example, an extremely light colored female, Avalon VII-10-’29, identified by Dr. Comstock. TMA IN MEMORIAM—PROFESSOR MELVILLE DOZIER Professor Melville Dozier’s long period of service in the edu- cational advancement of California has established for him a permanent place in the history of this state. Born in Georgetown, South Carolina, May 22, 1846, he re- ceived his early education in the academic department of Furman University, in his native state. At the opening of the Civil War Mr. Dozier, then fifteen years old, entered the State Military School at Charleston, and two years later the entire academy entered the Confederate Army, serving under General Jenkins. After the war Mr. Dozier was able to return to his alma mater, and was graduated in 1867. Choosing education as his field, and coming west at this juncture, Mr. Dozier has lived and worked in California since, the only exception being the two years spent in teaching in Nevada, 1870 and 1871. 180 Professor Dozier’s early teaching was done in Solano County, California, his first promotion coming in 1874 when he became principal of the high school at Santa Rosa. In this same year Professor Dozier married Miss Elizabeth Wilds Edwards, who remained at his side, a loyal helpmate, for forty-four years. It was in the year 1884 that Professor and Mrs. Dozier came to make a permanent home in Los Angeles. As professor of mathematics he was identified with the State Normal School of this city for twenty-two vears, part of this time functioning as vice-principal. Then came a period of four years, from 1906 to 1910, when he filled the position of auditor in the Los Angeles Acqueduct Department, but still education held him, for he served as member of the Board of Education during that period. Im- mediately afterward he came into the executive responsibilities of assistant superintendent of the Los Angeles Public Schools, which position he held until he retired from active duties in 1921. An early member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, member of Upsilon Chapter of the Chi Psi Fraternity, member of the National Education Association and of the Los Angeles Chamber of Commerce, each of these organizations has felt the influence of his personality. Professor Dozier published a charming description of his visit to Alaska. His travels also included a journey to Arizona and to Honolulu and others of the Hawaiian Islands. But per- haps the crowning event of his career of devotion to education came in 1928 when he returned to his native state, after an ab- sence of sixty-one years, and addressed the graduating class in the same hall in which he had himself received his diploma. Surely Professor Dozier has won a position of high esteem and has honored this community by his life and activities. In the passing of Professor Dozier the Academy of Sciences loses one of its veterans. He was a member of this organization for nearly forty years. In the early years of his membership he served as secretary of the Astronomical Section and as a mem- ber of the Publication Committee. He served one term as Presi- dent, several terms as member of the Board of Directors, and at the time of his death was a member of the Advisory Committee. WILLIAM A. SPALDING BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. Subscription—$2.00 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A. Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. B Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in. 1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- ber) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- ber-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1936, including volumes XXIV to XXXV, three num- bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December for each volume. 182 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES For Sale at the Appended Prices BULLETIN: To To Non- Coniplete set; Vols: 1 to 33; bound .............. bee eas Ms100 00 (Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00 WO, Bo. BRD B: (aed NB ae coord 1 a tema a Ut $225 50 Mee pemc cet) =) 01) cies ruc ascetics ok TC Me dene 25 50 manO: neal Oe Ge nOtoSstateonilivs) a scenic eee 2.00 4.00 aa; 2G () Meee as Ree repeat he ee yours eth eau aR eh ste a2 50 Up Ieee () Si aeee Nn area nh eames ea MUL RGIT cba 1.00 2.00 8, Heel 0) Savarese even yeee tee aticiecke mihi cote Mine 1.00 2.00 9, ilfeaptl OVI) ise cetnstsae ts aces od eon ccaehcre ate wees eee 2.00 4.00 9, Ze LOM Otome wales Ma ey ye ae ERT: Mean aor 75 1.50 TG) = 95 USE IS yaa La ite oe ae a ei eh 1.00 2.00 WY OOM epened sa tetey a) cen y tebe Se cen reins tt 2.00 4.00 nate ZAIN EA) Sane le) ae ac Se ted an ee 1.00 2.00 iL AE aOR Seales per sei ata ban sievelin casneta mia cert ehogs 1.00 2.00 eel tye ostnel SILC GE a ert Mie Ten eet eia eine a ps Sa cen 75 1.50 16, ra OIN Reece taste taieeante cesar. ty ens upc eree 1.00 2.00 satpelitic OE Sica tenes pens mere co ee mgnne recite ths xtra Semen o ape 2.00 4.00 aie W(t oc: OO SAN ee ees ot a icy Mit lm Soe fog 1.50 3.00 alts La I aa so A et UR ee SR 2.00 4.00 von Paameiadeerttl a1 9)2) (), ies akseai: ensirene oer gususl ooh e eure ece eco etotiae 50 1.00 mally ABEND Ola, Mintesyanenevee an tewe ai sases eocnane a raeie ees 50 1.00 20, ALPE O Zilha a eren geet hg on vet coer A's See ters ve hs aca es 2.00 4.00 220) Bhs TE ON ier se SPastes araa a SAS Oy, ERS Ee oe it a ie 2.00 4.00 ‘ 20, See Oil days ee MUO RE Ny nt Ta TAY. AN s Neue Ae ae 2.00 4.00 OBL 98 TT REE UIA ae le et 2.00 4.00 rae OAle 2h US OPA N Ns 38 ers Gree ERE? CRA EE EE EDR EE 1.00 2.00 & Dap ro GU a IS Seite eats da Re Re aan ee Ye 1.50 3.00 0 DOD. FE SNe ORI ATAU II7S YRS aie tra rae aes Oat ae eR 2.00 4.00 Oras PE 2 OA peo al 2A CCAChy)y eters seeuses alee aire 25 50 ona. Lp ay aly willie era) < ((CENOIL) “Se cracig.c a nieeren anrac 25 50 2 D5), ALP RaAOD Gitaigeoseet teas vs te a et ar PA Res aspen a: 2.00 4.00 OPA. Dred elo) 26 ay CACTI) heated svsteteks in 3 custertie: eee 25 50 2 0. Hae iter 3h I Poel (CACM tchersneracneserseceead Pom rcices 25 50 Ee alls ee S erelO 28 (CACHE yoann, cratever een ceke 25 50 Paes eZ Ome 2 Ohm CAGCH Or aey hs eecinn maciencrereie tele 25 50 Sort. O. eee WOO OCCA CW) ais oh vet seeker stokes nee 25 50 3 Me bao LO OMe ((GACIs)t i seoaehnerttererae evenate 25 50 mille IU O SA (OAC) Mee epee tinh eecicey aie seein 25 50 7 ayy, SEO LOS (CAC IIS) talete rien rem te ave vck notes 25 50 333. eon MOST (KOACIY) ier ryeusacen ttederere te) ac ak ore 25 50 seo. Eos ol OOD Kea Chis) He teiewet casters susie wis cose 25 50 aya TP ALAC iO. (GENOA) Gg oman os ooo odes 25 50 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations: Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 Southern California Geology and Los Angeles ACN OMAK CS cE. a ow EDU Re rsevercpor mr nea ttn ccokenetcllalaichets bound — 5.00 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomologicali i colored plate) 232.3... ..- 022. 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Molluses (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00 (Continued on next page) 183 PUBLICATIONS (continued) Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami- lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $250 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, NeGwaMlexico 198i Whe Re MOSberea. Jams ac eo ee PAS ApprESS ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California, U.S. A. (Care Dr. JoHn A. Comstock ) The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this program, the following forms are suggested: ‘Form of Legacy To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value. I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of.............2-2222.2222-----2---------- Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, dispositions and benefits thereof forever. Form of Devise To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences’® Ofsthier Citys Of muosmAm ele Sia (lee e eae eae aca a nen ase tee anne here describe the property or ground rent... eee Ves together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 184 Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOL. XXXV, 1936 INDEX OF SUBJECTS A New Melyrid of the Genus TManaops (Coleopt.). ...---.------- A New Mountain Goat from the Quaternary of Smith @reek Cave: Neva =... ener A New Record and a Wee ESTOS ee ees A New Southern Race of Euchloe Ausonides |..........--- A Synoptic Revision of the Subfamily Hylesininae of NVEEINOPPATNGTIGCAii 2s adenostomae. Aristotelia _..... Agonopteryx clarkei Keifer .. An Annotated List of the Lepidoptera of Santa Catalina Island, Calif. An Ordovician Auruloid ROTM © ait: | eat os Sere ene andrews, Hucnloe- -<-2-.2--22:...2... angelarum, Pyramidobela. ...... Anthochuris caliente Wrt. —-..- ok cethura F. & F. . os cethura catalina Mds._... pima Hdw. ........-- argyrtodes, Pyramidobela -....... Aristotelia adenostomae Kfr... Aristotelia eldorada Keifer —.. bartoni, Pseudothysanoes ........ bradleyi, Inyoaster _.......... ey A COMENLCs *“ANVLILO COTS = ee California Microlepidoptera . Carphoborus cressatyi Brk. -.. catalina, Anthocharis cazieri, Phyllophaga Cebhiuing -ANtNOCNaris) 202. - Cicindela parowana platti Caz. claremontensis, Osmia clarkei, Agonoptery®@ -............... crenulaticornis, Osmia .............. cressatyi, Carphoborus chickmayi: Bolinices: .....) 2a. Catena. -EUpRY Anyas! 2 eee eldorada, Aristotelia ...........-..-- 149 eo ware Oo Ww = oo -] Erastria dividua opipara ET SH) Cywpeeeaeesee ee eae eee (4 LOR AV OES OOOO Mis, obey phen ee 95 Euchaetias elegans Stretch ... 99 Euchloe ausonides andrewsi DY Et ea Lai ee ee ern ee 94 Eucordylea gallicola Basel tO Eucordylea huntella Keifer .. 16 Euphorbia in the Pacific SCALES ies ate ee eee renown ee 127 Euphydryas editha Bay. -....... 1 evansi, Proteriades* 22. 92 femonata} Osmia 222 91 francisca, Recurvaria .......... ayes 18 gallicola, Eucordylea ............---- 16 Gelechia langei Keifer -.......... 20 granulatus, Phloesinus _.......... 33 grisiana, Phyllophaga _............ 56 harringtoni, Orcamnos .......--... 149 huntella, Hucordylea -............... 16 In Memoriam, Prof. MelvillesDozier 2225 180 VIVE SSS ET TIC OUR eee are ee 6 IInyoaster, -22-----. meee tey” Inyoaster bradleyi Phiceer Ee oy Interrelationship of Antho- charis Cethura F. & F. amd Pm ane) iwi see 3 lanceolata, Phyllophaga. ...-...... 52 langei, Gelechia _..... We Bea aoa 20 latisulcatay(Osmig: = 86 LCD GESUTU NUON eres ae eee 6 maclayi, Pseudocryphalus ----- 35 marginata, Osmia .............----...-- 86 Marine Pleistocene Mollusks from Oaxaca, Mexico ............ 65 Metamorphosis of Strymon IGG aH iw tsuneo aes eee oes 6 Miodera stigmata Sm. ..........---- 101 rrixctaen O'S0L ee es ee ee ences 88 Mouralia tinctoides Gn, ~.....--..-- 169 New Californian Osmiinae -..... S4 New Scolytidae (Coleopt.) Ol S02 Cality pe ee 30 nignigena: OSMid --...222---------2--<--- 90 Notes on the Early Stages ofbrepus Odora Ls --2-=--... 95 Notes on the Early Stages of Five Moths from So. Calif... 99 Notes on the Life History of Meneis! Daura Stkre 165 On the Identity and Type Locality of Euphydryas TD (hie) eke) et ee ae ee 1 Oreamnos harringtoni Stock . 149 Osmia claremontensis Mich... 84 rs crenulaticornis Mich. . 84 2 femorata Mich. —.... 91 hs integra nigrigena Mich. 90 a latisulcata Mich. _-...... 86 # marginata Mich. _...... 86 5 HEX MCT eee oes 83 - potentillae Mich. -........ 89 ee punctata Mich) 85 i sequoiae Mich. _.___._. = Ohl) % tokopahensis Mich. -.. 87 Petrova sabiniana Kearf. ....... 21 Phloesinus granulatus Bruck. 33 Phyllophaga cazieri vonB. —.. 57 se grisiana vonB. — 56 DUNO TANGLOCIOTAS) aie 3 Plant Remains in Shelter Cave; N. Mex. -......2-2 PN Med DE 154 DlAttinCicindela = = 161 Polinices crickmayi P.& Hert. 71 potentillae, Osmia -............---.----- 89 Proteriades evansi Mich. —_.. 92 ss tristis Mich. -..-.- 92 Pseudocryphalus maclayi Brk. 35 Pseudohylesinus serratus Brk. 37 Pseudothysanoes bartoni Brk. 32 ic sulcatus Brk. 33 punctataysOsmig, = ee 85 Pyramidobela angelarum Ketter 2. eee 13 a argyrtodes Meyr. ....... 13 quinquicristata Braun. 12 Recurvaria francisca Keifer .. 18 Review of the Willistoni, Fulgida, Parowana and Senilis Groups of the Genus Cicindela _............ weer 156 rubicunda, Euphydryas .-.........-- 1 sabiniand, Petnoud 222 21 sequoiae, sOS10 2 ee 50 serratus, Pseudohylesinus -.--- 37 Slossonia rubrotincta Hlst. -.. 105 Strymon ines Edw. ............-------- 6 ledqvhiwas 6 sulcatus, Pseudothysanoes .-..... 33 Synoptic Revision of the Sub-family Hylesininae (Coleopt.) of W. No. AM CriCas == Sees. ene 168 Tanaops testaceus Marshl. ... 164 The Status of Phyllophaga Lanceolata Say. (Coleopt.).. 52 Titusella clypeata Mich. —........ 93 tokopahensis, Osmia __.........._..-- 87 Trachea susquesa Sm. .............. 104 tristis METOLETIAd eS, he ere 92 New species and varieties indicated in bold face type. INDEX OF AUTHORS BTU CKAIC Ris eee 30, 38, 108 CAZICT A IMIOIG As een ees 156 Comstock, John A. 6, 95, 99, 165, 169 Dammers, Charles M. ............ Go 99 Hertlein, Leo George _.............. 65 1530 55 64) & BM) Eee a eemeet ete ei ne 9 Marsalis Miny0 8 2 ee ears 164 Martinwliloyd® Mi. io. ee 94 MCEDUNNOULH tJ) ee ee IVE Ad OWS DOM. see ee 175 Michener..Charlesip i 7S 84 Palmer; Robert He 2... .. Bete? {i159 PNIeSerarede bs se 82 Rudkin= (Charles Ne 22s 3 Spaldine william Ay se 181 Sperry, Grace Hy 2. = aera hry Sperry: Jon Vie Od Stock; iGhester Se 2 es 149 von, Bloeker” Jack C. 2.2 52 iWheelerLouisiCGs. 127 SEIS CaS REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the ~ Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS ee | | | | TL | 50 copies | $3.75 |$ 5.75 | $ 8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 | $16.00 $17.00 OU 4.50; 7.50; 10.75; 12.75; 15.00) 17.25) 20.25) 2150 150 “ 5.25 9.25} 13.00) 15.25) 18.25) 21.00; 24.50) 26.00 6.00; 11.00; 15.25; 17.75) 21.50} 2475; 28.75/| 30.50 250 =” 6.75 | 12.75 | 17.50} 20.25 | 24.75) 28.50; 33.00; 35.00 | 7.50! 14.50, 19.75) 22.75 | 28.00 32.25 | 37.25/| 39.50 28pp. | 32pp. Covers: 56 for $2.00. Additional covers, 144c¢ each, California State 3% Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the State. axe Pr intinge © Yandike 7605 — “Since ‘SERVICE and QUALITY, combined with FAIR PRICES, has been our | 1880 guiding star for over half a century. McBRIDE PRINTING CO. 261-263 South Los Angeles Street Los Angeles, Calif. ii 5185 00296 8152 — ne an Kh He if he) poss ay Ht 1) {